Compare commits

..
25 Commits
Author SHA1 Message Date
Alessandro Ghedini 18b15a436f Release 0.7.1 2014-12-02 18:24:30 +01:00
Stefano Pigozzi 6583ad6970 cocoa: fix opening reference URLs (.file/id=)
Fixes #1202

/cc @mpv-player/stable
2014-12-01 21:38:51 +01:00
Niklas Haas 863701391c vo_opengl: Linearize non-RGB sRGB files correctly (eg. JPEG)
Signed-off-by: wm4 <wm4@nowhere>
2014-12-01 21:07:26 +01:00
Niklas Haas 3803c14279 vo_opengl: Reword comment in shader
I didn't quite understand this comment after looking at the code again
months later, so I reworded it for better clarity.
2014-12-01 21:07:12 +01:00
wm4 39126c3828 vo_opengl: make operator precedence explicit
More readable.
2014-12-01 21:07:06 +01:00
Stefano Pigozzi b9cfc3622c ao_coreaudio: initialize fetched properties to zeros
Should hopefully fix #1249 and #1279
2014-12-01 21:06:07 +01:00
wm4 1b0bf6507e options: fix channel map options sometimes failing
Channel amp otpions were not copied correctly: it copied the size of a
pointer to struct chmap, not the struct itself. Since mp_chmap is
currently 9 bytes, this meant the last channel entry was not copied
correctly on 64 bit systems, leading to very strange failures. It could
be triggered especially when using the client API, because the client
API always copies options on access (mpv command line options tend to
work directly on options).
2014-12-01 21:06:00 +01:00
wm4 7ca6aa4ad0 options: fix swapped deprecated/replacement in warning
This was relevant for --af and --vo (both use this option type, and have
deprecated aliases).
2014-12-01 21:05:56 +01:00
wm4 b82a98722a player: simplify and fix ordered chapter EOF handling
Ordered chapter EOF was handled as special-case of ending the last
segment. This broke --kee-open, because it set AT_END_OF_FILE in an
"inconvenient" place (after checking for --keep-open, and before the
code that exits playback if EOF is reached).

We don't actually need to handle the last segment specially. Instead, we
remain in the same segment if it ends. The normal playback logic will
recognize EOF, because the end of the segment "cuts off" the file.

Now timeline_set_from_time() never "fails", and we can remove the old
segment EOF handling code in mp_seek().
2014-12-01 21:05:53 +01:00
wm4 3d6d7012ff command: sub_add with "auto" should not always select a subtitle track
Running "sub_add file.srt auto" during hook execution automatically
selected the first added track. This happened because all tracks added
with sub_add are marked as "external", and external subtitles are always
selected by default.

Fix this by negating the "external" flag when autoselecting subtitles
during loading. The no_default flag exists for this purpose; it was
probably added for libquvi originally, where we had the same issue.
2014-12-01 21:05:49 +01:00
wm4 3051ff9f25 mixer: don't show softvol neutral marker on OSD if not using softvol
Also fix the comment on the softvol field.
2014-12-01 21:05:45 +01:00
wm4 9bf66294f8 vo_opengl: fix srgb with certain inputs
Sampling from the source texture and scaling must always be done
separately in this mode.

Fix suggested by haasn.

Still looks a bit wrong, though.
2014-12-01 21:05:20 +01:00
wm4 577378b827 vo_opengl: something
Insert explanation here.

Fixes #1023.
2014-12-01 21:05:15 +01:00
wm4 1679222e18 audio: fix one of the previous commits
Fixes commit 52c51149. It broke multichannel (or possibly everything)
for ao_alsa, ao_oss, ao_sndio.
2014-12-01 18:31:49 +01:00
wm4 74270cd1db audio: allow more than 20 channel map entries
This could trigger an assertion when using ao_alsa or ao_coreaudio. The
code was simply assuming the number of channel maps was bounded
statically (which was true at first in both AOs).

Fix by using dynamic memory allocation. It needs to be explicitly
enabled by the AOs by setting a temp context, because otherwise the
memory couldn't be freed. (Or at least this seems to be the most elegant
solution.)

Fixes #1306.
2014-12-01 15:41:26 +01:00
wm4 718bf3b39e vd_lavc: don't crash if codec could not be opened
Fixes #1307.
2014-12-01 15:41:17 +01:00
wm4 5ecb381d78 demux_playlist: don't ignore last line in m3u
If EOF is reached after reading a line, the EOF flag is set. This was a
problem for the m3u code, which checked for EOF _after_ reading a line,
which will discard the last line read.

Also fix a typo in an unrelated part of the file.
2014-12-01 15:40:57 +01:00
wm4 17f1332955 win32: add screen offset when handling overlarge windows
MS Windows doesn't allow windows larger than the screen, so we include
a hack to make the window smaller. This hack recenters the window (what
else would it do?).

It didn't account for the virtual offset of the current screen, and it
was reported that it forces the window to the first screen.

Should fix #1292.
2014-12-01 15:38:28 +01:00
Stefano Pigozzi f4a1dfdffb build: fix typos
thanks to @Nikoli
2014-11-28 15:51:43 +01:00
James Ross-Gowan d3972125a1 subprocess-win: remove a Vista-only flag
PIPE_REJECT_REMOTE_CLIENTS isn't supported on XP. It's not really
needed, so remove it. Also fix error checking for CreateNamedPipe.
2014-11-28 15:51:39 +01:00
wm4 71f504a43d demux_mkv: fix a possible out of bounds access
The if branch has a weak check to test whether the codec_id is the short
ID, and handles the long IDs in the else branch. The long IDs are all
longer than 12 bytes long, so hardcoding the string offset to get the
trailing part of the name makes sense. But the if condition checks for
another thing, which could get the else branch run even if the codec_id
is short.

Fix the bogus control flow and check if the codec_id is long enough. One
of these checks could be considered redundant, but include them both for
defensive coding.
2014-11-28 15:51:32 +01:00
wm4 bc1370041d audio: alternative fix for previous commit
This is a somewhat obscure situation, and happens only if audio starts
again after it has ended (in particular can happens with files where
audio starts later). It doesn't matter much whether audio starts
immediately or some milliseconds later, so simplify it.
2014-11-28 15:51:03 +01:00
wm4 4f74869cd8 audio: fix busy loop when seeking while paused
When playing paused, the amount of decoded audio is limited to a small
amount (1 sample), because we don't write any audio to the AO when
paused. The small amount could trigger the case of the wanted audio
being too far in the future in the PTS sync code, which set the audio
status to STATUS_DRAINING, which in turn triggered the EOF code in the
next iteration. This was ok, but unfortunately, this triggered another
retry in order to check resuming from EOF by setting the status to
STATUS_SYNCING, which in turn lead to the busy loop by alternating
between the 2 states. So don't try resyncing while paused.

Since the PTS syncing code also calls ao_reset(), this could cause the
pulseaudio daemon to consume some CPU time as well.

This was caused by commit 33b57f55. Before that, the playloop was merely
run more often, but didn't cause any problems.

Fixes #1288.
2014-11-28 15:50:58 +01:00
Alessandro Ghedini 8d8b36df1b manpage: lua: fix typo paramater -> parameter 2014-11-28 15:49:52 +01:00
Alessandro Ghedini 2da6c95208 Release 0.7.0 2014-11-25 20:18:53 +01:00
567 changed files with 40194 additions and 42712 deletions

No files matched your search

+1 -2
View File
@@ -14,6 +14,7 @@
/input/input_conf.h
/tags
/TAGS
/video/out/gl_video_shaders.h
/video/out/x11_icon.inc
/demux/ebml_defs.c
/demux/ebml_types.h
@@ -27,8 +28,6 @@
/DOCS/man/mpv.toc
/waf
/waf-*
/waf3-*
/build
/.waf*
/.lock-waf_*
+1 -1
View File
@@ -47,7 +47,7 @@ notifications:
email: false
irc:
channels:
- "irc.freenode.org#mpv-devel"
- "irc.freenode.org#mpv-player-dev"
on_success: change
on_failure: always
+2 -10
View File
@@ -2,15 +2,9 @@ mpv is a fork of mplayer2, which is a fork of MPlayer.
mpv as a whole is licensed as GPL version 2 or later (see LICENSE). Most source
files are GPLv2+, but some files are available under a more liberal license,
such as LGPLv2.1+, BSD, MIT, ISC, and possibly others. Look at the copyright
such as LGPLv2+, BSD, MIT, ISC, and possibly others. Look at the copyright
header of each source file, and grep the sources for "Copyright" if you need
to know details. Files without Copyright notice are licensed as LGPLv2.1+.
All new contributions must be LGPLv2.1+ licensed, or if the changes are done on
GPL code, must come with the implicit agreement that the project can relicense
the code to LGPLv2.1+ at a later point without asking the contributor. (This
is a safeguard for making potential relicensing of the project to LGPLv2.1+
easier.) Using a more liberal license compatible to LGPLv2.1+ is also ok.
to know details. Files without Copyright notice are licensed as LGPLv2+.
For information about authors and contributors, consult the git log, which
contains the complete SVN and CVS history as well.
@@ -23,5 +17,3 @@ MPlayer as a whole is licensed under GPLv2 (incompatible to GPLv3!), because
some files are licensed to GPLv2 (and _not_ any later version of the license).
In particular, this affects the file libmpdemux/demux_ty_osd.c. It is disabled
under mplayer2, and has been removed from mpv.
"v2.1+" in this context means "version 2.1 or later".
+7 -49
View File
@@ -4,7 +4,9 @@ Introduction
This file lists all changes that can cause compatibility issues when using
mpv through the client API (libmpv and ``client.h``). Since the client API
interfaces to input handling (commands, properties) as well as command line
options, you should also look at ``interface-changes.rst``.
options, this list is interesting for other uses of mpv, such as the Lua
scripting interface, key bindings in ``input.rst``, or plain command line
usage.
Normally, changes to the C API that are incompatible to previous iterations
receive a major version bump (i.e. the first version number is increased),
@@ -18,56 +20,12 @@ The version number is the same as used for MPV_CLIENT_API_VERSION (see
Also, read the section ``Compatibility`` in ``client.h``.
Options, commands, properties
=============================
Changes to these are not listed here, but in ``interface-changes.rst``. (Before
client API version 1.17, they were listed here partially.)
This listing includes changes to the bare C API and behavior only, not what
you can access with them.
API changes
===========
::
--- mpv 0.12.0 ---
1.20 - deprecate "GL_MP_D3D_interfaces"/"glMPGetD3DInterface", and introduce
"GL_MP_MPGetNativeDisplay"/"glMPGetNativeDisplay" (this is a
backwards-compatible rename)
--- mpv 0.11.0 ---
--- mpv 0.10.0 ---
1.19 - add "GL_MP_D3D_interfaces" pseudo extension to make it possible to
use DXVA2 in OpenGL fullscreen mode in some situations
- mpv_request_log_messages() now accepts "terminal-default" as parameter
1.18 - add MPV_END_FILE_REASON_REDIRECT, and change behavior of
MPV_EVENT_END_FILE accordingly
- a bunch of interface-changes.rst changes
1.17 - mpv_initialize() now blocks SIGPIPE (details see client.h)
--- mpv 0.9.0 ---
1.16 - add mpv_opengl_cb_report_flip()
- introduce mpv_opengl_cb_draw() and deprecate mpv_opengl_cb_render()
- add MPV_FORMAT_BYTE_ARRAY
1.15 - mpv_initialize() will now load config files. This requires setting
the "config" and "config-dir" options. In particular, it will load
mpv.conf.
- minor backwards-compatible change to the "seek" and "screenshot"
commands (new flag syntax, old additional args deprecated)
--- mpv 0.8.0 ---
1.14 - add mpv_wait_async_requests()
- the --msg-level option changes its native type from a flat string to
a key-value list (setting/reading the option as string still works)
1.13 - add MPV_EVENT_QUEUE_OVERFLOW
1.12 - add class Handle to qthelper.hpp
- improve opengl_cb.h API uninitialization behavior, and fix the qml
example
- add mpv_create_client() function
1.11 - add OpenGL rendering interop API - allows an application to combine
its own and mpv's OpenGL rendering
Warning: this API is not stable yet - anything in opengl_cb.h might
be changed in completely incompatible ways in minor API bumps
--- mpv 0.7.0 ---
--- mpv 0.7.0 is released ---
1.10 - deprecate/disable everything directly related to script_dispatch
(most likely affects nobody)
1.9 - add enum mpv_end_file_reason for mpv_event_end_file.reason
@@ -90,7 +48,7 @@ API changes
1.6 - modify "core-idle" property behavior
- MPV_EVENT_LOG_MESSAGE now always sends complete lines
- introduce numeric log levels (mpv_log_level)
--- mpv 0.6.0 ---
--- mpv 0.6.0 is released ---
1.5 - change in X11 and "--wid" behavior again. The previous change didn't
work as expected, and now the behavior can be explicitly controlled
with the "input-x11-keyboard" option. This is only a temporary
@@ -99,7 +57,7 @@ API changes
although the old option name still works.
1.4 - subtle change in X11 and "--wid" behavior
(this change was added to 0.5.2, and broke some things, see #1090)
--- mpv 0.5.0 ---
--- mpv 0.5.0 is released ---
1.3 - add MPV_MAKE_VERSION()
1.2 - remove "stream-time-pos" property (no replacement)
1.1 - remap dvdnav:// to dvd://
@@ -111,6 +69,6 @@ API changes
insignificant is now significant
- add "cache-free" and "cache-used" properties
- OSX: the "coreaudio" AO spdif code is split into a separate AO
--- mpv 0.4.0 ---
--- mpv 0.4.0 is released ---
1.0 - the API is declared stable
-14
View File
@@ -1,14 +0,0 @@
All examples in this directory and its sub-directories are licensed
under one of the following licenses:
WTFPL, ISC, Ms-PL, AGPLv3, BSD (any)
Pick any license of your liking, and disregard the others.
(The full text of each license is available on this website:
http://opensource.org/licenses/alphabetical )
Additionally, you may consider the example code to be public domain.
You are free to use any of the example code without further
requirements or need for attribution.
-114
View File
@@ -1,114 +0,0 @@
# Client API examples
All these examples use the mpv client API through libmpv.
## Where are the docs?
The libmpv C API is documented directly in the header files (on normal Unix
systems, this is in `/usr/include/mpv/client.h`.
libmpv merely gives you access to mpv's command interface, which is documented
here:
* Options (`mpv_set_option()` and friends): http://mpv.io/manual/master/#options
* Commands (`mpv_command()` and friends): http://mpv.io/manual/master/#list-of-input-commands
* Properties (`mpv_set_property()` and friends): http://mpv.io/manual/master/#properties
Essentially everything is done with them, including loading a file, retrieving
playback progress, and so on.
## Methods of embedding the video window
All of these examples concentrate on how to integrate mpv's video renderers
with your own GUI. This is generally the hardest part. libmpv enforces a
somewhat efficient video output method, rather than e.g. returning a RGBA
surface in memory for each frame. The latter would be prohibitively inefficient,
because it would require conversion on the CPU. The goal is also not requiring
the API users to reinvent their own video rendering/scaling/presentation
mechanisms.
There are currently 2 methods of embedding video.
### Native window embedding
This uses the platform's native method of nesting multiple windows. For example,
Linux/X11 can nest a window from a completely different process. The nested
window can redraw contents on its own, and receive user input if the user
interacts with this window.
libmpv lets you specify a parent window for its own video window via the `wid`
option. Then libmpv will create its window with your window as parent, and
render its video inside of it.
This method is highly OS-dependent. Some behavior is OS-specific. There are
problems with focusing on X11 (the ancient X11 focus policy mismatches with
that of modern UI toolkits - it's normally worked around, but this is not
easily possible with raw window embedding). It seems to have stability problems
on OSX when using the Qt toolkit.
### OpenGL embedding
This method lets you use libmpv's OpenGL renderer directly. You create an
OpenGL context, and then use `mpv_opengl_cb_draw()` to render the video on
each frame.
This is more complicated, because libmpv will work directly on your own OpenGL
state. It's also not possible to have mpv automatically receive user input.
You will have to simulate this with the `mouse`/`keypress`/`keydown`/`keyup`
commands.
You also get much more flexibility. For example, you can actually render your
own OSD on top of the video, something that is not possible with raw window
embedding.
### Which one to use?
Due to the various platform-specific behavior and problems (in particular on
OSX), OpenGL embedding is recommended. If you're not comfortable with requiring
OpenGL, or want to support "direct" video output such as vdpau (which might
win when it comes to performance and energy-saving), you should probably
support both methods if possible.
## List of examples
### simple
Very primitive terminal-only example. Shows some most basic API usage.
### cocoa
Shows how to embed the mpv video window in Objective-C/Cocoa.
### cocoa-openglcb
Similar to the cocoa sample, but shows how to integrate mpv's OpenGL renderer
using libmpv's opengl-cb API. Since it does not require complicated interaction
with Cocoa elements from different libraries, it's more robust.
### qt
Shows how to embed the mpv video window in Qt (using normal desktop widgets).
### qt_opengl
Shows how to use mpv's OpenGL video renderer in Qt. This uses the opengl-cb API
for video. Since it does not rely on embedding "foreign" native Windows, it's
usually more robust, potentially faster, and it's easier to control how your
GUI interacts with the video. You can do your own OpenGL rendering on top of
the video as well.
### qml
Shows how to use mpv's OpenGL video renderer in QtQuick2 with QML. Uses the
opengl-cb API for video. Since the video is a normal QML element, it's trivial
to create OSD overlays with QML-native graphical elements as well.
### qml_direct
Alternative example, which typically avoids a FBO indirection. Might be
slightly faster, but is less flexible and harder to use. In particular, the
video is not a normal QML element. Uses the opengl-cb API for video.
### sdl
Show how to embed the mpv OpenGL renderer in SDL. Uses the opengl-cb API for
video.
@@ -1,304 +0,0 @@
// Plays a video from the command line in an opengl view in its own window.
// Build with: clang -o cocoa-openglcb cocoa-openglcb.m `pkg-config --libs --cflags mpv` -framework Cocoa -framework OpenGL
#import <mpv/client.h>
#import <mpv/opengl_cb.h>
#import <stdio.h>
#import <stdlib.h>
#import <OpenGL/gl.h>
#import <Cocoa/Cocoa.h>
static inline void check_error(int status)
{
if (status < 0) {
printf("mpv API error: %s\n", mpv_error_string(status));
exit(1);
}
}
static void *get_proc_address(void *ctx, const char *name)
{
CFStringRef symbolName = CFStringCreateWithCString(kCFAllocatorDefault, name, kCFStringEncodingASCII);
void *addr = CFBundleGetFunctionPointerForName(CFBundleGetBundleWithIdentifier(CFSTR("com.apple.opengl")), symbolName);
CFRelease(symbolName);
return addr;
}
static void glupdate(void *ctx);
@interface MpvClientOGLView : NSOpenGLView
@property mpv_opengl_cb_context *mpvGL;
- (instancetype)initWithFrame:(NSRect)frame;
- (void)drawRect;
- (void)fillBlack;
@end
@implementation MpvClientOGLView
- (instancetype)initWithFrame:(NSRect)frame
{
// make sure the pixel format is double buffered so we can use
// [[self openGLContext] flushBuffer].
NSOpenGLPixelFormatAttribute attributes[] = {
NSOpenGLPFADoubleBuffer,
0
};
self = [super initWithFrame:frame
pixelFormat:[[NSOpenGLPixelFormat alloc] initWithAttributes:attributes]];
if (self) {
[self setAutoresizingMask:NSViewWidthSizable|NSViewHeightSizable];
// swap on vsyncs
GLint swapInt = 1;
[[self openGLContext] setValues:&swapInt forParameter:NSOpenGLCPSwapInterval];
[[self openGLContext] makeCurrentContext];
self.mpvGL = nil;
}
return self;
}
- (void)fillBlack
{
glClearColor(0, 0, 0, 0);
glClear(GL_COLOR_BUFFER_BIT);
}
- (void)drawRect
{
if (self.mpvGL)
mpv_opengl_cb_draw(self.mpvGL, 0, self.bounds.size.width, -self.bounds.size.height);
else
[self fillBlack];
[[self openGLContext] flushBuffer];
}
- (void)drawRect:(NSRect)dirtyRect
{
[self drawRect];
}
@end
@interface CocoaWindow : NSWindow
@property(retain, readonly) MpvClientOGLView *glView;
@property(retain, readonly) NSButton *pauseButton;
@end
@implementation CocoaWindow
- (BOOL)canBecomeMainWindow { return YES; }
- (BOOL)canBecomeKeyWindow { return YES; }
- (void)initOGLView {
NSRect bounds = [[self contentView] bounds];
// window coordinate origin is bottom left
NSRect glFrame = NSMakeRect(bounds.origin.x, bounds.origin.y + 30, bounds.size.width, bounds.size.height - 30);
_glView = [[MpvClientOGLView alloc] initWithFrame:glFrame];
[self.contentView addSubview:_glView];
NSRect buttonFrame = NSMakeRect(bounds.origin.x, bounds.origin.y, 60, 30);
_pauseButton = [[NSButton alloc] initWithFrame:buttonFrame];
_pauseButton.buttonType = NSToggleButton;
// button target has to be the delegate (it holds the mpv context
// pointer), so that's set later.
_pauseButton.action = @selector(togglePause:);
_pauseButton.title = @"Pause";
_pauseButton.alternateTitle = @"Play";
[self.contentView addSubview:_pauseButton];
}
@end
@interface AppDelegate : NSObject <NSApplicationDelegate>
{
mpv_handle *mpv;
dispatch_queue_t queue;
CocoaWindow *window;
}
@end
static void wakeup(void *);
@implementation AppDelegate
- (void)createWindow {
int mask = NSTitledWindowMask|NSClosableWindowMask|
NSMiniaturizableWindowMask|NSResizableWindowMask;
window = [[CocoaWindow alloc]
initWithContentRect:NSMakeRect(0, 0, 1280, 720)
styleMask:mask
backing:NSBackingStoreBuffered
defer:NO];
// force a minimum size to stop opengl from exploding.
[window setMinSize:NSMakeSize(200, 200)];
[window initOGLView];
[window setTitle:@"cocoa-openglcb example"];
[window makeMainWindow];
[window makeKeyAndOrderFront:nil];
NSMenu *m = [[NSMenu alloc] initWithTitle:@"AMainMenu"];
NSMenuItem *item = [m addItemWithTitle:@"Apple" action:nil keyEquivalent:@""];
NSMenu *sm = [[NSMenu alloc] initWithTitle:@"Apple"];
[m setSubmenu:sm forItem:item];
[sm addItemWithTitle: @"quit" action:@selector(terminate:) keyEquivalent:@"q"];
[NSApp setMenu:m];
[NSApp activateIgnoringOtherApps:YES];
}
- (void) applicationDidFinishLaunching:(NSNotification *)notification {
[NSApp setActivationPolicy:NSApplicationActivationPolicyRegular];
atexit_b(^{
// Because activation policy has just been set to behave like a real
// application, that policy must be reset on exit to prevent, among
// other things, the menubar created here from remaining on screen.
[NSApp setActivationPolicy:NSApplicationActivationPolicyProhibited];
});
// Read filename
NSArray *args = [NSProcessInfo processInfo].arguments;
if (args.count < 2) {
NSLog(@"Expected filename on command line");
exit(1);
}
NSString *filename = args[1];
[self createWindow];
window.pauseButton.target = self;
mpv = mpv_create();
if (!mpv) {
printf("failed creating context\n");
exit(1);
}
check_error(mpv_set_option_string(mpv, "input-media-keys", "yes"));
// request important errors
check_error(mpv_request_log_messages(mpv, "warn"));
check_error(mpv_initialize(mpv));
check_error(mpv_set_option_string(mpv, "vo", "opengl-cb"));
mpv_opengl_cb_context *mpvGL = mpv_get_sub_api(mpv, MPV_SUB_API_OPENGL_CB);
if (!mpvGL) {
puts("libmpv does not have the opengl-cb sub-API.");
exit(1);
}
// pass the mpvGL context to our view
window.glView.mpvGL = mpvGL;
int r = mpv_opengl_cb_init_gl(mpvGL, NULL, get_proc_address, NULL);
if (r < 0) {
puts("gl init has failed.");
exit(1);
}
mpv_opengl_cb_set_update_callback(mpvGL, glupdate, (__bridge void *)window.glView);
// Deal with MPV in the background.
queue = dispatch_queue_create("mpv", DISPATCH_QUEUE_SERIAL);
dispatch_async(queue, ^{
// Register to be woken up whenever mpv generates new events.
mpv_set_wakeup_callback(mpv, wakeup, (__bridge void *)self);
// Load the indicated file
const char *cmd[] = {"loadfile", filename.UTF8String, NULL};
check_error(mpv_command(mpv, cmd));
});
}
static void glupdate(void *ctx)
{
MpvClientOGLView *glView = (__bridge MpvClientOGLView *)ctx;
// I'm still not sure what the best way to handle this is, but this
// works.
dispatch_async(dispatch_get_main_queue(), ^{
[glView drawRect];
});
}
- (void) handleEvent:(mpv_event *)event
{
switch (event->event_id) {
case MPV_EVENT_SHUTDOWN: {
mpv_detach_destroy(mpv);
mpv_opengl_cb_uninit_gl(window.glView.mpvGL);
mpv = NULL;
printf("event: shutdown\n");
break;
}
case MPV_EVENT_LOG_MESSAGE: {
struct mpv_event_log_message *msg = (struct mpv_event_log_message *)event->data;
printf("[%s] %s: %s", msg->prefix, msg->level, msg->text);
}
default:
printf("event: %s\n", mpv_event_name(event->event_id));
}
}
- (void)togglePause:(NSButton *)button
{
if (mpv) {
switch (button.state) {
case NSOffState:
{
int pause = 0;
mpv_set_property(mpv, "pause", MPV_FORMAT_FLAG, &pause);
}
break;
case NSOnState:
{
int pause = 1;
mpv_set_property(mpv, "pause", MPV_FORMAT_FLAG, &pause);
}
break;
default:
NSLog(@"This should never happen.");
}
}
}
- (void) readEvents
{
dispatch_async(queue, ^{
while (mpv) {
mpv_event *event = mpv_wait_event(mpv, 0);
if (event->event_id == MPV_EVENT_NONE)
break;
[self handleEvent:event];
}
});
}
static void wakeup(void *context)
{
AppDelegate *a = (__bridge AppDelegate *) context;
[a readEvents];
}
// quit when the window is closed.
- (BOOL)applicationShouldTerminateAfterLastWindowClosed:(NSApplication *)app
{
return YES;
}
- (NSApplicationTerminateReply)applicationShouldTerminate:(NSApplication *)sender
{
NSLog(@"Terminating.");
const char *args[] = {"quit", NULL};
mpv_command(mpv, args);
[window.glView clearGLContext];
return NSTerminateNow;
}
@end
// Delete this if you already have a main.m.
int main(int argc, const char * argv[]) {
@autoreleasepool {
NSApplication *app = [NSApplication sharedApplication];
AppDelegate *delegate = [AppDelegate new];
app.delegate = delegate;
[app run];
}
return 0;
}
@@ -1,20 +1,10 @@
// Plays a video from the command line in a view provided by the client
// application.
// Plays a video from the command line in a window provided by mpv.
// You likely want to play the video in your own window instead,
// but that's not quite ready yet.
// You may need a basic Info.plist and MainMenu.xib to make this work.
// Build with: clang -o cocoabasic cocoabasic.m `pkg-config --libs --cflags mpv` -framework cocoa
#include <mpv/client.h>
#include <stdio.h>
#include <stdlib.h>
static inline void check_error(int status)
{
if (status < 0) {
printf("mpv API error: %s\n", mpv_error_string(status));
exit(1);
}
}
#include "../../libmpv/client.h"
#include "shared.h"
#import <Cocoa/Cocoa.h>
@@ -31,7 +21,6 @@ static inline void check_error(int status)
mpv_handle *mpv;
dispatch_queue_t queue;
NSWindow *w;
NSView *wrapper;
}
@end
@@ -54,19 +43,11 @@ static void wakeup(void *);
[self->w makeMainWindow];
[self->w makeKeyAndOrderFront:nil];
NSRect frame = [[self->w contentView] bounds];
self->wrapper = [[NSView alloc] initWithFrame:frame];
[self->wrapper setAutoresizingMask:NSViewWidthSizable|NSViewHeightSizable];
[[self->w contentView] addSubview:self->wrapper];
[self->wrapper release];
NSMenu *m = [[NSMenu alloc] initWithTitle:@"AMainMenu"];
NSMenuItem *item = [m addItemWithTitle:@"Apple" action:nil keyEquivalent:@""];
NSMenu *sm = [[NSMenu alloc] initWithTitle:@"Apple"];
[m setSubmenu:sm forItem:item];
[sm addItemWithTitle: @"mpv_command('stop')" action:@selector(mpv_stop) keyEquivalent:@""];
[sm addItemWithTitle: @"mpv_command('quit')" action:@selector(mpv_quit) keyEquivalent:@""];
[sm addItemWithTitle: @"quit" action:@selector(terminate:) keyEquivalent:@"q"];
[sm addItemWithTitle: @"Shutdown mpv" action:@selector(shutdown) keyEquivalent:@"s"];
[NSApp setMenu:m];
[NSApp activateIgnoringOtherApps:YES];
}
@@ -100,7 +81,7 @@ static void wakeup(void *);
exit(1);
}
int64_t wid = (intptr_t) self->wrapper;
int64_t wid = (intptr_t) [self->w contentView];
check_error(mpv_set_option(mpv, "wid", MPV_FORMAT_INT64, &wid));
// Maybe set some options here, like default key bindings.
@@ -129,28 +110,24 @@ static void wakeup(void *);
- (void) handleEvent:(mpv_event *)event
{
switch (event->event_id) {
case MPV_EVENT_SHUTDOWN: {
mpv_detach_destroy(mpv);
case MPV_EVENT_SHUTDOWN:
// Clean up and shut down.
mpv_terminate_destroy(mpv);
mpv = NULL;
printf("event: shutdown\n");
dispatch_async(dispatch_get_main_queue(), ^{
[[NSApplication sharedApplication] terminate:nil];
});
break;
}
case MPV_EVENT_LOG_MESSAGE: {
struct mpv_event_log_message *msg = (struct mpv_event_log_message *)event->data;
printf("[%s] %s: %s", msg->prefix, msg->level, msg->text);
}
case MPV_EVENT_VIDEO_RECONFIG: {
case MPV_EVENT_VIDEO_RECONFIG:
dispatch_async(dispatch_get_main_queue(), ^{
NSArray *subviews = [self->wrapper subviews];
if ([subviews count] > 0) {
// mpv's events view
NSView *eview = [self->wrapper subviews][0];
[self->w makeFirstResponder:eview];
}
[self->w selectNextKeyView:nil];
});
}
default:
printf("event: %s\n", mpv_event_name(event->event_id));
@@ -177,18 +154,13 @@ static void wakeup(void *context) {
// Ostensibly, mpv's window would be hooked up to this.
- (BOOL) windowShouldClose:(id)sender
{
return NO;
[self shutdown];
if (self->w)
[self->w release];
return YES;
}
- (void) mpv_stop
{
if (mpv) {
const char *args[] = {"stop", NULL};
mpv_command(mpv, args);
}
}
- (void) mpv_quit
- (void) shutdown
{
if (mpv) {
const char *args[] = {"quit", NULL};
@@ -205,5 +177,5 @@ int main(int argc, const char * argv[]) {
app.delegate = delegate;
[app run];
}
return 0;
return EXIT_SUCCESS;
}
-136
View File
@@ -1,136 +0,0 @@
#include "main.h"
#include <stdexcept>
#include <clocale>
#include <QObject>
#include <QtGlobal>
#include <QOpenGLContext>
#include <QGuiApplication>
#include <QtGui/QOpenGLFramebufferObject>
#include <QtQuick/QQuickWindow>
#include <QtQuick/QQuickView>
class MpvRenderer : public QQuickFramebufferObject::Renderer
{
static void *get_proc_address(void *ctx, const char *name) {
(void)ctx;
QOpenGLContext *glctx = QOpenGLContext::currentContext();
if (!glctx)
return NULL;
return (void *)glctx->getProcAddress(QByteArray(name));
}
mpv::qt::Handle mpv;
QQuickWindow *window;
mpv_opengl_cb_context *mpv_gl;
public:
MpvRenderer(const MpvObject *obj)
: mpv(obj->mpv), window(obj->window()), mpv_gl(obj->mpv_gl)
{
int r = mpv_opengl_cb_init_gl(mpv_gl, NULL, get_proc_address, NULL);
if (r < 0)
throw std::runtime_error("could not initialize OpenGL");
}
virtual ~MpvRenderer()
{
// Until this call is done, we need to make sure the player remains
// alive. This is done implicitly with the mpv::qt::Handle instance
// in this class.
mpv_opengl_cb_uninit_gl(mpv_gl);
}
void render()
{
QOpenGLFramebufferObject *fbo = framebufferObject();
window->resetOpenGLState();
mpv_opengl_cb_draw(mpv_gl, fbo->handle(), fbo->width(), fbo->height());
window->resetOpenGLState();
}
};
MpvObject::MpvObject(QQuickItem * parent)
: QQuickFramebufferObject(parent), mpv_gl(0)
{
mpv = mpv::qt::Handle::FromRawHandle(mpv_create());
if (!mpv)
throw std::runtime_error("could not create mpv context");
mpv_set_option_string(mpv, "terminal", "yes");
mpv_set_option_string(mpv, "msg-level", "all=v");
if (mpv_initialize(mpv) < 0)
throw std::runtime_error("could not initialize mpv context");
// Make use of the MPV_SUB_API_OPENGL_CB API.
mpv::qt::set_option_variant(mpv, "vo", "opengl-cb");
// Request hw decoding, just for testing.
mpv::qt::set_option_variant(mpv, "hwdec", "auto");
// Setup the callback that will make QtQuick update and redraw if there
// is a new video frame. Use a queued connection: this makes sure the
// doUpdate() function is run on the GUI thread.
mpv_gl = (mpv_opengl_cb_context *)mpv_get_sub_api(mpv, MPV_SUB_API_OPENGL_CB);
if (!mpv_gl)
throw std::runtime_error("OpenGL not compiled in");
mpv_opengl_cb_set_update_callback(mpv_gl, MpvObject::on_update, (void *)this);
connect(this, &MpvObject::onUpdate, this, &MpvObject::doUpdate,
Qt::QueuedConnection);
}
MpvObject::~MpvObject()
{
if (mpv_gl)
mpv_opengl_cb_set_update_callback(mpv_gl, NULL, NULL);
}
void MpvObject::on_update(void *ctx)
{
MpvObject *self = (MpvObject *)ctx;
emit self->onUpdate();
}
// connected to onUpdate(); signal makes sure it runs on the GUI thread
void MpvObject::doUpdate()
{
update();
}
void MpvObject::command(const QVariant& params)
{
mpv::qt::command_variant(mpv, params);
}
void MpvObject::setProperty(const QString& name, const QVariant& value)
{
mpv::qt::set_property_variant(mpv, name, value);
}
QQuickFramebufferObject::Renderer *MpvObject::createRenderer() const
{
window()->setPersistentOpenGLContext(true);
window()->setPersistentSceneGraph(true);
return new MpvRenderer(this);
}
int main(int argc, char **argv)
{
QGuiApplication app(argc, argv);
// Qt sets the locale in the QGuiApplication constructor, but libmpv
// requires the LC_NUMERIC category to be set to "C", so change it back.
std::setlocale(LC_NUMERIC, "C");
qmlRegisterType<MpvObject>("mpvtest", 1, 0, "MpvObject");
QQuickView view;
view.setResizeMode(QQuickView::SizeRootObjectToView);
view.setSource(QUrl("qrc:///mpvtest/main.qml"));
view.show();
return app.exec();
}
-36
View File
@@ -1,36 +0,0 @@
#ifndef MPVRENDERER_H_
#define MPVRENDERER_H_
#include <QtQuick/QQuickFramebufferObject>
#include <mpv/client.h>
#include <mpv/opengl_cb.h>
#include <mpv/qthelper.hpp>
class MpvRenderer;
class MpvObject : public QQuickFramebufferObject
{
Q_OBJECT
mpv::qt::Handle mpv;
mpv_opengl_cb_context *mpv_gl;
friend class MpvRenderer;
public:
MpvObject(QQuickItem * parent = 0);
virtual ~MpvObject();
virtual Renderer *createRenderer() const;
public slots:
void command(const QVariant& params);
void setProperty(const QString& name, const QVariant& value);
signals:
void onUpdate();
private slots:
void doUpdate();
private:
static void on_update(void *ctx);
};
#endif
-71
View File
@@ -1,71 +0,0 @@
import QtQuick 2.0
import QtQuick.Controls 1.0
import mpvtest 1.0
Item {
width: 1280
height: 720
MpvObject {
id: renderer
anchors.fill: parent
MouseArea {
anchors.fill: parent
onClicked: renderer.command(["loadfile", "../../../test.mkv"])
}
}
Rectangle {
id: labelFrame
anchors.margins: -50
radius: 5
color: "white"
border.color: "black"
opacity: 0.8
anchors.fill: box
}
Row {
id: box
anchors.bottom: renderer.bottom
anchors.left: renderer.left
anchors.right: renderer.right
anchors.margins: 100
Text {
anchors.margins: 10
wrapMode: Text.WordWrap
text: "QtQuick and mpv are both rendering stuff.\n
Click to load ../../../test.mkv"
}
// Don't take these controls too seriously. They're for testing.
Column {
CheckBox {
id: checkbox
anchors.margins: 10
// Heavily filtered means good, right?
text: "Make video look like on a Smart TV"
onClicked: {
if (checkbox.checked) {
renderer.command(["vo_cmdline", "sharpen=5.0"])
} else {
renderer.command(["vo_cmdline", ""])
}
}
}
Slider {
id: slider
anchors.margins: 10
anchors.left: checkbox.left
anchors.right: checkbox.right
minimumValue: -100
maximumValue: 100
value: 0
onValueChanged: renderer.setProperty("gamma", slider.value | 0)
}
}
}
}
-12
View File
@@ -1,12 +0,0 @@
QT += qml quick
HEADERS += main.h
SOURCES += main.cpp
QT_CONFIG -= no-pkg-config
CONFIG += link_pkgconfig debug
PKGCONFIG += mpv
RESOURCES += mpvtest.qrc
OTHER_FILES += main.qml
-5
View File
@@ -1,5 +0,0 @@
<RCC>
<qresource prefix="/mpvtest">
<file>main.qml</file>
</qresource>
</RCC>
@@ -1,159 +0,0 @@
#include "main.h"
#include <stdexcept>
#include <clocale>
#include <QObject>
#include <QtGlobal>
#include <QOpenGLContext>
#include <QGuiApplication>
#include <QtQuick/QQuickWindow>
#include <QtQuick/QQuickView>
static void *get_proc_address(void *ctx, const char *name) {
(void)ctx;
QOpenGLContext *glctx = QOpenGLContext::currentContext();
if (!glctx)
return NULL;
return (void *)glctx->getProcAddress(QByteArray(name));
}
MpvRenderer::MpvRenderer(mpv::qt::Handle a_mpv, mpv_opengl_cb_context *a_mpv_gl)
: mpv(a_mpv), mpv_gl(a_mpv_gl), window(0), size()
{
int r = mpv_opengl_cb_init_gl(mpv_gl, NULL, get_proc_address, NULL);
if (r < 0)
throw std::runtime_error("could not initialize OpenGL");
}
MpvRenderer::~MpvRenderer()
{
// Until this call is done, we need to make sure the player remains
// alive. This is done implicitly with the mpv::qt::Handle instance
// in this class.
mpv_opengl_cb_uninit_gl(mpv_gl);
}
void MpvRenderer::paint()
{
window->resetOpenGLState();
// This uses 0 as framebuffer, which indicates that mpv will render directly
// to the frontbuffer. Note that mpv will always switch framebuffers
// explicitly. Some QWindow setups (such as using QQuickWidget) actually
// want you to render into a FBO in the beforeRendering() signal, and this
// code won't work there.
// The negation is used for rendering with OpenGL's flipped coordinates.
mpv_opengl_cb_draw(mpv_gl, 0, size.width(), -size.height());
window->resetOpenGLState();
}
MpvObject::MpvObject(QQuickItem * parent)
: QQuickItem(parent), mpv_gl(0), renderer(0)
{
mpv = mpv::qt::Handle::FromRawHandle(mpv_create());
if (!mpv)
throw std::runtime_error("could not create mpv context");
mpv_set_option_string(mpv, "terminal", "yes");
mpv_set_option_string(mpv, "msg-level", "all=v");
if (mpv_initialize(mpv) < 0)
throw std::runtime_error("could not initialize mpv context");
// Make use of the MPV_SUB_API_OPENGL_CB API.
mpv::qt::set_option_variant(mpv, "vo", "opengl-cb");
// Setup the callback that will make QtQuick update and redraw if there
// is a new video frame. Use a queued connection: this makes sure the
// doUpdate() function is run on the GUI thread.
mpv_gl = (mpv_opengl_cb_context *)mpv_get_sub_api(mpv, MPV_SUB_API_OPENGL_CB);
if (!mpv_gl)
throw std::runtime_error("OpenGL not compiled in");
mpv_opengl_cb_set_update_callback(mpv_gl, MpvObject::on_update, (void *)this);
connect(this, &MpvObject::onUpdate, this, &MpvObject::doUpdate,
Qt::QueuedConnection);
connect(this, &QQuickItem::windowChanged,
this, &MpvObject::handleWindowChanged);
}
MpvObject::~MpvObject()
{
if (mpv_gl)
mpv_opengl_cb_set_update_callback(mpv_gl, NULL, NULL);
}
void MpvObject::handleWindowChanged(QQuickWindow *win)
{
if (!win)
return;
connect(win, &QQuickWindow::beforeSynchronizing,
this, &MpvObject::sync, Qt::DirectConnection);
connect(win, &QQuickWindow::sceneGraphInvalidated,
this, &MpvObject::cleanup, Qt::DirectConnection);
connect(win, &QQuickWindow::frameSwapped,
this, &MpvObject::swapped, Qt::DirectConnection);
win->setClearBeforeRendering(false);
}
void MpvObject::sync()
{
if (!renderer) {
renderer = new MpvRenderer(mpv, mpv_gl);
connect(window(), &QQuickWindow::beforeRendering,
renderer, &MpvRenderer::paint, Qt::DirectConnection);
}
renderer->window = window();
renderer->size = window()->size() * window()->devicePixelRatio();
}
void MpvObject::swapped()
{
mpv_opengl_cb_report_flip(mpv_gl, 0);
}
void MpvObject::cleanup()
{
if (renderer) {
delete renderer;
renderer = 0;
}
}
void MpvObject::on_update(void *ctx)
{
MpvObject *self = (MpvObject *)ctx;
emit self->onUpdate();
}
// connected to onUpdate(); signal makes sure it runs on the GUI thread
void MpvObject::doUpdate()
{
window()->update();
}
void MpvObject::command(const QVariant& params)
{
mpv::qt::command_variant(mpv, params);
}
int main(int argc, char **argv)
{
QGuiApplication app(argc, argv);
// Qt sets the locale in the QGuiApplication constructor, but libmpv
// requires the LC_NUMERIC category to be set to "C", so change it back.
std::setlocale(LC_NUMERIC, "C");
qmlRegisterType<MpvObject>("mpvtest", 1, 0, "MpvObject");
QQuickView view;
view.setResizeMode(QQuickView::SizeRootObjectToView);
view.setSource(QUrl("qrc:///mpvtest/main.qml"));
view.show();
return app.exec();
}
@@ -1,51 +0,0 @@
#ifndef MPVRENDERER_H_
#define MPVRENDERER_H_
#include <QtQuick/QQuickItem>
#include <mpv/client.h>
#include <mpv/opengl_cb.h>
#include <mpv/qthelper.hpp>
class MpvRenderer : public QObject
{
Q_OBJECT
mpv::qt::Handle mpv;
mpv_opengl_cb_context *mpv_gl;
QQuickWindow *window;
QSize size;
friend class MpvObject;
public:
MpvRenderer(mpv::qt::Handle a_mpv, mpv_opengl_cb_context *a_mpv_gl);
virtual ~MpvRenderer();
public slots:
void paint();
};
class MpvObject : public QQuickItem
{
Q_OBJECT
mpv::qt::Handle mpv;
mpv_opengl_cb_context *mpv_gl;
MpvRenderer *renderer;
public:
MpvObject(QQuickItem * parent = 0);
virtual ~MpvObject();
public slots:
void command(const QVariant& params);
void sync();
void swapped();
void cleanup();
signals:
void onUpdate();
private slots:
void doUpdate();
void handleWindowChanged(QQuickWindow *win);
private:
static void on_update(void *ctx);
};
#endif
@@ -1,49 +0,0 @@
import QtQuick 2.0
import QtQuick.Controls 1.0
import mpvtest 1.0
Item {
width: 1280
height: 720
MpvObject {
id: renderer
// This object isn't real and not visible; it just renders into the
// background of the containing Window.
width: 0
height: 0
}
MouseArea {
anchors.fill: parent
onClicked: renderer.command(["loadfile", "../../../test.mkv"])
}
Rectangle {
id: labelFrame
anchors.margins: -50
radius: 5
color: "white"
border.color: "black"
opacity: 0.8
anchors.fill: box
}
Row {
id: box
anchors.bottom: parent.bottom
anchors.left: parent.left
anchors.right: parent.right
anchors.margins: 100
Text {
anchors.margins: 10
wrapMode: Text.WordWrap
text: "QtQuick and mpv are both rendering stuff.\n
In this example, mpv is always in the background.\n
Click to load ../../../test.mkv"
}
}
}
@@ -1,12 +0,0 @@
QT += qml quick
HEADERS += main.h
SOURCES += main.cpp
QT_CONFIG -= no-pkg-config
CONFIG += link_pkgconfig debug
PKGCONFIG += mpv
RESOURCES += mpvtest.qrc
OTHER_FILES += main.qml
@@ -1,5 +0,0 @@
<RCC>
<qresource prefix="/mpvtest">
<file>main.qml</file>
</qresource>
</RCC>
@@ -1,13 +0,0 @@
#include <QApplication>
#include "mainwindow.h"
int main(int argc, char *argv[])
{
QApplication a(argc, argv);
// Qt sets the locale in the QApplication constructor, but libmpv requires
// the LC_NUMERIC category to be set to "C", so change it back.
setlocale(LC_NUMERIC, "C");
MainWindow w;
w.show();
return a.exec();
}
@@ -1,53 +0,0 @@
#include "mainwindow.h"
#include "mpvwidget.h"
#include <QPushButton>
#include <QSlider>
#include <QLayout>
#include <QFileDialog>
MainWindow::MainWindow(QWidget *parent) : QWidget(parent)
{
m_mpv = new MpvWidget(this);
m_slider = new QSlider();
m_slider->setOrientation(Qt::Horizontal);
m_openBtn = new QPushButton("Open");
m_playBtn = new QPushButton("Pause");
QHBoxLayout *hb = new QHBoxLayout();
hb->addWidget(m_openBtn);
hb->addWidget(m_playBtn);
QVBoxLayout *vl = new QVBoxLayout();
vl->addWidget(m_mpv);
vl->addWidget(m_slider);
vl->addLayout(hb);
setLayout(vl);
connect(m_slider, SIGNAL(sliderMoved(int)), SLOT(seek(int)));
connect(m_openBtn, SIGNAL(clicked()), SLOT(openMedia()));
connect(m_playBtn, SIGNAL(clicked()), SLOT(pauseResume()));
connect(m_mpv, SIGNAL(positionChanged(int)), m_slider, SLOT(setValue(int)));
connect(m_mpv, SIGNAL(durationChanged(int)), this, SLOT(setSliderRange(int)));
}
void MainWindow::openMedia()
{
QString file = QFileDialog::getOpenFileName(0, "Open a video");
if (file.isEmpty())
return;
m_mpv->command(QStringList() << "loadfile" << file);
}
void MainWindow::seek(int pos)
{
m_mpv->command(QVariantList() << "seek" << pos << "absolute");
}
void MainWindow::pauseResume()
{
const bool paused = m_mpv->getProperty("pause").toBool();
m_mpv->setProperty("pause", !paused);
}
void MainWindow::setSliderRange(int duration)
{
const int time0 = m_mpv->getProperty("time-start").toInt();
m_slider->setRange(time0, time0+duration);
}
@@ -1,27 +0,0 @@
#ifndef MainWindow_H
#define MainWindow_H
#include <QtWidgets/QWidget>
class MpvWidget;
class QSlider;
class QPushButton;
class MainWindow : public QWidget
{
Q_OBJECT
public:
explicit MainWindow(QWidget *parent = 0);
public Q_SLOTS:
void openMedia();
void seek(int pos);
void pauseResume();
private Q_SLOTS:
void setSliderRange(int duration);
private:
MpvWidget *m_mpv;
QSlider *m_slider;
QPushButton *m_openBtn;
QPushButton *m_playBtn;
};
#endif // MainWindow_H
@@ -1,129 +0,0 @@
#include "mpvwidget.h"
#include <stdexcept>
#include <QtGui/QOpenGLContext>
#include <QtCore/QMetaObject>
static void wakeup(void *ctx)
{
QMetaObject::invokeMethod((MpvWidget*)ctx, "on_mpv_events", Qt::QueuedConnection);
}
static void *get_proc_address(void *ctx, const char *name) {
Q_UNUSED(ctx);
QOpenGLContext *glctx = QOpenGLContext::currentContext();
if (!glctx)
return NULL;
return (void *)glctx->getProcAddress(QByteArray(name));
}
MpvWidget::MpvWidget(QWidget *parent, Qt::WindowFlags f)
: QOpenGLWidget(parent, f)
{
mpv = mpv::qt::Handle::FromRawHandle(mpv_create());
if (!mpv)
throw std::runtime_error("could not create mpv context");
mpv_set_option_string(mpv, "terminal", "yes");
mpv_set_option_string(mpv, "msg-level", "all=v");
if (mpv_initialize(mpv) < 0)
throw std::runtime_error("could not initialize mpv context");
// Make use of the MPV_SUB_API_OPENGL_CB API.
mpv::qt::set_option_variant(mpv, "vo", "opengl-cb");
// Request hw decoding, just for testing.
mpv::qt::set_option_variant(mpv, "hwdec", "auto");
mpv_gl = (mpv_opengl_cb_context *)mpv_get_sub_api(mpv, MPV_SUB_API_OPENGL_CB);
if (!mpv_gl)
throw std::runtime_error("OpenGL not compiled in");
mpv_opengl_cb_set_update_callback(mpv_gl, MpvWidget::on_update, (void *)this);
connect(this, SIGNAL(frameSwapped()), SLOT(swapped()));
mpv_observe_property(mpv, 0, "duration", MPV_FORMAT_DOUBLE);
mpv_observe_property(mpv, 0, "time-pos", MPV_FORMAT_DOUBLE);
mpv_set_wakeup_callback(mpv, wakeup, this);
}
MpvWidget::~MpvWidget()
{
makeCurrent();
if (mpv_gl)
mpv_opengl_cb_set_update_callback(mpv_gl, NULL, NULL);
// Until this call is done, we need to make sure the player remains
// alive. This is done implicitly with the mpv::qt::Handle instance
// in this class.
mpv_opengl_cb_uninit_gl(mpv_gl);
}
void MpvWidget::command(const QVariant& params)
{
mpv::qt::command_variant(mpv, params);
}
void MpvWidget::setProperty(const QString& name, const QVariant& value)
{
mpv::qt::set_property_variant(mpv, name, value);
}
QVariant MpvWidget::getProperty(const QString &name) const
{
return mpv::qt::get_property_variant(mpv, name);
}
void MpvWidget::initializeGL()
{
int r = mpv_opengl_cb_init_gl(mpv_gl, NULL, get_proc_address, NULL);
if (r < 0)
throw std::runtime_error("could not initialize OpenGL");
}
void MpvWidget::paintGL()
{
mpv_opengl_cb_draw(mpv_gl, QOpenGLContext::currentContext()->defaultFramebufferObject(), width(), -height());
}
void MpvWidget::swapped()
{
mpv_opengl_cb_report_flip(mpv_gl, 0);
}
void MpvWidget::on_mpv_events()
{
// Process all events, until the event queue is empty.
while (mpv) {
mpv_event *event = mpv_wait_event(mpv, 0);
if (event->event_id == MPV_EVENT_NONE) {
break;
}
handle_mpv_event(event);
}
}
void MpvWidget::handle_mpv_event(mpv_event *event)
{
switch (event->event_id) {
case MPV_EVENT_PROPERTY_CHANGE: {
mpv_event_property *prop = (mpv_event_property *)event->data;
if (strcmp(prop->name, "time-pos") == 0) {
if (prop->format == MPV_FORMAT_DOUBLE) {
double time = *(double *)prop->data;
Q_EMIT positionChanged(time);
}
} else if (strcmp(prop->name, "duration") == 0) {
if (prop->format == MPV_FORMAT_DOUBLE) {
double time = *(double *)prop->data;
Q_EMIT durationChanged(time);
}
}
break;
}
default: ;
// Ignore uninteresting or unknown events.
}
}
void MpvWidget::on_update(void *ctx)
{
QMetaObject::invokeMethod((MpvWidget*)ctx, "update");
}
@@ -1,38 +0,0 @@
#ifndef PLAYERWINDOW_H
#define PLAYERWINDOW_H
#include <QtWidgets/QOpenGLWidget>
#include <mpv/client.h>
#include <mpv/opengl_cb.h>
#include <mpv/qthelper.hpp>
class MpvWidget Q_DECL_FINAL: public QOpenGLWidget
{
Q_OBJECT
public:
MpvWidget(QWidget *parent = 0, Qt::WindowFlags f = 0);
~MpvWidget();
void command(const QVariant& params);
void setProperty(const QString& name, const QVariant& value);
QVariant getProperty(const QString& name) const;
QSize sizeHint() const { return QSize(480, 270);}
Q_SIGNALS:
void durationChanged(int value);
void positionChanged(int value);
protected:
void initializeGL() Q_DECL_OVERRIDE;
void paintGL() Q_DECL_OVERRIDE;
private Q_SLOTS:
void swapped();
void on_mpv_events();
private:
void handle_mpv_event(mpv_event *event);
static void on_update(void *ctx);
mpv::qt::Handle mpv;
mpv_opengl_cb_context *mpv_gl;
};
#endif // PLAYERWINDOW_H
@@ -1,13 +0,0 @@
CONFIG -= app_bundle
QT += widgets
QT_CONFIG -= no-pkg-config
CONFIG += link_pkgconfig debug
PKGCONFIG += mpv
HEADERS = \
mpvwidget.h \
mainwindow.h
SOURCES = main.cpp \
mpvwidget.cpp \
mainwindow.cpp
@@ -1,8 +1,9 @@
// License: pick one of: public domain, WTFPL, ISC, Ms-PL, AGPLv3
// This example can be built with: qmake && make
#include <clocale>
#include <sstream>
#include <stdexcept>
#include <QtGlobal>
#include <QFileDialog>
@@ -28,7 +29,7 @@ static void wakeup(void *ctx)
// the Qt GUI thread to wake up (so that it can process events with
// mpv_wait_event()), and return as quickly as possible.
MainWindow *mainwindow = (MainWindow *)ctx;
emit mainwindow->mpv_events();
QCoreApplication::postEvent(mainwindow, new QEvent(QEvent::User));
}
MainWindow::MainWindow(QWidget *parent) :
@@ -41,13 +42,9 @@ MainWindow::MainWindow(QWidget *parent) :
QAction *on_open = new QAction(tr("&Open"), this);
on_open->setShortcuts(QKeySequence::Open);
on_open->setStatusTip(tr("Open a file"));
connect(on_open, &QAction::triggered, this, &MainWindow::on_file_open);
connect(on_open, SIGNAL(triggered()), this, SLOT(on_file_open()));
menu->addAction(on_open);
QAction *on_new = new QAction(tr("&New window"), this);
connect(on_new, &QAction::triggered, this, &MainWindow::on_new_window);
menu->addAction(on_new);
statusBar();
QMainWindow *log_window = new QMainWindow(this);
@@ -60,7 +57,7 @@ MainWindow::MainWindow(QWidget *parent) :
mpv = mpv_create();
if (!mpv)
throw std::runtime_error("can't create mpv instance");
throw "can't create mpv instance";
// Create a video child window. Force Qt to create a native window, and
// pass the window ID to the mpv wid option. Works on: X11, win32, Cocoa
@@ -92,14 +89,12 @@ MainWindow::MainWindow(QWidget *parent) :
mpv_request_log_messages(mpv, "info");
// From this point on, the wakeup function will be called. The callback
// can come from any thread, so we use the QueuedConnection mechanism to
// relay the wakeup in a thread-safe way.
connect(this, &MainWindow::mpv_events, this, &MainWindow::on_mpv_events,
Qt::QueuedConnection);
// can come from any thread, so we use the Qt QEvent mechanism to relay
// the wakeup in a thread-safe way.
mpv_set_wakeup_callback(mpv, wakeup, this);
if (mpv_initialize(mpv) < 0)
throw std::runtime_error("mpv failed to initialize");
throw "mpv failed to initialize";
}
void MainWindow::handle_mpv_event(mpv_event *event)
@@ -169,16 +164,20 @@ void MainWindow::handle_mpv_event(mpv_event *event)
}
}
// This slot is invoked by wakeup() (through the mpv_events signal).
void MainWindow::on_mpv_events()
bool MainWindow::event(QEvent *event)
{
// Process all events, until the event queue is empty.
while (mpv) {
mpv_event *event = mpv_wait_event(mpv, 0);
if (event->event_id == MPV_EVENT_NONE)
break;
handle_mpv_event(event);
// QEvent::User is sent by wakeup().
if (event->type() == QEvent::User) {
// Process all events, until the event queue is empty.
while (mpv) {
mpv_event *event = mpv_wait_event(mpv, 0);
if (event->event_id == MPV_EVENT_NONE)
break;
handle_mpv_event(event);
}
return true;
}
return QMainWindow::event(event);
}
void MainWindow::on_file_open()
@@ -191,11 +190,6 @@ void MainWindow::on_file_open()
}
}
void MainWindow::on_new_window()
{
(new MainWindow())->show();
}
void MainWindow::append_log(const QString &text)
{
QTextCursor cursor = log->textCursor();
@@ -15,13 +15,11 @@ public:
explicit MainWindow(QWidget *parent = 0);
~MainWindow();
protected:
virtual bool event(QEvent *event);
private slots:
void on_file_open();
void on_new_window();
void on_mpv_events();
signals:
void mpv_events();
private:
QWidget *mpv_container;
@@ -5,9 +5,8 @@ greaterThan(QT_MAJOR_VERSION, 4): QT += widgets
TARGET = qtexample
TEMPLATE = app
QT_CONFIG -= no-pkg-config
CONFIG += link_pkgconfig debug
PKGCONFIG += mpv
PKGCONFIG = mpv
SOURCES += qtexample.cpp
HEADERS += qtexample.h
-158
View File
@@ -1,158 +0,0 @@
// Build with: gcc -o main main.c `pkg-config --libs --cflags mpv sdl2`
#include <stddef.h>
#include <stdio.h>
#include <stdlib.h>
#include <SDL.h>
#include <mpv/client.h>
#include <mpv/opengl_cb.h>
static Uint32 wakeup_on_mpv_redraw, wakeup_on_mpv_events;
static void die(const char *msg)
{
fprintf(stderr, "%s\n", msg);
exit(1);
}
static void *get_proc_address_mpv(void *fn_ctx, const char *name)
{
return SDL_GL_GetProcAddress(name);
}
static void on_mpv_events(void *ctx)
{
SDL_Event event = {.type = wakeup_on_mpv_events};
SDL_PushEvent(&event);
}
static void on_mpv_redraw(void *ctx)
{
SDL_Event event = {.type = wakeup_on_mpv_redraw};
SDL_PushEvent(&event);
}
int main(int argc, char *argv[])
{
if (argc != 2)
die("pass a single media file as argument");
mpv_handle *mpv = mpv_create();
if (!mpv)
die("context init failed");
// Some minor options can only be set before mpv_initialize().
if (mpv_initialize(mpv) < 0)
die("mpv init failed");
if (SDL_Init(SDL_INIT_VIDEO) < 0)
die("SDL init failed");
SDL_Window *window =
SDL_CreateWindow("hi", SDL_WINDOWPOS_CENTERED, SDL_WINDOWPOS_CENTERED,
1000, 500, SDL_WINDOW_OPENGL | SDL_WINDOW_SHOWN |
SDL_WINDOW_RESIZABLE);
if (!window)
die("failed to create SDL window");
// The OpenGL API is somewhat separate from the normal mpv API. This only
// returns NULL if no OpenGL support is compiled.
mpv_opengl_cb_context *mpv_gl = mpv_get_sub_api(mpv, MPV_SUB_API_OPENGL_CB);
if (!mpv_gl)
die("failed to create mpv GL API handle");
SDL_GLContext glcontext = SDL_GL_CreateContext(window);
if (!glcontext)
die("failed to create SDL GL context");
// This makes mpv use the currently set GL context. It will use the callback
// to resolve GL builtin functions, as well as extensions.
if (mpv_opengl_cb_init_gl(mpv_gl, NULL, get_proc_address_mpv, NULL) < 0)
die("failed to initialize mpv GL context");
// Actually using the opengl_cb state has to be explicitly requested.
// Otherwise, mpv will create a separate platform window.
if (mpv_set_option_string(mpv, "vo", "opengl-cb") < 0)
die("failed to set VO");
// We use events for thread-safe notification of the SDL main loop.
// Generally, the wakeup callbacks (set further below) should do as least
// work as possible, and merely wake up another thread to do actual work.
// On SDL, waking up the mainloop is the ideal course of action. SDL's
// SDL_PushEvent() is thread-safe, so we use that.
wakeup_on_mpv_redraw = SDL_RegisterEvents(1);
wakeup_on_mpv_events = SDL_RegisterEvents(1);
if (wakeup_on_mpv_redraw == (Uint32)-1 || wakeup_on_mpv_events == (Uint32)-1)
die("could not register events");
// When normal mpv events are available.
mpv_set_wakeup_callback(mpv, on_mpv_events, NULL);
// When a new frame should be drawn with mpv_opengl_cb_draw().
// (Separate from the normal event handling mechanism for the sake of
// users which run OpenGL on a different thread.)
mpv_opengl_cb_set_update_callback(mpv_gl, on_mpv_redraw, NULL);
// Play this file. Note that this starts playback asynchronously.
const char *cmd[] = {"loadfile", argv[1], NULL};
mpv_command(mpv, cmd);
while (1) {
SDL_Event event;
if (SDL_WaitEvent(&event) != 1)
die("event loop error");
int redraw = 0;
switch (event.type) {
case SDL_QUIT:
goto done;
case SDL_WINDOWEVENT:
if (event.window.event == SDL_WINDOWEVENT_EXPOSED)
redraw = 1;
break;
case SDL_KEYDOWN:
if (event.key.keysym.sym == SDLK_SPACE)
mpv_command_string(mpv, "cycle pause");
break;
default:
// Happens when a new video frame should be rendered, or if the
// current frame has to be redrawn e.g. due to OSD changes.
if (event.type == wakeup_on_mpv_redraw)
redraw = 1;
// Happens when at least 1 new event is in the mpv event queue.
if (event.type == wakeup_on_mpv_events) {
// Handle all remaining mpv events.
while (1) {
mpv_event *mp_event = mpv_wait_event(mpv, 0);
if (mp_event->event_id == MPV_EVENT_NONE)
break;
printf("event: %s\n", mpv_event_name(mp_event->event_id));
}
}
}
if (redraw) {
int w, h;
SDL_GetWindowSize(window, &w, &h);
// Note:
// - The 0 is the FBO to use; 0 is the default framebuffer (i.e.
// render to the window directly.
// - The negative height tells mpv to flip the coordinate system.
// - If you do not want the video to cover the whole screen, or want
// to apply any form of fancy transformation, you will have to
// render to a FBO.
// - See opengl_cb.h on what OpenGL environment mpv expects, and
// other API details.
mpv_opengl_cb_draw(mpv_gl, 0, w, -h);
SDL_GL_SwapWindow(window);
}
}
done:
// Destroy the GL renderer and all of the GL objects it allocated. If video
// is still running, the video track will be deselected.
mpv_opengl_cb_uninit_gl(mpv_gl);
mpv_terminate_destroy(mpv);
return 0;
}
+10
View File
@@ -0,0 +1,10 @@
#include <stdio.h>
#include <stdlib.h>
static inline void check_error(int status)
{
if (status < 0) {
printf("mpv API error: %s\n", mpv_error_string(status));
exit(1);
}
}
@@ -1,18 +1,9 @@
// Build with: gcc -o simple simple.c `pkg-config --libs --cflags mpv`
#include <stddef.h>
#include <stdio.h>
#include <stdlib.h>
#include <mpv/client.h>
static inline void check_error(int status)
{
if (status < 0) {
printf("mpv API error: %s\n", mpv_error_string(status));
exit(1);
}
}
#include "libmpv/client.h"
#include "shared.h"
int main(int argc, char *argv[])
{
@@ -30,7 +21,7 @@ int main(int argc, char *argv[])
// Enable default key bindings, so the user can actually interact with
// the player (and e.g. close the window).
check_error(mpv_set_option_string(ctx, "input-default-bindings", "yes"));
mpv_set_option_string(ctx, "input-vo-keyboard", "yes");
mpv_set_option_string(ctx, "input-x11-keyboard", "yes");
int val = 1;
check_error(mpv_set_option(ctx, "osc", MPV_FORMAT_FLAG, &val));
-212
View File
@@ -1,212 +0,0 @@
Compiling for Windows
=====================
Compiling for Windows is supported with MinGW-w64. This can be used to produce
both 32-bit and 64-bit executables, and it works for building on Windows and
cross-compiling from Linux and Cygwin. MinGW-w64 is available from:
http://mingw-w64.sourceforge.net.
While building a complete MinGW-w64 toolchain yourself is possible, there are a
few build environments and scripts to help ease the process, such as MSYS2 and
MXE. Note that MinGW environments included in Linux distributions are often
broken, outdated and useless, and usually don't use MinGW-w64.
**Warning**: the original MinGW (http://www.mingw.org) is unsupported.
Cross-compilation
=================
When cross-compiling, you have to run mpv's configure with these arguments:
```bash
DEST_OS=win32 TARGET=i686-w64-mingw32 ./waf configure
```
[MXE](http://mxe.cc) makes it very easy to bootstrap a complete MingGW-w64
environment from a Linux machine. See a working example below.
Alternatively, you can try [mingw-w64-cmake](https://github.com/lachs0r/mingw-w64-cmake),
which bootstraps a MinGW-w64 environment and builds mpv and dependencies.
Example with MXE
----------------
```bash
# Before starting, make sure you install MXE prerequisites. MXE will download
# and build all target dependencies, but no host dependencies. For example,
# you need a working compiler, or MXE can't build the crosscompiler.
#
# Refer to
#
# http://mxe.cc/#requirements
#
# Scroll down for disto/OS-specific instructions to install them.
# Download MXE. Note that compiling the required packages requires about 1.4 GB
# or more!
cd /opt
git clone https://github.com/mxe/mxe mxe
cd mxe
# Set build options.
# The JOBS environment variable controls threads to use when building. DO NOT
# use the regular `make -j4` option with MXE as it will slow down the build.
# Alternatively, you can set this in the make command by appending "JOBS=4"
# to the end of command:
echo "JOBS := 4" >> settings.mk
# The MXE_TARGET environment variable builds MinGW-w64 for 32 bit targets.
# Alternatively, you can specify this in the make command by appending
# "MXE_TARGETS=i686-w64-mingw32" to the end of command:
echo "MXE_TARGETS := i686-w64-mingw32.static" >> settings.mk
# If you want to build 64 bit version, use this:
# echo "MXE_TARGETS := x86_64-w64-mingw32.static" >> settings.mk
# Build required packages. The following provide a minimum required to build
# a reasonable mpv binary (though not an absolute minimum).
make gcc ffmpeg libass jpeg pthreads lua
# Add MXE binaries to $PATH
export PATH=/opt/mxe/usr/bin/:$PATH
# Build mpv. The target will be used to automatically select the name of the
# build tools involved (e.g. it will use i686-w64-mingw32.static-gcc).
cd ..
git clone https://github.com/mpv-player/mpv.git
cd mpv
python ./bootstrap.py
DEST_OS=win32 TARGET=i686-w64-mingw32.static ./waf configure
# Or, if 64 bit version,
# DEST_OS=win32 TARGET=x86_64-w64-mingw32.static ./waf configure
./waf build
```
Native compilation with MSYS2
=============================
For Windows developers looking to get started quickly, MSYS2 can be used to
compile mpv natively on a Windows machine. The MSYS2 repositories have binary
packages for most of mpv's dependencies, so the process should only involve
building mpv itself.
To build 64-bit mpv on Windows:
Installing MSYS2
----------------
1. Download an installer from https://msys2.github.io/
It doesn't matter whether the i686 or the x86_64 version is used. Both can
build 32-bit and 64-bit binaries when running on a 64-bit version of Windows.
2. Add ``C:\msys64\mingw64\bin`` to your ``%PATH%``. mpv will depend on several
DLLs in this folder.
3. Start a MinGW-w64 shell (``mingw64_shell.bat``). For a 32-bit build, use
``mingw32_shell.bat``.
Updating MSYS2
--------------
To prevent errors during post-install, ``msys2-runtime`` and ``pacman`` must be
updated first.
```bash
# Check for updates to msys2-runtime and pacman. If there were updates, restart
# MSYS2 before continuing.
pacman -Sy --needed msys2-runtime pacman
# Update everything else
pacman -Su
```
Installing mpv dependencies
---------------------------
```bash
# Install MSYS2 build dependencies and a MinGW-w64 compiler
pacman -S git pkg-config python3 mingw-w64-x86_64-gcc
# Install the most important MinGW-w64 dependencies. libass, libbluray and
# lcms2 are also pulled in as dependencies of ffmpeg.
pacman -S mingw-w64-x86_64-ffmpeg mingw-w64-x86_64-libjpeg-turbo mingw-w64-x86_64-lua51
# Install additional (optional) dependencies
pacman -S mingw-w64-x86_64-libdvdnav mingw-w64-x86_64-libguess
```
For a 32-bit build, install ``mingw-w64-i686-*`` packages instead.
Building mpv
------------
Clone the latest mpv from git and install waf:
```bash
git clone https://github.com/mpv-player/mpv.git && cd mpv
./bootstrap.py
```
Finally, compile and install mpv. Binaries will be installed to
``/mingw64/bin``.
```bash
# For a 32-bit build, use --prefix=/mingw32 instead
./waf configure CC=gcc --prefix=/mingw64
./waf install
```
Or, compile and install both libmpv and mpv:
```bash
./waf configure CC=gcc --enable-libmpv-shared --prefix=/mingw64
./waf install
# waf installs libmpv to the wrong directory, so fix it up
mv -f /mingw64/bin/pkgconfig/mpv.pc /mingw64/lib/pkgconfig/
mv -f /mingw64/bin/libmpv.dll.a /mingw64/lib/
sed -i 's_/mingw64/bin_/mingw64/lib_' /mingw64/lib/pkgconfig/mpv.pc
rmdir /mingw64/bin/pkgconfig
```
Additional dependencies
=======================
pthreads
--------
mpv will use a pthreads wrapper by default. Either pthreads-win32 or
winpthreads should work. The latter is packaged with most MinGW-w64
environments, including MSYS2, so it shouldn't be a problem. If you don't have
a pthreads wrapper or you want to build mpv without one, configure with:
```bash
./waf configure --enable-win32-internal-pthreads
```
libwaio
-------
If you want to use ``--input-file``, you need libwaio. It's available from
git://midipix.org/waio
To compile libwaio in MSYS2, run:
```bash
git clone git://midipix.org/waio && cd waio
# 32-bit build, run from mingw32_shell.bat
./build-mingw-nt32 lib-static CC=gcc AR=ar
cp -r include/waio /mingw32/include
cp lib32/libwaio.a /mingw32/lib
# 64-bit build, run from mingw64_shell.bat
./build-mingw-nt64 lib-static CC=gcc AR=ar
cp -r include/waio /mingw64/include
cp lib64/libwaio.a /mingw64/lib
```
+2 -10
View File
@@ -4,8 +4,8 @@ How to contribute
General
-------
The main contact for mpv development is IRC, specifically #mpv
and #mpv-devel on Freenode.
The main contact for mpv development is IRC, specifically #mpv-player and
#mpv-player-dev on Freenode.
Sending patches
---------------
@@ -14,9 +14,6 @@ Sending patches
``git format-patch``. diffs posted as pastebins (especially if the http link
returns HTML) just cause extra work for everyone, because they lack commit
message and authorship information.
- When creating pull requests, be sure to test your changes. If you didn't, please
say so in the pull request message.
- Write informative commit messages. Use present tense to describe the
situation with the patch applied, and past tense for the situation before
the change.
@@ -54,9 +51,6 @@ Sending patches
change in the same commit.
- If you add a new command line option, document it in options.rst. If you
add a new input property, document it in input.rst.
- All new code must be LGPLv2.1+ licensed, or come with the implicit agreement
that it will be relicensed to LGPLv2.1+ later (see ``Copyright`` in the
repository root directory).
Code formatting
---------------
@@ -124,8 +118,6 @@ mpv uses C99 with K&R formatting, with some exceptions.
very_long_condition_b)
{
code();
} else {
...
}
```
- Remove any trailing whitespace.
+83
View File
@@ -0,0 +1,83 @@
Cross Compiling to Windows
==========================
Cross compiling mpv to Windows is supported with MinGW-w64. This can be used to
produce both 32 bit and 64 bit executables. MinGW-w64 is available from
http://mingw-w64.sourceforge.net.
You have to run mpv's configure with these arguments:
```bash
DEST_OS=win32 TARGET=i686-w64-mingw32 ./waf configure
```
While building a complete MinGW-w64 toolchain yourself is possible, people have
created scripts to help ease the process. These are the two recommended methods:
- Using [mingw-w64-cmake](https://github.com/lachs0r/mingw-w64-cmake) to setup
a MinGW-w64 environment. We recommend you to try this first before MXE.
mingw-w64-cmake will also build mpv and its dependencies.
- Alternatively, you can use MXE: http://mxe.cc. With MXE, you have to manually
set the target to MinGW-w64 (even if you compile to 32 bit). A working example
below.
**Warning**: the original MinGW (http://www.mingw.org) is unsupported.
Note that MinGW environments included in Linux distributions are often broken,
outdated and useless, and usually don't use MinGW-w64.
Additional dependencies
-----------------------
You need a pthread wrapper. It must be interoperable with native Windows
threads. pthreads-win32 or MinGW pthreads might work.
If you want ``--input-file=...`` to work, you need libwaio. It's available
from: git://midipix.org/waio
Example with MXE
----------------
```bash
# Download MXE. Note that compiling the required packages requires about 1.4 GB
# or more!
cd /opt
git clone https://github.com/mxe/mxe mingw
cd mingw
# Set build options.
# The JOBS environment variable controls threads to use when building. DO NOT
# use the regular `make -j4` option with MXE as it will slow down the build.
# Alternatively, you can set this in the make command by appending "JOBS=4"
# to the end of command:
echo "JOBS := 4" >> settings.mk
# The MXE_TARGET environment variable builds MinGW-w64 for 32 bit targets.
# Alternatively, you can specify this in the make command by appending
# "MXE_TARGETS=i686-w64-mingw32" to the end of command:
echo "MXE_TARGETS := i686-w64-mingw32" >> settings.mk
# If you want to build 64 bit version, use this:
# echo "MXE_TARGETS := x86_64-w64-mingw32" >> settings.mk
# Build required packages. The following provide a minimum required to build
# mpv.
make gcc ffmpeg libass jpeg pthreads
# Add MXE binaries to $PATH
export PATH=/opt/mingw/usr/bin/:$PATH
# Build mpv. The target will be used to automatically select the name of the
# build tools involved (e.g. it will use i686-w64-mingw32-gcc).
cd ..
git clone https://github.com/mpv-player/mpv.git
cd mpv
DEST_OS=win32 TARGET=i686-w64-mingw32 ./waf configure
# Or, if 64 bit version,
# DEST_OS=win32 TARGET=x86_64-w64-mingw32 ./waf configure
./waf build
```
-101
View File
@@ -1,101 +0,0 @@
Introduction
============
mpv provides access to its internal via the following means:
- options
- commands
- properties
- events
All of these are important for interfacing both with end users and API users
(which include Lua scripts, libmpv, and the JSON IPC). As such, they constitute
a large part of the user interface and APIs.
This document lists changes to them. New changes are added to the top.
Interface changes
=================
::
--- mpv 0.12.0 ---
- remove --use-text-osd (useless; fontconfig isn't a requirement anymore,
and text rendering is also lazily initialized)
- some time properties (at least "playback-time", "time-pos",
"time-remaining", "playtime-remaining") now are unavailable if the time
is unknown, instead of just assuming that the internal playback position
is 0
- add --audio-fallback-to-null option
- replace vf_format outputlevels suboption with "video-output-levels" global
property/option; also remove "colormatrix-output-range" property
- vo_opengl: remove sharpen3/sharpen5 scale filters, add sharpen sub-option
--- mpv 0.11.0 ---
- add "af-metadata" property
--- mpv 0.10.0 ---
- add --video-aspect-method option
- add --playlist-pos option
- add --video-sync* options
"display-sync-active" property
"vo-missed-frame-count" property
"audio-speed-correction" and "video-speed-correction" properties
- remove --demuxer-readahead-packets and --demuxer-readahead-bytes
add --demuxer-max-packets and --demuxer-max-bytes
(the new options are not replacement and have very different semantics)
- change "video-aspect" property: always settable, even if no video is
running; always return the override - if no override is set, return
the video's aspect ratio
- remove disc-nav (DVD, BD) related properties and commands
- add "option-info/<name>/set-locally" property
- add --cache-backbuffer; change --cache-default default to 75MB
the new total cache size is the sum of backbuffer and the cache size
specified by --cache-default or --cache
- add ``track-list/N/audio-channels`` property
- change --screenshot-tag-colorspace default value
- add --stretch-image-subs-to-screen
- add "playlist/N/title" property
- add --video-stereo-mode=no to disable auto-conversions
- add --force-seekable, and change default seekability in some cases
- add vf yadif/vavpp/vdpaupp interlaced-only suboptions
Also, the option is enabled by default (Except vf_yadif, which has
it enabled only if it's inserted by the deinterlace property.)
- add --hwdec-preload
- add ao coreaudio exclusive suboption
- add ``track-list/N/forced`` property
- add audio-params/channel-count and ``audio-params-out/channel-count props.
- add af volume replaygain-fallback suboption
- add video-params/stereo-in property
- add "keypress", "keydown", and "keyup" commands
- deprecate --ad-spdif-dtshd and enabling passthrough via --ad
add --audio-spdif as replacement
- remove "get_property" command
- remove --slave-broken
- add vo opengl custom shader suboptions (source-shader, scale-shader,
pre-shaders, post-shaders)
- completely change how the hwdec properties work:
- "hwdec" now reflects the --hwdec option
- "hwdec-detected" does partially what the old "hwdec" property did
(and also, "detected-hwdec" is removed)
- "hwdec-active" is added
- add protocol-list property
- deprecate audio-samplerate and audio-channels properties
(audio-params sub-properties are the replacement)
- add audio-params and audio-out-params properties
- deprecate "audio-format" property, replaced with "audio-codec-name"
- deprecate --media-title, replaced with --force-media-title
- deprecate "length" property, replaced with "duration"
- change volume property:
- the value 100 is now always "unchanged volume" - with softvol, the
range is 0 to --softvol-max, without it is 0-100
- the minimum value of --softvol-max is raised to 100
- remove vo opengl npot suboption
- add relative seeking by percentage to "seek" command
- add playlist_shuffle command
- add --force-window=immediate
- add ao coreaudio change-physical-format suboption
- remove vo opengl icc-cache suboption, add icc-cache-dir suboption
- add --screenshot-directory
- add --screenshot-high-bit-depth
- add --screenshot-jpeg-source-chroma
- default action for "rescan_external_files" command changes
--- mpv 0.9.0 ---
+209 -53
View File
@@ -11,10 +11,6 @@ syntax is:
To get a full list of available audio filters, see ``--af=help``.
Also, keep in mind that most actual filters are available via the ``lavfi``
wrapper, which gives you access to most of libavfilter's filters. This
includes all filters that have been ported from MPlayer to libavfilter.
You can also set defaults for each filter. The defaults are applied before the
normal filter parameters.
@@ -63,18 +59,11 @@ Available filters are:
(If you just want to set defaults for this filter that will be used
even by automatically inserted lavrresample instances, you should
prefer setting them with ``--af-defaults=lavrresample:...``.)
``normalize=<yes|no>``
Whether to normalize when remixing channel layouts (default: yes). This
is e.g. applied when downmixing surround audio to stereo. The advantage
is that this guarantees that no clipping can happen. Unfortunately,
this can also lead to too low volume levels. Whether you enable or
disable this is essentially a matter of taste, but the default uses
the safer choice.
``o=<string>``
Set AVOptions on the SwrContext or AVAudioResampleContext. These should
be documented by FFmpeg or Libav.
``lavcac3enc[=tospdif[:bitrate[:minch]]]``
``lavcac3enc[=tospdif[:bitrate[:minchn]]]``
Encode multi-channel audio to AC-3 at runtime using libavcodec. Supports
16-bit native-endian input format, maximum 6 channels. The output is
big-endian when outputting a raw AC-3 stream, native-endian when
@@ -103,10 +92,63 @@ Available filters are:
:5ch: 448
:6ch: 448
``minch=<n>``
If the input channel number is less than ``<minch>``, the filter will
``minchn=<n>``
If the input channel number is less than ``<minchn>``, the filter will
detach itself (default: 3).
``sweep[=speed]``
Produces a sine sweep.
``<0.0-1.0>``
Sine function delta, use very low values to hear the sweep.
``sinesuppress[=freq:decay]``
Remove a sine at the specified frequency. Useful to get rid of the 50/60 Hz
noise on low quality audio equipment. It only works on mono input.
``<freq>``
The frequency of the sine which should be removed (in Hz) (default:
50)
``<decay>``
Controls the adaptivity (a larger value will make the filter adapt to
amplitude and phase changes quicker, a smaller value will make the
adaptation slower) (default: 0.0001). Reasonable values are around
0.001.
``bs2b[=option1:option2:...]``
Bauer stereophonic to binaural transformation using libbs2b. Improves the
headphone listening experience by making the sound similar to that from
loudspeakers, allowing each ear to hear both channels and taking into
account the distance difference and the head shadowing effect. It is
applicable only to 2-channel audio.
``fcut=<300-1000>``
Set cut frequency in Hz.
``feed=<10-150>``
Set feed level for low frequencies in 0.1*dB.
``profile=<value>``
Several profiles are available for convenience:
:default: will be used if nothing else was specified (fcut=700,
feed=45)
:cmoy: Chu Moy circuit implementation (fcut=700, feed=60)
:jmeier: Jan Meier circuit implementation (fcut=650, feed=95)
If ``fcut`` or ``feed`` options are specified together with a profile, they
will be applied on top of the selected profile.
``hrtf[=flag]``
Head-related transfer function: Converts multichannel audio to 2-channel
output for headphones, preserving the spatiality of the sound.
==== ===================================
Flag Meaning
==== ===================================
m matrix decoding of the rear channel
s 2-channel matrix decoding
0 no matrix decoding (default)
==== ===================================
``equalizer=g1:g2:g3:...:g10``
10 octave band graphic equalizer, implemented using 10 IIR band-pass
filters. This means that it works regardless of what type of audio is
@@ -164,7 +206,7 @@ Available filters are:
.. admonition:: Examples
``mpv --af=channels=4:[0-1,1-0,2-2,3-3] media.avi``
``mpv --af=channels=4:[0-1,1-0,0-2,1-3] media.avi``
Would change the number of channels to 4 and set up 4 routes that
swap channel 0 and channel 1 and leave channel 2 and 3 intact.
Observe that if media containing two channels were played back,
@@ -183,21 +225,14 @@ Available filters are:
automatically up- and downmix standard channel layouts.
``format=format:srate:channels:out-format:out-srate:out-channels``
Does not do any format conversion itself. Rather, it may cause the
filter system to insert necessary conversion filters before or after this
filter if needed. It is primarily useful for controlling the audio format
going into other filters. To specify the format for audio output, see
``--audio-format``, ``--audio-samplerate``, and ``--audio-channels``. This
filter is able to force a particular format, whereas ``--audio-*``
may be overridden by the ao based on output compatibility.
Force a specific audio format/configuration without actually changing the
audio data. Keep in mind that the filter system might auto-insert actual
conversion filters before or after this filter if needed.
All parameters are optional. The first 3 parameters restrict what the filter
accepts as input. They will therefore cause conversion filters to be
inserted before this one. The ``out-`` parameters tell the filters or audio
outputs following this filter how to interpret the data without actually
doing a conversion. Setting these will probably just break things unless you
really know you want this for some reason, such as testing or dealing with
broken media.
accepts as input. The ``out-`` parameters change the audio format, without
actually doing a conversion. The data will be 'reinterpreted' by the
filters or audio outputs following this filter.
``<format>``
Force conversion to this format. Use ``--af=format=format=help`` to get
@@ -217,9 +252,21 @@ Available filters are:
``<out-channels>``
*NOTE*: this filter used to be named ``force``. The old ``format`` filter
used to do conversion itself, unlike this one which lets the filter system
handle the conversion.
See also ``--audio-format``, ``--audio-samplerate``, and
``--audio-channels`` for related options. Keep in mind that
``--audio-channels`` does not actually force the number of
channels in most cases, while this filter can do this.
*NOTE*: this filter used to be named ``force``. Also, unlike the old
``format`` filter, this does not do any actual conversion anymore.
Conversion is done by other, automatically inserted filters.
``convert24``
Filter for internal use only. Converts between 24-bit and 32-bit sample
formats.
``convertsign``
Filter for internal use only. Converts between signed/unsigned formats.
``volume[=<volumedb>[:...]]``
Implements software volume control. Use this filter with caution since it
@@ -245,10 +292,6 @@ Available filters are:
``replaygain-clip=yes|no``
Prevent clipping caused by replaygain by automatically lowering the
gain (default). Use ``replaygain-clip=no`` to disable this.
``replaygain-fallback``
Gain in dB to apply if the file has no replay gain tags. This option
is always applied if the replaygain logic is somehow inactive. If this
is applied, no other replaygain options are applied.
``softclip``
Turns soft clipping on. Soft-clipping can make the
sound more smooth if very high volume levels are used. Enable this
@@ -312,6 +355,64 @@ Available filters are:
``mpv '--af=format=channels=5.1' '--audio-channels=5.1'`` would always force
remixing audio to 5.1 and output it like this.
``sub[=fc:ch]``
Adds a subwoofer channel to the audio stream. The audio data used for
creating the subwoofer channel is an average of the sound in channel 0 and
channel 1. The resulting sound is then low-pass filtered by a 4th order
Butterworth filter with a default cutoff frequency of 60Hz and added to a
separate channel in the audio stream.
.. warning::
Disable this filter when you are playing media with an LFE channel
(e.g. 5.1 surround sound), otherwise this filter will disrupt the sound
to the subwoofer.
``<fc>``
cutoff frequency in Hz for the low-pass filter (20 Hz to 300 Hz)
(default: 60 Hz) For the best result try setting the cutoff frequency
as low as possible. This will improve the stereo or surround sound
experience.
``<ch>``
Determines the channel number in which to insert the sub-channel
audio. Channel number can be between 0 and 7 (default: 5). Observe
that the number of channels will automatically be increased to <ch> if
necessary.
.. admonition:: Example
``mpv --af=sub=100:4 --audio-channels=5 media.avi``
Would add a subwoofer channel with a cutoff frequency of 100 Hz to
output channel 4.
``center``
Creates a center channel from the front channels. May currently be low
quality as it does not implement a high-pass filter for proper extraction
yet, but averages and halves the channels instead.
``<ch>``
Determines the channel number in which to insert the center channel.
Channel number can be between 0 and 7 (default: 5). Observe that the
number of channels will automatically be increased to ``<ch>`` if
necessary.
``surround[=delay]``
Decoder for matrix encoded surround sound like Dolby Surround. Some files
with 2-channel audio actually contain matrix encoded surround sound.
``<delay>``
delay time in ms for the rear speakers (0 to 1000) (default: 20) This
delay should be set as follows: If d1 is the distance from the
listening position to the front speakers and d2 is the distance from
the listening position to the rear speakers, then the delay should be
set to 15ms if d1 <= d2 and to 15 + 5*(d1-d2) if d1 > d2.
.. admonition:: Example
``mpv --af=surround=15 --audio-channels=4 media.avi``
Would add surround sound decoding with 15 ms delay for the sound to
the rear speakers.
``delay[=[ch1,ch2,...]]``
Delays the sound to the loudspeakers such that the sound from the
different channels arrives at the listening position simultaneously. It is
@@ -340,6 +441,36 @@ Available filters are:
Would delay front left and right by 10.5 ms, the two rear channels
and the subwoofer by 0 ms and the center channel by 7 ms.
``export=mmapped_file:nsamples]``
Exports the incoming signal to other processes using memory mapping
(``mmap()``). Memory mapped areas contain a header::
int nch /* number of channels */
int size /* buffer size */
unsigned long long counter /* Used to keep sync, updated every time
new data is exported. */
The rest is payload (non-interleaved) 16-bit data.
``<mmapped_file>``
File to map data to (required)
``<nsamples>``
number of samples per channel (default: 512).
.. admonition:: Example
``mpv --af=export=/tmp/mpv-af_export:1024 media.avi``
Would export 1024 samples per channel to ``/tmp/mpv-af_export``.
``extrastereo[=mul]``
(Linearly) increases the difference between left and right channels which
adds some sort of "live" effect to playback.
``<mul>``
Sets the difference coefficient (default: 2.5). 0.0 means mono sound
(average of both channels), with 1.0 sound will be unchanged, with
-1.0 left and right channels will be swapped.
``drc[=method:target]``
Applies dynamic range compression. This maximizes the volume by compressing
the audio signal's dynamic range. (Formerly called ``volnorm``.)
@@ -363,6 +494,45 @@ Available filters are:
This filter can cause distortion with audio signals that have a very
large dynamic range.
``ladspa=file:label:[<control0>,<control1>,...]``
Load a LADSPA (Linux Audio Developer's Simple Plugin API) plugin. This
filter is reentrant, so multiple LADSPA plugins can be used at once.
``<file>``
Specifies the LADSPA plugin library file.
.. note::
See also the note about the ``LADSPA_PATH`` variable in the
`ENVIRONMENT VARIABLES`_ section.
``<label>``
Specifies the filter within the library. Some libraries contain only
one filter, but others contain many of them. Entering 'help' here
will list all available filters within the specified library, which
eliminates the use of 'listplugins' from the LADSPA SDK.
``[<control0>,<control1>,...]``
Controls are zero or more ``,`` separated floating point values that
determine the behavior of the loaded plugin (for example delay,
threshold or gain).
In verbose mode (add ``-v`` to the mpv command line), all
available controls and their valid ranges are printed. This eliminates
the use of 'analyseplugin' from the LADSPA SDK.
Note that ``,`` is already used by the option parser to separate
filters, so you must quote the list of values with ``[...]`` or
similar.
.. admonition:: Example
``mpv --af=ladspa='/usr/lib/ladspa/delay.so':delay_5s:[0.5,0.2] media.avi``
Does something.
``karaoke``
Simple voice removal filter exploiting the fact that voice is usually
recorded with mono gear and later 'center' mixed onto the final audio
stream. Beware that this filter will turn your signal into mono. Works
well for 2 channel tracks; do not bother trying it on anything but 2
channel stereo.
``scaletempo[=option1:option2:...]``
Scales audio tempo without altering pitch, optionally synced to playback
speed (default).
@@ -395,10 +565,9 @@ Available filters are:
Scale tempo in sync with speed (default).
pitch
Reverses effect of filter. Scales pitch without altering tempo.
Add this to your ``input.conf`` to step by musical semi-tones::
[ multiply speed 0.9438743126816935
] multiply speed 1.059463094352953
Add ``[ speed_mult 0.9438743126816935`` and ``] speed_mult
1.059463094352953`` to your ``input.conf`` to step by musical
semi-tones.
.. warning::
@@ -431,20 +600,6 @@ Available filters are:
Changing playback speed would change pitch, leaving audio tempo at
1.2x.
``rubberband``
High quality pitch correction with librubberband. This can be used in place
of ``scaletempo``, and will be used to adjust audio pitch when playing
at speed different from normal.
This filter has a number of sub-options. You can list them with
``mpv --af=rubberband=help``. This will also show the default values
for each option. The options are not documented here, because they are
merely passed to librubberband. Look at the librubberband documentation
to learn what each option does:
http://breakfastquay.com/rubberband/code-doc/classRubberBand_1_1RubberBandStretcher.html
(The mapping of the mpv rubberband filter sub-option names and values to
those of librubberband follows a simple pattern: ``"Option" + Name + Value``.)
``lavfi=graph``
Filter audio using FFmpeg's libavfilter.
@@ -459,3 +614,4 @@ Available filters are:
``o=<string>``
AVOptions.
+33 -89
View File
@@ -28,8 +28,8 @@ normal driver parameters.
.. admonition:: Examples
- ``--ao=alsa,oss,`` Try the ALSA driver, then the OSS driver, then others.
- ``--ao=alsa:resample=yes:device=[plughw:0,3]`` Lets ALSA resample and
sets the device-name as first card, fourth device.
- ``--ao=alsa:no-block:device=[hw:0,3]`` Sets noblock-mode and the
device-name as first card, fourth device.
Available audio output drivers are:
@@ -39,6 +39,8 @@ Available audio output drivers are:
``device=<device>``
Sets the device name. For ac3 output via S/PDIF, use an "iec958" or
"spdif" device, unless you really know how to set it correctly.
``no-block``
Sets noblock-mode.
``resample=yes``
Enable ALSA resampling plugin. (This is disabled by default, because
some drivers report incorrect audio delay in some cases.)
@@ -55,14 +57,6 @@ Available audio output drivers are:
Allow output of non-interleaved formats (if the audio decoder uses
this format). Currently disabled by default, because some popular
ALSA plugins are utterly broken with non-interleaved formats.
``ignore-chmap``
Don't read or set the channel map of the ALSA device - only request the
required number of channels, and then pass the audio as-is to it. This
option most likely should not be used. It can be useful for debugging,
or for static setups with a specially engineered ALSA configuration (in
this case you should always force the same layout with ``--audio-channels``,
or it will work only for files which use the layout implicit to your
ALSA device).
.. note::
@@ -76,42 +70,6 @@ Available audio output drivers are:
shells (like zsh), you have to quote the option string to prevent the
shell from interpreting the brackets instead of passing them to mpv.
Actually, you should use the ``--audio-device`` option, instead of
setting the device directly.
.. warning::
Handling of multichannel/surround audio changed in mpv 0.8.0 from the
behavior in MPlayer/mplayer2 and older versions of mpv.
The old behavior is that the player always downmixed to stereo by
default. The ``--audio-channels`` (or ``--channels`` before that) option
had to be set to get multichannel audio. Then playing stereo would
use the ``default`` device (which typically allows multiple programs
to play audio at the same time via dmix), while playing anything with
more channels would open one of the hardware devices, e.g. via the
``surround51`` alias (typically with exclusive access). Whether the
player would use exclusive access or not would depend on the file
being played.
The new behavior since mpv 0.8.0 always enables multichannel audio,
i.e. ``--audio-channels=auto`` is the default. However, since ALSA
provides no good way to play multichannel audio in a non-exclusive
way (without blocking other applications from using audio), the player
is restricted to the capabilities of the ``default`` device by default,
which means it supports only stereo and mono (at least with current
typical ALSA configurations). But if a hardware device is selected,
then multichannel audio will typically work.
The short story is: if you want multichannel audio with ALSA, use
``--audio-device`` to select the device (use ``--audio-device=help``
to get a list of all devices and their mpv name).
You can also try `using the upmix plugin <http://git.io/vfuAy>`_.
This setup enables multichannel audio on the ``default`` device
with automatic upmixing with shared access, so playing stereo
and multichannel audio at the same time will work as expected.
``oss``
OSS audio output driver
@@ -162,23 +120,12 @@ Available audio output drivers are:
Automatically redirects to ``coreaudio_exclusive`` when playing compressed
formats.
``change-physical-format=<yes|no>``
Change the physical format to one similar to the requested audio format
(default: no). This has the advantage that multichannel audio output
will actually work. The disadvantage is that it will change the
system-wide audio settings. This is equivalent to changing the ``Format``
setting in the ``Audio Devices`` dialog in the ``Audio MIDI Setup``
utility. Note that this does not effect the selected speaker setup.
``exclusive``
Use exclusive mode access. This merely redirects to
``coreaudio_exclusive``, but should be preferred over using that AO
directly.
``coreaudio_exclusive`` (Mac OS X only)
Native Mac OS X audio output driver using direct device access and
exclusive mode (bypasses the sound server).
Supports only compressed formats (AC3 and DTS).
``openal``
Experimental OpenAL audio output driver
@@ -200,15 +147,23 @@ Available audio output drivers are:
changes. Default: 250.
``latency-hacks=<yes|no>``
Enable hacks to workaround PulseAudio timing bugs (default: no). If
Enable hacks to workaround PulseAudio timing bugs (default: yes). If
enabled, mpv will do elaborate latency calculations on its own. If
disabled, it will use PulseAudio automatically updated timing
information. Disabling this might help with e.g. networked audio or
some plugins, while enabling it might help in some unknown situations
(it used to be required to get good behavior on old PulseAudio versions).
information. Disabling this might help with e.g. networked audio.
If you have stuttering video when using pulse, try to enable this
option. (Or alternatively, try to update PulseAudio.)
``portaudio``
PortAudio audio output driver. This works on all platforms, and has
extensive MS Windows support.
.. note:: This driver is not very useful. It was added in the hope of
providing portable audio API across all platforms, but turned
out semi-broken and underfeatured.
``device``
Specify the subdevice to use. Giving ``help`` as device name lists all
devices found by PortAudio. Devices can be given as numeric values,
starting from ``1``.
``dsound`` (Windows only)
DirectX DirectSound audio output driver
@@ -268,13 +223,6 @@ Available audio output drivers are:
Simulate broken audio drivers, which always add the fixed device
latency to the reported audio playback position.
``broken-delay``
Simulate broken audio drivers, which don't report latency correctly.
``channel-layouts``
If not empty, this is a ``,`` separated list of channel layouts the
AO allows. This can be used to test channel layout selection.
``pcm``
Raw PCM/WAVE file writer audio output
@@ -285,10 +233,6 @@ Available audio output drivers are:
Write the sound to ``<filename>`` instead of the default
``audiodump.wav``. If ``no-waveheader`` is specified, the default is
``audiodump.pcm``.
``(no-)append``
Append to the file, instead of overwriting it. Always use this with the
``no-waveheader`` option - with ``waveheader`` it's broken, because
it will write a WAVE header every time the file is opened.
``rsound``
Audio output to an RSound daemon
@@ -319,19 +263,19 @@ Available audio output drivers are:
``wasapi``
Audio output to the Windows Audio Session API.
``device=<id>``
Uses the requested endpoint instead of the system's default audio
endpoint. Both the number and the ID String are valid; the ID String
is guaranteed to not change unless the driver is uninstalled.
Also supports searching active devices by name. If more than one
device matches the name, refuses loading it.
To get a list of the valid devices, give ``help`` as the id. The
list is the same as the ``list`` suboption, but stops the player
initialization.
``exclusive``
Requests exclusive, direct hardware access. By definition prevents
sound playback of any other program until mpv exits.
``device=<id>``
Uses the requested endpoint instead of the system's default audio
endpoint. Both an ordinal number (0,1,2,...) and the GUID
String are valid; the GUID string is guaranteed to not change
unless the driver is uninstalled.
Also supports searching active devices by human readable name. If more
than one device matches the name, refuses loading it.
This option is mostly deprecated in favour of the more general
``--audio-device`` option. That said, ``--audio-device=help`` will give
a list of valid device GUIDs (prefixed with ``wasapi/``), as well as
their human readable names, which should work here.
``list``
Lists all audio endpoints (output devices) present in the system.
+435 -10
View File
@@ -1,13 +1,438 @@
CHANGELOG
=========
CHANGES FROM OTHER VERSIONS OF MPLAYER
======================================
There is no real changelog, but you can look at the following things:
**mpv** is based on mplayer2, which in turn is based on the original MPlayer
(also called mplayer, mplayer-svn, mplayer1). Many changes have been made, a
large part of which is incompatible or completely changes how the player
behaves. Although there are still many similarities to its ancestors, **mpv**
should generally be treated as a completely different program.
* The release changelog, which should contain most user-visible changes,
including new features and bug fixes:
.. note::
These lists are incomplete.
https://github.com/mpv-player/mpv/releases
* The git log, which is the "real" changelog
* The file ``mplayer-changes.rst`` in the ``DOCS`` sub directory on the git
repository, which used to be in place of this section. It documents some
changes that happened since mplayer2 forked off MPlayer.
General Changes from MPlayer to mpv
-----------------------------------
This listing is about changes introduced by mplayer2 and mpv relatively to
MPlayer.
Player
~~~~~~
* New name for the binary (``mpv``). New location for config files (either
``~/.config/mpv/mpv.conf``, or if you want, ``~/.mpv/config``).
* Encoding functionality (replacement for MEncoder, see the `ENCODING`_ section).
* Support for Lua scripting (see the `LUA SCRIPTING`_ section).
* Better pause handling (e.g. do not unpause on a command).
* Precise seeking support.
* Improvements in audio/video sync handling.
* Do not lose settings when playing a new file in the same player instance.
* Slave mode compatibility broken (see below).
* Re-enable screensaver while the player is paused.
* Allow resuming playback at a later point with ``Shift+q``, also see the
``quit_watch_later`` input command.
* ``--keep-open`` option to stop the player from closing the window and
exiting after playback ends.
* A client API, that allows embedding **mpv** into applications
(see ``libmpv/client.h`` in the sources).
Input
~~~~~
* Improved default keybindings. MPlayer bindings are also available (see
``etc/mplayer-input.conf`` in the source tree).
* Improved responsiveness on user input.
* Support for modifier keys (alt, shift, ctrl) in input.conf.
* Allow customizing whether a key binding for seeking shows the video time, the
OSD bar, or nothing (see the `Input Command Prefixes`_ section).
* Support mapping multiple commands to one key.
Audio
~~~~~
* Support for gapless audio (see the ``--gapless-audio`` option).
* Support for OSS4 volume control.
* Improved support for PulseAudio.
* Make ``--softvol`` default (**mpv** is not a mixer control panel).
* By default, do pitch correction if playback speed is increased.
* Improved downmixing and output of surround audio:
- Instead of using hardcoded pan filters to do remixing, libavresample is used
- Channel maps are used to identify the channel layout, so e.g. ``3.0`` and
``2.1`` audio can be distinguished.
Video
~~~~~
* Wayland support.
* Native support for VAAPI and VDA. Improved VDPAU video output.
* Improved OpenGL output (see the ``opengl-hq`` video output).
* Make hardware decoding work with the ``opengl`` video output.
* Support for libavfilter (for video->video and audio->audio). This allows
using most of FFmpeg's filters, which improve greatly on the old MPlayer
filters in features, performance, and correctness.
* More correct color reproduction (color matrix generation).
* Better subtitle rendering using libass by default.
* Improvements when playing multiple files (``--fixed-vo`` is default, do not
reset settings by default when playing a new file).
* Replace image video outputs (``--vo=jpeg`` etc.) with ``--vo=image``.
* Removal of ``--vo=gif89a``, ``--vo=md5sum``, ``--vo=yuv4mpeg``, as encoding
can handle these use cases. For yuv4mpeg, for example, use::
mpv input.mkv -o output.y4m --no-audio --oautofps --oneverdrop
* Image subtitles (DVDs etc.) are rendered in color and use more correct
positioning (color for image subs can be disabled with ``--sub-gray``).
OSD and terminal
~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
* Cleaned up terminal output: nicer status line, less useless noise.
* Improved OSD rendering using libass, with full Unicode support.
* New OSD bar with chapter marks. Not positioned in the middle of the video
(this can be customized with the ``--osd-bar-align-y`` option).
* Display list of chapters and audio/subtitle tracks on OSD (see the
`Properties`_ section).
Screenshots
~~~~~~~~~~~
* Instant screenshots without 1-frame delay.
* Support for taking screenshots even with hardware decoding.
* Support for saving screenshots as JPEG or PNG.
* Support for configurable file names.
* Support for taking screenshots with or without subtitles.
Note that the ``screenshot`` video filter is not needed anymore, and should not
be put into the mpv config file.
Miscellaneous
~~~~~~~~~~~~~
* Better MKV support (e.g. ordered chapters, 3D metadata).
* Matroska edition switching at runtime.
* Support for playing URLs of popular streaming sites directly.
(e.g. ``mpv https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=...``).
Requires a recent version of ``youtube-dl`` to be installed, and
``ytdl=yes`` in the mpv config file.
* Support for precise scrolling which scales the parameter of commands. If the
input doesn't support precise scrolling the scale factor stays 1.
* Allow changing/adjusting video filters at runtime. (This is also used to make
the ``D`` key insert vf_yadif if deinterlacing is not supported otherwise).
* Improved support for .cue files.
Mac OS X
~~~~~~~~
* Native OpenGL backend.
* Cocoa event loop is independent from MPlayer's event loop, so user
actions like accessing menus and live resizing do not block the playback.
* Apple Remote support.
* Media Keys support.
* VDA support using libavcodec hwaccel API instead of FFmpeg's decoder with up
to 2-2.5x reduction in CPU usage.
Windows
~~~~~~~
* Improved support for Unicode file names.
* Improved window handling.
* Do not block playback when moving the window.
* Improved Direct3D video output.
* Added WASAPI audio output.
Internal changes
~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
* Switch to GPLv2+ (see ``Copyright`` file for details).
* Removal of lots of cruft:
- Internal GUI (replaced by the OSC, see the `ON SCREEN CONTROLLER`_ section).
- MEncoder (replaced by native encoding, see the `ENCODING`_ section).
- OSD menu.
- Kernel video drivers for Linux 2.4 (including VIDIX).
- Teletext support.
- Support for dead platforms.
- Most built-in demuxers have been replaced by their libavformat counterparts.
- Built-in network support has been replaced by libavformat's (which also
supports https URLs).
- Embedded copies of libraries (such as FFmpeg).
* General code cleanups (including refactoring or rewrites of many parts).
* New build system.
* Many bug fixes and removal of long-standing issues.
* Generally preferring FFmpeg/Libav over internal demuxers, decoders, and
filters.
Detailed Listing of User-visible Changes
----------------------------------------
This listing is about changed command line switches, slave commands, and similar
things. Completely removed features are not listed.
Command Line Switches
~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
* There is a new command line syntax, which is generally preferred over the old
syntax. ``-optname optvalue`` becomes ``--optname=optvalue``.
The old syntax will not be removed. However, the new syntax is mentioned in
all documentation and so on, and unlike the old syntax is not ambiguous,
so it is a good thing to know about this change.
* In general, negating switches like ``-noopt`` now have to be written as
``-no-opt`` or ``--no-opt``.
* Per-file options are not the default anymore. You can explicitly specify
file-local options. See ``Usage`` section.
* Many options have been renamed, removed or changed semantics. Some options
that are required for a good playback experience with MPlayer are now
superfluous or even worse than the defaults, so make sure to read the manual
before trying to use your existing configuration with **mpv**.
* Table of renamed/replaced switches:
=========================== ========================================
Old New
=========================== ========================================
``-no<opt>`` ``--no-<opt>`` (add a dash)
``-a52drc level`` ``--ad-lavc-ac3drc=level``
``-ac spdifac3`` ``--ad=spdif:ac3`` (see ``--ad=help``)
``-af volnorm`` ``--af=drc`` (renamed)
``-afm hwac3`` ``--ad=spdif:ac3,spdif:dts``
``-ao alsa:device=hw=0.3`` ``--ao=alsa:device=[hw:0,3]``
``-aspect`` ``--video-aspect``
``-ass-bottom-margin`` ``--vf=sub=bottom:top``
``-ass`` ``--sub-ass``
``-audiofile-cache`` (removed; the main cache settings are used)
``-audiofile`` ``--audio-file``
``-benchmark`` ``--untimed`` (no stats)
``-capture`` ``--stream-capture=<filename>``
``-channels`` ``--audio-channels`` (changed semantics)
``-cursor-autohide-delay`` ``--cursor-autohide``
``-delay`` ``--audio-delay``
``-dumpstream`` ``--stream-dump=<filename>``
``-dvdangle`` ``--dvd-angle``
``-endpos`` ``--length``
``-font`` ``--osd-font``
``-forcedsubsonly`` ``--sub-forced-only``
``-forceidx`` ``--index``
``-format`` ``--audio-format``
``-fsmode-dontuse`` (removed)
``-fstype`` ``--x11-netwm`` (changed semantics)
``-hardframedrop`` ``--framedrop=hard``
``-identify`` (removed; use TOOLS/mpv_identify.sh)
``-idx`` ``--index``
``-lavdopts ...`` ``--vd-lavc-...``
``-lavfdopts`` ``--demuxer-lavf-...``
``-lircconf`` ``--input-lirc-conf``
``-loop 0`` ``--loop=inf``
``-mixer-channel`` AO suboptions (``alsa``, ``oss``)
``-mixer`` AO suboptions (``alsa``, ``oss``)
``-mouse-movements`` ``--input-cursor``
``-msgcolor`` ``--msg-color``
``-msglevel`` ``--msg-level`` (changed semantics)
``-msgmodule`` ``--msg-module``
``-name`` ``--x11-name``
``-noar`` ``--no-input-appleremote``
``-noautosub`` ``--no-sub-auto``
``-noconsolecontrols`` ``--no-input-terminal``
``-nojoystick`` ``--no-input-joystick``
``-nosound`` ``--no-audio``
``-osdlevel`` ``--osd-level``
``-panscanrange`` ``--video-zoom``, ``--video-pan-x/y``
``-playing-msg`` ``--term-playing-msg``
``-pp ...`` ``'--vf=pp=[...]'``
``-pphelp`` ``--vf=pp:help``
``-rawaudio ...`` ``--demuxer-rawaudio-...``
``-rawvideo ...`` ``--demuxer-rawvideo-...``
``-spugauss`` ``--sub-gauss``
``-srate`` ``--audio-samplerate``
``-ss`` ``--start``
``-ssf <sub>`` ``--sws-...``
``-stop-xscreensaver`` ``--stop-screensaver``
``-sub-fuzziness`` ``--sub-auto``
``-sub`` ``--sub-file``
``-subcp`` ``--sub-codepage``
``-subdelay`` ``--sub-delay``
``-subfile`` ``--sub-file``
``-subfont-*`` ``--sub-text-*``, ``--osd-*``
``-subfont-text-scale`` ``--sub-scale``
``-subfont`` ``--sub-text-font``
``-subfps`` ``--sub-fps``
``-subpos`` ``--sub-pos``
``-sws`` ``--sws-scaler``
``-tvscan`` ``--tv-scan``
``-use-filename-title`` ``--title='${filename}'``
``-vc ffh264vdpau`` (etc.) ``--hwdec=vdpau``
``-vobsub`` ``--sub-file`` (pass the .idx file)
``-x W``, ``-y H`` ``--geometry=WxH`` + ``--no-keepaspect``
``-xineramascreen`` ``--screen`` (different values)
``-xy W`` ``--autofit=W``
``-zoom`` Inverse available as ``--video-unscaled``
``dvdnav://`` ``dvdnav://menu``
``dvd://1`` ``dvd://0`` (0-based offset)
=========================== ========================================
.. note::
``-opt val`` becomes ``--opt=val``.
.. note::
Quite some video filters, video outputs, audio filters, audio outputs, had
changes in their option parsing. These aren't mentioned in the table above.
Also, some video and audio filters have been removed, and you have to use
libavfilter (using ``--vf=lavfi=[...]`` or ``--af=lavfi=[...]``) to get
them back.
input.conf and Slave Commands
~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
* Table of renamed input commands:
This lists only commands that are not always gracefully handled by the
internal legacy translation layer. If an input.conf contains any legacy
commands, a warning will be printed when starting the player. The warnings
also show the replacement commands.
Properties containing ``_`` to separate words use ``-`` instead.
+--------------------------------+----------------------------------------+
| Old | New |
+================================+========================================+
| ``pt_step 1 [0|1]`` | ``playlist_next [weak|force]`` |
| | (translation layer cannot deal with |
| | whitespace) |
+--------------------------------+----------------------------------------+
| ``pt_step -1 [0|1]`` | ``playlist_prev [weak|force] (same)`` |
+--------------------------------+----------------------------------------+
| ``switch_ratio [<ratio>]`` | ``set video-aspect <ratio>`` |
| | |
| | ``set video-aspect 0`` (reset aspect) |
+--------------------------------+----------------------------------------+
| ``step_property_osd <prop>`` | ``cycle <prop> <step>`` (wraps), |
| ``<step> <dir>`` | ``add <prop> <step>`` (clamps). |
| | ``<dir>`` parameter unsupported. Use |
| | a negative ``<step>`` instead. |
+--------------------------------+----------------------------------------+
| ``step_property <prop>`` | Prefix ``cycle`` or ``add`` with |
| ``<step> <dir>`` | ``no-osd``: ``no-osd cycle <prop>`` |
| | ``<step>`` |
+--------------------------------+----------------------------------------+
| ``osd_show_property_text`` | ``show_text <text>`` |
| ``<text>`` | The property expansion format string |
| | syntax slightly changed. |
+--------------------------------+----------------------------------------+
| ``osd_show_text`` | Now does the same as |
| | ``osd_show_property_text``. Use the |
| | ``raw`` prefix to disable property |
| | expansion. |
+--------------------------------+----------------------------------------+
| ``show_tracks`` | ``show_text ${track-list}`` |
+--------------------------------+----------------------------------------+
| ``show_chapters`` | ``show_text ${chapter-list}`` |
+--------------------------------+----------------------------------------+
| ``af_switch``, ``af_add``, ... | ``af set|add|...`` |
+--------------------------------+----------------------------------------+
| ``tv_start_scan`` | ``set tv-scan yes`` |
+--------------------------------+----------------------------------------+
| ``tv_set_channel <val>`` | ``set tv-channel <val>`` |
+--------------------------------+----------------------------------------+
| ``tv_step_channel`` | ``cycle tv-channel`` |
+--------------------------------+----------------------------------------+
| ``dvb_set_channel <v1> <v2>`` | ``set dvb-channel <v1>-<v2>`` |
+--------------------------------+----------------------------------------+
| ``dvb_step_channel`` | ``cycle dvb-channel`` |
+--------------------------------+----------------------------------------+
| ``tv_set_freq <val>`` | ``set tv-freq <val>`` |
+--------------------------------+----------------------------------------+
| ``tv_step_freq`` | ``cycle tv-freq`` |
+--------------------------------+----------------------------------------+
| ``tv_set_norm <norm>`` | ``set tv-norm <norm>`` |
+--------------------------------+----------------------------------------+
| ``tv_step_norm`` | ``cycle tv-norm`` |
+--------------------------------+----------------------------------------+
.. note::
Due to lack of hardware and users using the TV/DVB/PVR features, and
due to the need to cleanup the related command code, it's possible
that the new commands are buggy or behave worse. This can be improved
if testers are available. Otherwise, some of the TV code will be
removed at some point.
Slave mode
~~~~~~~~~~
* Slave mode was removed. A proper slave mode application needed tons of code
and hacks to get
it right. The main problem is that slave mode is a bad and incomplete
interface, and to get around that, applications parsed output messages
intended for users. It is hard to know which messages exactly are parsed by
slave mode applications. This makes it virtually impossible to improve
terminal output intended for users without possibly breaking something.
This is absolutely insane, and since initial improvements to **mpv** quickly
made slave mode incompatible to most applications, it was removed as useless
cruft. The client API (see below) is provided instead.
``--identify`` was replaced by the ``TOOLS/mpv_identify.sh`` wrapper script.
* For some time (until including release 0.4.x), mpv supported a
``--slave-broken`` option. The following options are equivalent:
::
--input-file=/dev/stdin --input-terminal=no
Assuming the system supports ``/dev/stdin``.
(The option was readded in 0.5.1 and sets exactly these options.)
* A JSON RPC protocol giving access to the client API is also supported. See
`JSON IPC`_ for more information.
* **mpv** also provides a client API, which can be used to embed the player
by loading it as shared library. (See ``libmpv/client.h`` in the sources.)
It might also be possible to implement a custom slave mode-like protocol
using Lua scripting.
Policy for Removed Features
---------------------------
**mpv** is in active development. If something is in the way of more important
development (such as fixing bugs or implementing new features), we sometimes
remove features. Usually this happens only with old features that either seem
to be useless, or are not used by anyone. Often these are obscure, or
"inherited", or were marked experimental, but never received any particular
praise by any users.
Sometimes, features are replaced by something new. The new code will be either
simpler or more powerful, but doesn't necessarily provide everything the old
feature did.
We can not exclude that we accidentally remove features that are actually
popular. Generally, we do not know how much a specific functionality is used.
If you miss a feature and think it should be re-added, please open an issue
on the mpv bug tracker. Hopefully, a solution can be found. Often, it turns
out that re-adding something is not much of a problem, or that there are
better alternatives.
Why this Fork?
--------------
mplayer2 is practically dead, and mpv started out as a branch containing
new/experimental development. (Some of it was merged right *after* the fork
was made public, seemingly as an acknowledgment that development, or at
least merging, should have been more active.)
MPlayer is focused on not breaking anything, but is stuck with a horrible
codebase resistant to cleanup. (Unless you do what mpv did - merciless and
consequent pruning of bad, old code.) Cleanup and keeping broken things
conflict, so the kind of development mpv strives for can't be done within
MPlayer due to clashing development policies.
Additionally, mplayer2 already had lots of changes over MPlayer, which would
have needed to be backported to the MPlayer codebase. This would not only
have been hard (several years of diverging development), but also would have
been impossible due to the aforementioned MPlayer development policy.
+1 -1
View File
@@ -111,7 +111,7 @@ You can encode files from one format/codec to another using this facility.
.. admonition:: Examples
``"--ovc=mpeg4 --ovcopts=qscale=5"``
``"--ovc=mpeg4 --oacopts=qscale=5"``
selects constant quantizer scale 5 for MPEG-4 encoding.
``"--ovc=libx264 --ovcopts=crf=23"``
+160 -553
View File
File diff suppressed because it is too large. Load diff
+2 -62
View File
@@ -4,7 +4,8 @@ JSON IPC
mpv can be controlled by external programs using the JSON-based IPC protocol. It
can be enabled by specifying the path to a unix socket using the option
``--input-unix-socket``. Clients can connect to this socket and send commands to
the player or receive events from it.
the player or receive events from it. You can use the ``socat`` tool to send
commands (and receive reply) from the shell.
.. warning::
@@ -14,38 +15,6 @@ the player or receive events from it.
which can run arbitrary system commands. The use-case is controlling the
player locally. This is not different from the MPlayer slave protocol.
Socat example
-------------
You can use the ``socat`` tool to send commands (and receive reply) from the
shell. Assuming mpv was started with:
::
mpv file.mkv --input-unix-socket=/tmp/mpvsocket
Then you can control it using socat:
::
> echo '{ "command": ["get_property", "playback-time"] }' | socat - /tmp/mpvsocket
{"data":190.482000,"error":"success"}
In this case, socat copies data between stdin/stdout and the mpv socket
connection.
See the ``--idle`` option how to make mpv start without exiting immediately or
playing a file.
It's also possible to send input.conf style text-only commands:
::
> echo 'show_text ${playback-time}' | socat - /tmp/mpvsocket
But you won't get a reply over the socket. (This particular command shows the
playback time on the player's OSD.)
Protocol
--------
@@ -79,27 +48,6 @@ mpv will also send events to clients with JSON messages of the following form:
where ``event_name`` is the name of the event. Additional event-specific fields
can also be present. See `List of events`_ for a list of all supported events.
Because events can occur at any time, it may be difficult at times to determine
which response goes with which command. Commands may optionally include a
``request_id`` which, if provided in the command request, will be copied
verbatim into the response. mpv does not intrepret the ``request_id`` in any
way; it is solely for the use of the requester.
For example, this request:
::
{ "command": ["get_property", "time-pos"], "request_id": 100 }
Would generate this response:
::
{ "error": "success", "data": 1.468135, "request_id": 100 }
All commands, replies, and events are separated from each other with a line
break character (``\n``).
If the first character (after skipping whitespace) is not ``{``, the command
will be interpreted as non-JSON text command, as they are used in input.conf
(or ``mpv_command_string()`` in the client API). Additionally, line starting
@@ -208,14 +156,6 @@ extra commands can also be used as part of the protocol:
lead to breakages with future mpv releases. Instead, make a feature request,
and ask for a proper event that returns the information you need.
``enable_event``, ``disable_event``
Enables or disables the named event. Mirrors the ``mpv_request_event`` C
API function. If the string ``all`` is used instead of an event name, all
events are enabled or disabled.
By default, most events are enabled, and there is not much use for this
command.
``suspend``
Suspend the mpv main loop. There is a long-winded explanation of this in
the C API function ``mpv_suspend()``. In short, this prevents the player
+47 -100
View File
@@ -1,14 +1,14 @@
LUA SCRIPTING
=============
mpv can load Lua scripts. Scripts passed to the ``--script`` option, or found in
the ``scripts`` subdirectory of the mpv configuration directory (usually
``~/.config/mpv/scripts/``) will be loaded on program start. mpv also appends the
``scripts`` subdirectory to the end of Lua's path so you can import scripts from
mpv can load Lua scripts. Scripts passed to the ``--lua`` option, or found in
the ``lua`` subdirectory of the mpv configuration directory (usually
``~/.config/mpv/lua/``) will be loaded on program start. mpv also appends the
``lua`` subdirectory to the end of Lua's path so you can import scripts from
there too. Since it's added to the end, don't name scripts you want to import
the same as Lua libraries because they will be overshadowed by them.
mpv provides the built-in module ``mp``, which contains functions to send
mpv provides the built-in module ``mp``, which provides functions to send
commands to the mpv core and to retrieve information about playback state, user
settings, file information, and so on.
@@ -22,21 +22,21 @@ A script which leaves fullscreen mode when the player is paused:
::
function on_pause_change(name, value)
if value == true then
mp.set_property("fullscreen", "no")
end
function on_pause()
mp.set_property("fullscreen", "no")
end
mp.observe_property("pause", "bool", on_pause_change)
mp.register_event("pause", on_pause)
This script provides a pretty weird feature, but Lua scripting was made to
allow users implement features which are not going to be added to the mpv core.
Details on the script initialization and lifecycle
--------------------------------------------------
Mode of operation
-----------------
Your script will be loaded by the player at program start from the ``scripts``
configuration subdirectory, or from a path specified with the ``--script``
option. Some scripts are loaded internally (like ``--osc``). Each script runs in
its own thread. Your script is first run "as is", and once that is done, the event loop
Your script will be loaded by the player at program start from the ``lua``
configuration subdirectory, from a path specified with the ``--lua`` option, or
in some cases, internally (like ``--osc``). Each script runs in its own
thread. Your script is first run "as is", and once that is done, the event loop
is entered. This event loop will dispatch events received by mpv and call your
own event handlers which you have registered with ``mp.register_event``, or
timers added with ``mp.add_timeout`` or similar.
@@ -73,10 +73,6 @@ The ``mp`` module is preloaded, although it can be loaded manually with
Run the given command. This is similar to the commands used in input.conf.
See `List of Input Commands`_.
By default, this will show something on the OSD (depending on the command),
as if it was used in ``input.conf``. See `Input Command Prefixes`_ how
to influence OSD usage per command.
Returns ``true`` on success, or ``nil, error`` on error.
``mp.commandv(arg1, arg2, ...)``
@@ -98,9 +94,6 @@ The ``mp`` module is preloaded, although it can be loaded manually with
the ``expand-properties`` prefix, or the ``mp.get_property`` family of
functions.
Unlike ``mp.command``, this will not use OSD by default either (except
for some OSD-specific commands).
``mp.command_native(table [,def])``
Similar to ``mp.commandv``, but pass the argument list as table. This has
the advantage that in at least some cases, arguments can be passed as
@@ -333,6 +326,7 @@ The ``mp`` module is preloaded, although it can be loaded manually with
the timer is re-added after the function fn is run.
Returns a timer object. The timer object provides the following methods:
``stop()``
Disable the timer. Does nothing if the timer is already disabled.
This will remember the current elapsed time when stopping, so that
@@ -363,26 +357,9 @@ The ``mp`` module is preloaded, although it can be loaded manually with
(``true``). This value is used when the timer expires (but before
the timer callback function fn is run).
Note that these are method, and you have to call them using ``:`` instead
of ``.`` (Refer to http://www.lua.org/manual/5.2/manual.html#3.4.9 .)
Example:
::
seconds = 0
timer = mp.add_periodic_timer(1, function()
print("called every second")
# stop it after 10 seconds
seconds = seconds + 1
if seconds >= 10 then
timer:kill()
end
end)
``mp.get_opt(key)``
Return a setting from the ``--script-opts`` option. It's up to the user and
Return a setting from the ``--lua-opts`` option. It's up to the user and
the script how this mechanism is used. Currently, all scripts can access
this equally, so you should be careful about collisions.
@@ -518,8 +495,8 @@ Example implementation::
optionB = -0.5,
optionC = true,
}
read_options(options, "myscript")
print(options.optionA)
options.read_options(options, "myscript")
print(option.optionA)
The config file will be stored in ``lua-settings/identifier.conf`` in mpv's user
@@ -534,12 +511,12 @@ Example config::
optionC=no
Command-line options are read from the ``--script-opts`` parameter. To avoid
Command-line options are read from the ``--lua-opts`` parameter. To avoid
collisions, all keys have to be prefixed with ``identifier-``.
Example command-line::
--script-opts=myscript-optionA=TEST,myscript-optionB=0,myscript-optionC=yes
--lua-opts=myscript-optionA=TEST:myscript-optionB=0:myscript-optionC=yes
mp.utils options
@@ -630,10 +607,6 @@ strictly part of the guaranteed API.
On Windows, ``killed`` is only returned when the process has been
killed by mpv as a result of ``cancellable`` being set to ``true``.
``killed_by_us``
Set to ``true`` if the process has been killed by mpv as a result
of ``cancellable`` being set to ``true``.
In all cases, ``mp.resume_all()`` is implicitly called.
``utils.parse_json(str [, trail])``
@@ -650,18 +623,6 @@ strictly part of the guaranteed API.
trailing text is returned as 3rd return value. (The 3rd return value is
always there, but with ``trail`` set, no error is raised.)
``utils.format_json(v)``
Format the given Lua table (or value) as a JSON string and return it. On
error, returns ``nil, error``. (Errors usually only happen on value types
incompatible with JSON.)
The argument value uses similar conventions as ``mp.set_property_native()``
to distinguish empty objects and arrays.
``utils.to_string(v)``
Turn the given value into a string. Formats tables and their contents. This
doesn't do anything special; it is only needed because Lua is terrible.
Events
------
@@ -679,7 +640,7 @@ Example:
print("start of playback!")
end
mp.register_event("file-loaded", my_fn)
mp.register_event("playback-start", my_fn)
@@ -694,40 +655,11 @@ List of events
Happens after a file was unloaded. Typically, the player will load the
next file right away, or quit if this was the last file.
The event has the ``reason`` field, which takes one of these values:
``eof``
The file has ended. This can (but doesn't have to) include
incomplete files or broken network connections under
circumstances.
``stop``
Playback was ended by a command.
``quit``
Playback was ended by sending the quit command.
``error``
An error happened. In this case, an ``error`` field is present with
the error string.
``redirect``
Happens with playlists and similar. Details see
``MPV_END_FILE_REASON_REDIRECT`` in the C API.
``unknown``
Unknown. Normally doesn't happen, unless the Lua API is out of sync
with the C API. (Likewise, it could happen that your script gets
reason strings that did not exist yet at the time your script was
written.)
``file-loaded``
Happens after a file was loaded and begins playback.
``seek``
Happens on seeking. (This might include cases when the player seeks
internally, even without user interaction. This includes e.g. segment
changes when playing ordered chapters Matroska files.)
Happens on seeking (including ordered chapter segment changes).
``playback-restart``
Start of playback after seek or after file was loaded.
@@ -744,7 +676,7 @@ List of events
``shutdown``
Sent when the player quits, and the script should terminate. Normally
handled automatically. See `Details on the script initialization and lifecycle`_.
handled automatically. See `Mode of operation`_.
``log-message``
Receives messages enabled with ``mp.enable_messages``. The message data
@@ -763,8 +695,13 @@ List of events
(undocumented) existing ones.
``text``
The log message. The text will end with a newline character. Sometimes
it can contain multiple lines.
The log message. Note that this is the direct output of a printf()
style output API. The text will contain embedded newlines, and it's
possible that a single message contains multiple lines, or that a
message contains a partial line.
It's safe to display messages only if they end with a newline character,
and to buffer them otherwise.
Keep in mind that these messages are meant to be hints for humans. You
should not parse them, and prefix/level/text of messages might change
@@ -779,6 +716,9 @@ List of events
``command-reply``
Undocumented (not useful for Lua scripts).
``script-input-dispatch``
Undocumented (used internally).
``client-message``
Undocumented (used internally).
@@ -795,8 +735,8 @@ The following events also happen, but are deprecated: ``tracks-changed``,
Extras
------
This documents experimental features, or features that are "too special" to
guarantee a stable interface.
This documents experimental features, or features that are "too special" and
we don't guarantee a stable interface to it.
``mp.add_hook(type, priority, fn)``
Add a hook callback for ``type`` (a string identifying a certain kind of
@@ -807,6 +747,13 @@ guarantee a stable interface.
recommended as neutral default value. ``fn`` is the function that will be
called during execution of the hook.
See `Hooks`_ for currently existing hooks and what they do - only the hook
list is interesting; handling hook execution is done by the Lua script
function automatically.
Currently existing hooks:
``on_load``
Called when a file is to be opened, before anything is actually done.
For example, you could read and write the ``stream-open-filename``
property to redirect an URL to something else (consider support for
streaming sites which rarely give the user a direct media URL), or
you could set per-file options with by setting the property
``file-local-options/<option name>``. The player will wait until all
hooks are run.
+50 -199
View File
@@ -32,10 +32,8 @@ INTERACTIVE CONTROL
===================
mpv has a fully configurable, command-driven control layer which allows you
to control mpv using keyboard, mouse, or remote control (there is no
LIRC support - configure remotes as input devices instead).
See the ``--input-`` options for ways to customize it.
to control mpv using keyboard, mouse, joystick or remote control (with
LIRC). See the ``--input-`` options for ways to customize it.
Keyboard Control
----------------
@@ -116,7 +114,11 @@ o (also P)
Show progression bar, elapsed time and total duration on the OSD.
O
Toggle OSD states between normal and playback time/duration.
Toggle OSD states: none / seek / seek + timer / seek + timer + total time.
d
Toggle frame dropping states: none / skip display / skip decoding (see
``--framedrop``).
v
Toggle subtitle visibility.
@@ -130,17 +132,9 @@ x and z
l
Set/clear A-B loop points. See ``ab_loop`` command for details.
L
Toggle infinite looping.
Ctrl + and Ctrl -
Adjust audio delay by +/- 0.1 seconds.
u
Switch between applying no style overrides to SSA/ASS subtitles, and
overriding them almost completely with the normal subtitle style. See
``--ass-style-override`` for more info.
V
Toggle subtitle VSFilter aspect compatibility mode. See
``--ass-vsfilter-aspect-compat`` for more info.
@@ -155,10 +149,6 @@ S
Take a screenshot, without subtitles. (Whether this works depends on VO
driver support.)
Ctrl s
Take a screenshot, as the window shows it (with subtitles, OSD, and scaled
video).
I
Show filename on the OSD.
@@ -171,12 +161,9 @@ Shift+PGUP and Shift+PGDWN
Seek backward or forward by 10 minutes. (This used to be mapped to
PGUP/PGDWN without Shift.)
d
D
Activate/deactivate deinterlacer.
A
Cycle aspect ratio override.
(The following keys are valid only when using a video output that supports the
corresponding adjustment, or the software equalizer (``--vf=eq``).)
@@ -248,47 +235,13 @@ is the same as ``--no-fs``.
If an option is marked as *(XXX only)*, it will only work in combination with
the *XXX* option or if *XXX* is compiled in.
Escaping spaces and other special characters
--------------------------------------------
.. note::
Keep in mind that the shell will partially parse and mangle the arguments you
pass to mpv. For example, you might need to quote or escape options and
filenames:
The suboption parser (used for example for ``--ao=pcm`` suboptions)
supports a special kind of string-escaping intended for use with external
GUIs.
``mpv "filename with spaces.mkv" --title="window title"``
It gets more complicated if the suboption parser is involved. The suboption
parser puts several options into a single string, and passes them to a
component at once, instead of using multiple options on the level of the
command line.
The suboption parser can quote strings with ``"``, ``'``, and ``[...]``.
Additionally, there is a special form of quoting with ``%n%`` described below.
For example, the ``opengl`` VO can take multiple options:
``mpv test.mkv --vo=opengl:scale=lanczos:icc-profile=file.icc,xv``
This passes ``scale=lanczos`` and ``icc-profile=file.icc`` to ``opengl``,
and also specifies ``xv`` as fallback VO. If the icc-profile path contains
spaces or characters like ``,`` or ``:``, you need to quote them:
``mpv '--vo=opengl:icc-profile="file with spaces.icc",xv'``
Shells may actually strip some quotes from the string passed to the commandline,
so the example quotes the string twice, ensuring that mpv receives the ``"``
quotes.
The ``[...]`` form of quotes wraps everything between ``[`` and ``]``. It's
useful with shells that don't interpret these characters in the middle of
an argument (like bash). These quotes are balanced (since mpv 0.9.0): the ``[``
and ``]`` nest, and the quote terminates on the last ``]`` that has no matching
``[`` within the string. (For example, ``[a[b]c]`` results in ``a[b]c``.)
The fixed-length quoting syntax is intended for use with external
scripts and programs.
It is started with ``%`` and has the following format::
It has the following format::
%n%string_of_length_n
@@ -300,15 +253,6 @@ It is started with ``%`` and has the following format::
``mpv --ao=pcm:file=%`expr length "$NAME"`%"$NAME" test.avi``
Suboptions passed to the client API are also subject to escaping. Using
``mpv_set_option_string()`` is exactly like passing ``--name=data`` to the
command line (but without shell processing of the string). Some options
support passing values in a more structured way instead of flat strings, and
can avoid the suboption parsing mess. For example, ``--vf`` supports
``MPV_FORMAT_NODE``, which lets you pass suboptions as a nested data structure
of maps and arrays. (``--vo`` supports this in the same way, although this
fact is undocumented.)
Paths
-----
@@ -324,23 +268,12 @@ console controls. (Which makes it suitable for playing data piped to stdin.)
For paths passed to suboptions, the situation is further complicated by the
need to escape special characters. To work this around, the path can be
additionally wrapped in the fixed-length syntax, e.g. ``%n%string_of_length_n``
(see above).
additionally wrapped in the ``%n%string_of_length_n`` syntax (see above).
Some mpv options interpret paths starting with ``~``. Currently, the prefix
``~~/`` expands to the mpv configuration directory (usually ``~/.config/mpv/``).
``~/`` expands to the user's home directory. (The trailing ``/`` is always
required.) There are the following paths as well:
================ ===============================================================
Name Meaning
================ ===============================================================
``~~home/`` same as ``~~/``
``~~global/`` the global config path, if available (not on win32)
``~~osxbundle/`` the OSX bundle resource path (OSX only)
``~~desktop/`` the path to the desktop (win32, OSX)
================ ===============================================================
required.)
Per-File Options
----------------
@@ -391,8 +324,7 @@ Location and Syntax
You can put all of the options in configuration files which will be read every
time mpv is run. The system-wide configuration file 'mpv.conf' is in your
configuration directory (e.g. ``/etc/mpv`` or ``/usr/local/etc/mpv``), the
user-specific one is ``~/.config/mpv/mpv.conf``. For details and platform
specifics see the `FILES`_ section.
user-specific one is ``~/.config/mpv/mpv.conf``.
User-specific options override system-wide options and options given on the
command line override either. The syntax of the configuration files is
``option=<value>``; everything after a *#* is considered a comment. Options
@@ -408,17 +340,6 @@ setting them to *no*. Even suboptions can be specified in this way.
# Use quotes for text that can contain spaces:
status-msg="Time: ${time-pos}"
Escaping spaces and special characters
--------------------------------------
This is done like with command line options. The shell is not involved here,
but option values still need to be quoted as a whole if it contains certain
characters like spaces. A config entry can be quoted with ``"`` and ``'``,
as well as with the fixed-length syntax (``%n%``) mentioned before. This is like
passing the exact contents of the quoted string as command line option. C-style
escapes are currently _not_ interpreted on this level, although some options do
this manually. (This is a mess and should probably be changed at some point.)
Putting Command Line Options into the Configuration File
--------------------------------------------------------
@@ -465,11 +386,12 @@ profile name ``default`` to continue with normal options.
::
[vo.vdpau]
# Use hardware decoding
# Use hardware decoding (might break playback of some h264 files)
hwdec=vdpau
[protocol.dvd]
profile-desc="profile for dvd:// streams"
vf=pp=hb/vb/dr/al/fd
alang=en
[extension.flv]
@@ -492,8 +414,11 @@ A screenshot will usually contain the unscaled video contents at the end of the
video filter chain and subtitles. By default, ``S`` takes screenshots without
subtitles, while ``s`` includes subtitles.
Unlike with MPlayer, the ``screenshot`` video filter is not required. This
filter was never required in mpv, and has been removed.
The ``screenshot`` video filter is not required when using a recommended GUI
video output driver. It should normally not be added to the config file, as
taking screenshots is handled by the VOs, and adding the screenshot filter will
break hardware decoding. (The filter may still be useful for taking screenshots
at a certain point within the video chain when using multiple video filters.)
TERMINAL STATUS LINE
====================
@@ -511,7 +436,7 @@ listed.
- ``AV:`` or ``V:`` (video only) or ``A:`` (audio only)
- The current time position in ``HH:MM:SS`` format (``playback-time`` property)
- The total file duration (absent if unknown) (``length`` property)
- The total file duration (or ``00:00:00`` if unknown) (``length`` property)
- Playback speed, e.g. `` x2.0``. Only visible if the speed is not normal. This
is the user-requested speed, and not the actual speed (usually they should
be the same, unless playback is too slow). (``speed`` property.)
@@ -526,26 +451,19 @@ listed.
if there is audio "missing", or not enough frames can be dropped. Usually
this will indicate a problem. (``total-avsync-change`` property.)
- Encoding state in ``{...}``, only shown in encoding mode.
- Display sync state. If display sync is active (``display-sync-active``
property), this shows ``DS: +0.02598%``, where the number is the speed change
factor applied to audio to achieve sync to display, expressed in percent
deviation from 1.0 (``audio-speed-correction`` property). In sync modes which
don't resample, this will always be ``+0.00000%``.
- Missed frames, e.g. ``Missed: 4``. (``vo-missed-frame-count`` property.) Shows
up in display sync mode only. This is incremented each time a frame took
longer to display than intended.
- Dropped frames, e.g. ``Dropped: 4``. Shows up only if the count is not 0. Can
grow if the video framerate is higher than that of the display, or if video
rendering is too slow. Also can be incremented on "hiccups" and when the video
frame couldn't be displayed on time. (``vo-drop-frame-count`` property.)
If the decoder drops frames, the number of decoder-dropped frames is appended
to the display as well, e.g.: ``Dropped: 4/34``. This happens only if
decoder frame dropping is enabled with the ``--framedrop`` options.
(``drop-frame-count`` property.)
to the display as well, e.g.: ``Dropped: 4/34``. This should almost never
happen, unless decoder-framedropping is enabled with one of the
``--framedrop`` options, the stream contains errors, or a weird codec is in
use. (``drop-frame-count`` property.)
- Cache state, e.g. ``Cache: 2s+134KB``. Visible if the stream cache is enabled.
The first value shows the amount of video buffered in the demuxer in seconds,
the second value shows *additional* data buffered in the stream cache in
kilobytes. (``demuxer-cache-duration`` and ``cache-used`` properties.)
kilobytes. (``demuxer-cache-duration`` and ``cached-used`` properties.)
PROTOCOLS
@@ -569,11 +487,15 @@ PROTOCOLS
``bd://[title][/device]`` ``--bluray-device=PATH``
Play a Blu-Ray disc. Currently, this does not accept ISO files. Instead,
you must mount the ISO file as filesystem, and point ``--bluray-device``
to the mounted directory directly.
to the mounted directly.
``bdnav://[title][/device]``
Play a Blu-Ray disc, with navigation features enabled. This feature is
permanently experimental.
``dvd://[title|[starttitle]-endtitle][/device]`` ``--dvd-device=PATH``
Play a DVD. DVD menus are not supported. If no title is given, the longest
title is auto-selected.
Play a DVD. If you want dvdnav menus, use ``dvd://menu``. If no title
is given, the longest title is auto-selected.
``dvdnav://`` is an old alias for ``dvd://`` and does exactly the same
thing.
@@ -618,11 +540,6 @@ PROTOCOLS
``PATH`` itself should start with a third ``/`` to make the path an
absolute path.
``fd://123``
Read data from the given UNIX FD (for example 123). This is similar to
piping data to stdin via ``-``, but can use an arbitrary file descriptor.
Will not work correctly on MS Windows.
``edl://[edl specification as in edl-mpv.rst]``
Stitch together parts of multiple files and play them.
@@ -632,40 +549,6 @@ PROTOCOLS
``memory://data``
Use the ``data`` part as source data.
PSEUDO GUI MODE
===============
mpv has no official GUI, other than the OSC (`ON SCREEN CONTROLLER`_), which
is not a full GUI and is not meant to be. However, to compensate for the lack
of expected GUI behavior, mpv will in some cases start with some settings
changed to behave slightly more like a GUI mode.
Currently this happens only in the following cases:
- if started using the ``mpv.desktop`` file on Linux (e.g. started from menus
or file associations provided by desktop environments)
- if started from explorer.exe on Windows (technically, if it was started on
Windows, and all of the stdout/stderr/stdin handles are unset)
- manually adding ``--profile=pseudo-gui`` to the command line
This mode implicitly adds ``--profile=pseudo-gui`` to the command line, with
the ``pseudo-gui`` profile being predefined with the following contents:
::
[pseudo-gui]
terminal=no
force-window=yes
idle=once
screenshot-directory=~~desktop/
This follows the mpv config file format. To customize pseudo-GUI mode, you can
put your own ``pseudo-gui`` profile into your ``mpv.conf``. This profile will
enhance the default profile, rather than overwrite it.
The profile always overrides other settings in ``mpv.conf``.
.. include:: options.rst
.. include:: ao.rst
@@ -812,8 +695,6 @@ If errors happen, the following exit codes can be returned:
immediately after initialization.
:3: There were some files that could be played, and some files which
couldn't (using the definition of success from above).
:4: Quit due to a signal, Ctrl+c in a VO window (by default), or from the
default quit key bindings in encoding mode.
Note that quitting the player manually will always lead to exit code 0,
overriding the exit code that would be returned normally. Also, the ``quit``
@@ -822,45 +703,21 @@ input command can take an exit code: in this case, that exit code is returned.
FILES
=====
For Windows-specifics, see `FILES ON WINDOWS`_ section.
``/usr/local/etc/mpv/mpv.conf``
mpv system-wide settings (depends on ``--prefix`` passed to configure - mpv
in default configuration will use ``/usr/local/etc/mpv/`` as config
directory, while most Linux distributions will set it to ``/etc/mpv/``).
mpv system-wide settings (depends on ``--prefix`` passed to configure)
``~/.config/mpv/mpv.conf``
mpv user settings (see `CONFIGURATION FILES`_ section)
mpv user settings
``~/.config/mpv/input.conf``
key bindings (see `INPUT.CONF`_ section)
``~/.config/mpv/scripts/``
All files in this directory are loaded as if they were passed to the
``--script`` option. They are loaded in alphabetical order, and sub-directories
``~/.config/mpv/lua/``
All files in this directly are loaded as if they were passed to the
``--lua`` option. They are loaded in alphabetical order, and sub-directories
and files with no ``.lua`` extension are ignored. The ``--load-scripts=no``
option disables loading these files.
``~/.config/mpv/watch_later/``
Contains temporary config files needed for resuming playback of files with
the watch later feature. See for example the ``Q`` key binding, or the
``quit_watch_later`` input command.
Each file is a small config file which is loaded if the corresponding media
file is loaded. It contains the playback position and some (not necessarily
all) settings that were changed during playback. The filenames are hashed
from the full paths of the media files. It's in general not possible to
extract the media filename from this hash. However, you can set the
``--write-filename-in-watch-later-config`` option, and the player will
add the media filename to the contents of the resume config file.
``~/.config/mpv/lua-settings/osc.conf``
This is loaded by the OSC script. See the `ON SCREEN CONTROLLER`_ docs
for details.
Other files in this directory are specific to the corresponding scripts
as well, and the mpv core doesn't touch them.
Note that the environment variables ``$XDG_CONFIG_HOME`` and ``$MPV_HOME`` can
override the standard directory ``~/.config/mpv/``.
@@ -871,28 +728,22 @@ FILES ON WINDOWS
================
On win32 (if compiled with MinGW, but not Cygwin), the default config file
locations are different. They are generally located under ``%APPDATA%/mpv/``.
For example, the path to mpv.conf is ``%APPDATA%/mpv/mpv.conf``, which maps to
a system and user-specific path, for example
locations are different:
``C:\users\USERNAME\Application Data\mpv\mpv.conf``
``%APPDATA%/mpv/mpv.conf``
Preferred mpv config file. This maps to a system and user-specific path,
for example ``C:\users\USERNAME\Application Data\mpv\mpv.conf``. You can
find the exact path by running ``echo %APPDATA%\mpv\mpv.conf`` in cmd.exe.
You can find the exact path by running ``echo %APPDATA%\mpv\mpv.conf`` in cmd.exe.
``%APPDATA%/mpv/input.conf``
key bindings (see `INPUT.CONF`_ section)
Other config files (such as ``input.conf``) are in the same directory. See the
`FILES`_ section above.
``%APPDATA%/mpv/lua/``
equivalent of ``~/.config/mpv/lua/`` on Unix.
The environment variable ``$MPV_HOME`` completely overrides these, like on
UNIX.
If a directory named ``portable_config`` next to the mpv.exe exists, all
config will be loaded from this directory only. Watch later config files are
written to this directory as well. (This exists on Windows only and is redundant
with ``$MPV_HOME``. However, since Windows is very scripting unfriendly, a
wrapper script just setting ``$MPV_HOME``, like you could do it on other
systems, won't work. ``portable_config`` is provided for convenience to get
around this restriction.)
Config files located in the same directory as ``mpv.exe`` are loaded with
lower priority. Some config files are loaded only once, which means that
e.g. of 2 ``input.conf`` files located in two config directories, only the
+314 -621
View File
File diff suppressed because it is too large. Load diff
+17 -31
View File
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ The On Screen Controller (short: OSC) is a minimal GUI integrated with mpv to
offer basic mouse-controllability. It is intended to make interaction easier
for new users and to enable precise and direct seeking.
The OSC is enabled by default if mpv was compiled with Lua support. It can be
The OSC is enabled by default if mpv was compiled with lua support. It can be
disabled entirely using the ``--osc=no`` option.
Using the OSC
@@ -127,7 +127,7 @@ Key Bindings
These key bindings are active by default if nothing else is already bound to
these keys. In case of collision, the function needs to be bound to a
different key. See the `Script Commands`_ section.
different key. See `Script Commands`_ section.
============= ================================================
del Hide the OSC permanently until mpv is restarted.
@@ -138,7 +138,7 @@ Configuration
The OSC offers limited configuration through a config file
``lua-settings/osc.conf`` placed in mpv's user dir and through the
``--script-opts`` command-line option. Options provided through the command-line
``--lua-opts`` command-line option. Options provided through the command-line
will override those from the config file.
Config Syntax
@@ -161,7 +161,7 @@ To avoid collisions with other scripts, all options need to be prefixed with
Example::
--script-opts=osc-optionA=value1,osc-optionB=value2
--lua-opts=osc-optionA=value1,osc-optionB=value2
Configurable Options
@@ -169,35 +169,34 @@ Configurable Options
``showwindowed``
| Default: yes
| Enable the OSC when windowed
| Show OSC when windowed?
``showfullscreen``
| Default: yes
| Enable the OSC when fullscreen
| Show OSC when fullscreen?
``scalewindowed``
| Default: 1.0
| Scale factor of the OSC when windowed
| Default: 1
| Scaling of the controller when windowed
``scalefullscreen``
| Default: 1.0
| Scale factor of the OSC when fullscreen
| Default: 1
| Scaling of the controller when fullscreen
``scaleforcedwindow``
| Default: 2.0
| Scale factor of the OSC when rendered on a forced (dummy) window
| Default: 2
| Scaling of the controller when rendered on a forced (dummy) window
``vidscale``
| Default: yes
| Scale the OSC with the video
| ``no`` tries to keep the OSC size constant as much as the window size allows
| Scale the controller with the video?
``valign``
| Default: 0.8
| Vertical alignment, -1 (top) to 1 (bottom)
``halign``
| Default: 0.0
| Default: 0
| Horizontal alignment, -1 (left) to 1 (right)
``boxalpha``
@@ -226,23 +225,14 @@ Configurable Options
| Minimum amount of pixels the mouse has to move between ticks to make
the OSC show up
``layout``
| Default: box
| The layout for the OSC. Currently available are: box, slimbox,
bottombar and topbar.
``seektooltip``
| Default: yes
| Display a tooltip over the seekbar indicating time at mouse position.
``seekbarstyle``
| Default: slider
| Sets the style of the seekbar, slider (diamond marker) or bar (fill)
``timetotal``
| Default: no
| Show total time instead of time remaining
``timems``
| Default: no
| Display timecodes with milliseconds
Script Commands
~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
@@ -255,10 +245,6 @@ in ``input.conf``, or sent by other scripts.
``disable-osc``
Hide the OSC permanently. This is also what the ``del`` key does.
``osc-message``
Show a message on screen using the OSC. First argument is the message,
second the duration in seconds.
Example
+382 -182
View File
@@ -17,10 +17,6 @@ normal filter parameters.
To get a full list of available video filters, see ``--vf=help``.
Also, keep in mind that most actual filters are available via the ``lavfi``
wrapper, which gives you access to most of libavfilter's filters. This
includes all filters that have been ported from MPlayer to libavfilter.
Video filters are managed in lists. There are a few commands to manage the
filter list.
@@ -101,7 +97,7 @@ Available filters are:
All parameters are optional.
``<w>:<h>``
``<w>,<h>``
scaled width/height (default: original width/height)
:0: scaled d_width/d_height
@@ -147,8 +143,8 @@ Available filters are:
Accurate rounding for the vertical scaler, which may be faster or
slower than the default rounding.
:no: Disable accurate rounding (default).
:yes: Enable accurate rounding.
:0: Disable accurate rounding (default).
:1: Enable accurate rounding.
``dsize[=w:h:aspect-method:r:aspect]``
Changes the intended display size/aspect at an arbitrary point in the
@@ -156,7 +152,7 @@ Available filters are:
number (1.33). Alternatively, you may specify the exact display width and
height desired. Note that this filter does *not* do any scaling itself; it
just affects what later scalers (software or hardware) will do when
auto-scaling to the correct aspect.
auto-scaling to correct aspect.
``<w>,<h>``
New display width and height.
@@ -202,7 +198,7 @@ Available filters are:
``<aspect>``
Force an aspect ratio.
``format=fmt=<value>:colormatrix=<value>:...``
``format[=fmt[:outfmt]]``
Restricts the color space for the next filter without doing any conversion.
Use together with the scale filter for a real conversion.
@@ -211,128 +207,19 @@ Available filters are:
For a list of available formats, see ``format=fmt=help``.
``<fmt>``
Format name, e.g. rgb15, bgr24, 420p, etc. (default: don't change).
Format name, e.g. rgb15, bgr24, 420p, etc. (default: yuyv).
``<outfmt>``
Format name that should be substituted for the output. If they do not
have the same bytes per pixel and chroma subsamplimg, it will fail.
``<colormatrix>``
Controls the YUV to RGB color space conversion when playing video. There
are various standards. Normally, BT.601 should be used for SD video, and
BT.709 for HD video. (This is done by default.) Using incorrect color space
results in slightly under or over saturated and shifted colors.
Format name that should be substituted for the output. If this is not
100% compatible with the ``<fmt>`` value, it will crash.
These options are not always supported. Different video outputs provide
varying degrees of support. The ``opengl`` and ``vdpau`` video output
drivers usually offer full support. The ``xv`` output can set the color
space if the system video driver supports it, but not input and output
levels. The ``scale`` video filter can configure color space and input
levels, but only if the output format is RGB (if the video output driver
supports RGB output, you can force this with ``-vf scale,format=rgba``).
If this option is set to ``auto`` (which is the default), the video's
color space flag will be used. If that flag is unset, the color space
will be selected automatically. This is done using a simple heuristic that
attempts to distinguish SD and HD video. If the video is larger than
1279x576 pixels, BT.709 (HD) will be used; otherwise BT.601 (SD) is
selected.
Available color spaces are:
:auto: automatic selection (default)
:bt.601: ITU-R BT.601 (SD)
:bt.709: ITU-R BT.709 (HD)
:bt.2020-ncl: ITU-R BT.2020 non-constant luminance system
:bt.2020-cl: ITU-R BT.2020 constant luminance system
:smpte-240m: SMPTE-240M
``<colorlevels>``
YUV color levels used with YUV to RGB conversion. This option is only
necessary when playing broken files which do not follow standard color
levels or which are flagged wrong. If the video does not specify its
color range, it is assumed to be limited range.
The same limitations as with ``<colormatrix>`` apply.
Available color ranges are:
:auto: automatic selection (normally limited range) (default)
:limited: limited range (16-235 for luma, 16-240 for chroma)
:full: full range (0-255 for both luma and chroma)
``<primaries>``
RGB primaries the source file was encoded with. Normally this should be set
in the file header, but when playing broken or mistagged files this can be
used to override the setting.
This option only affects video output drivers that perform color
management, for example ``opengl`` with the ``target-prim`` or
``icc-profile`` suboptions set.
If this option is set to ``auto`` (which is the default), the video's
primaries flag will be used. If that flag is unset, the color space will
be selected automatically, using the following heuristics: If the
``<colormatrix>`` is set or determined as BT.2020 or BT.709, the
corresponding primaries are used. Otherwise, if the video height is
exactly 576 (PAL), BT.601-625 is used. If it's exactly 480 or 486 (NTSC),
BT.601-525 is used. If the video resolution is anything else, BT.709 is
used.
Available primaries are:
:auto: automatic selection (default)
:bt.601-525: ITU-R BT.601 (SD) 525-line systems (NTSC, SMPTE-C)
:bt.601-625: ITU-R BT.601 (SD) 625-line systems (PAL, SECAM)
:bt.709: ITU-R BT.709 (HD) (same primaries as sRGB)
:bt.2020: ITU-R BT.2020 (UHD)
:apple: Apple RGB
:adobe: Adobe RGB (1998)
:prophoto: ProPhoto RGB (ROMM)
:cie1931: CIE 1931 RGB
``<gamma>``
Gamma function the source file was encoded with. Normally this should be set
in the file header, but when playing broken or mistagged files this can be
used to override the setting.
This option only affects video output drivers that perform color management.
If this option is set to ``auto`` (which is the default), the gamma will
be set to BT.1886 for YCbCr content, sRGB for RGB content and Linear for
XYZ content.
Available gamma functions are:
:auto: automatic selection (default)
:bt.1886: ITU-R BT.1886 (approximation of BT.601/BT.709/BT.2020 curve)
:srgb: IEC 61966-2-4 (sRGB)
:linear: Linear light
:gamma1.8: Pure power curve (gamma 1.8)
:gamma2.2: Pure power curve (gamma 2.2)
:gamma2.8: Pure power curve (gamma 2.8)
:prophoto: ProPhoto RGB (ROMM) curve
``<stereo-in>``
Set the stereo mode the video is assumed to be encoded in. Takes the
same values as the ``--video-stereo-mode`` option.
``<stereo-out>``
Set the stereo mode the video should be displayed as. Takes the
same values as the ``--video-stereo-mode`` option.
``<rotate>``
Set the rotation the video is assumed to be encoded with in degrees.
The special value ``-1`` uses the input format.
``<dw>``, ``<dh>``
Set the display size. Note that setting the display size such that
the video is scaled in both directions instead of just changing the
aspect ratio is an implementation detail, and might change later.
``<dar>``
Set the display aspect ratio of the video frame. This is a float,
but values such as ``[16:9]`` can be passed too (``[...]`` for quoting
to prevent the option parser from interpreting the ``:`` character).
.. admonition:: Examples
====================== =====================
Valid Invalid (will crash)
====================== =====================
``format=rgb24:bgr24`` ``format=rgb24:420p``
``format=yuyv:uyvy``
====================== =====================
``noformat[=fmt]``
Restricts the color space for the next filter without doing any conversion.
@@ -344,6 +231,156 @@ Available filters are:
``<fmt>``
Format name, e.g. rgb15, bgr24, 420p, etc. (default: 420p).
``pp=[filter string]``
Enables the specified chain of post-processing subfilters. Subfilters must
be separated by '/' and can be disabled by prepending a '-'. Each
subfilter and some options have a short and a long name that can be used
interchangeably, i.e. ``dr``/``dering`` are the same.
.. note::
Unlike in MPlayer or in earlier versions, you must quote the pp string
if it contains ``:`` characters, e.g. ``'--vf=pp=[...]'``.
.. admonition:: Warning
This filter is most likely useless on modern HD video. It might be
helpful with old low-resolution files.
All subfilters share common options to determine their scope:
``a/autoq``
Automatically switch the subfilter off if the CPU is too slow.
``c/chrom``
Do chrominance filtering, too (default).
``y/nochrom``
Do luminance filtering only (no chrominance).
``n/noluma``
Do chrominance filtering only (no luminance).
.. note::
``--vf=pp:help`` shows a list of available subfilters.
Available subfilters are:
``hb/hdeblock[:difference[:flatness]]``
horizontal deblocking filter
:<difference>: Difference factor where higher values mean more
deblocking (default: 32).
:<flatness>: Flatness threshold where lower values mean more
deblocking (default: 39).
``vb/vdeblock[:difference[:flatness]]``
vertical deblocking filter
:<difference>: Difference factor where higher values mean more
deblocking (default: 32).
:<flatness>: Flatness threshold where lower values mean more
deblocking (default: 39).
``ha/hadeblock[:difference[:flatness]]``
accurate horizontal deblocking filter
:<difference>: Difference factor where higher values mean more
deblocking (default: 32).
:<flatness>: Flatness threshold where lower values mean more
deblocking (default: 39).
``va/vadeblock[:difference[:flatness]]``
accurate vertical deblocking filter
:<difference>: Difference factor where higher values mean more
deblocking (default: 32).
:<flatness>: Flatness threshold where lower values mean more
deblocking (default: 39).
The horizontal and vertical deblocking filters share the difference and
flatness values so you cannot set different horizontal and vertical
thresholds.
``h1/x1hdeblock``
experimental horizontal deblocking filter
``v1/x1vdeblock``
experimental vertical deblocking filter
``dr/dering``
deringing filter
``tn/tmpnoise[:threshold1[:threshold2[:threshold3]]]``
temporal noise reducer
:<threshold1>: larger -> stronger filtering
:<threshold2>: larger -> stronger filtering
:<threshold3>: larger -> stronger filtering
``al/autolevels[:f/fullyrange]``
automatic brightness / contrast correction
:f/fullyrange: Stretch luminance to (0-255).
``lb/linblenddeint``
Linear blend deinterlacing filter that deinterlaces the given block by
filtering all lines with a (1 2 1) filter.
``li/linipoldeint``
Linear interpolating deinterlacing filter that deinterlaces the given
block by linearly interpolating every second line.
``ci/cubicipoldeint``
Cubic interpolating deinterlacing filter deinterlaces the given block
by cubically interpolating every second line.
``md/mediandeint``
Median deinterlacing filter that deinterlaces the given block by
applying a median filter to every second line.
``fd/ffmpegdeint``
FFmpeg deinterlacing filter that deinterlaces the given block by
filtering every second line with a (-1 4 2 4 -1) filter.
``l5/lowpass5``
Vertically applied FIR low-pass deinterlacing filter that deinterlaces
the given block by filtering all lines with a (-1 2 6 2 -1) filter.
``fq/forceQuant[:quantizer]``
Overrides the quantizer table from the input with the constant
quantizer you specify.
:<quantizer>: quantizer to use
``de/default``
default pp filter combination (hb:a,vb:a,dr:a)
``fa/fast``
fast pp filter combination (h1:a,v1:a,dr:a)
``ac``
high quality pp filter combination (ha:a:128:7,va:a,dr:a)
.. note::
This filter is only available if FFmpeg/Libav has been compiled
with libpostproc enabled.
.. admonition:: Examples
``--vf=pp=hb/vb/dr/al``
horizontal and vertical deblocking, deringing and automatic
brightness/contrast
``--vf=pp=de/-al``
default filters without brightness/contrast correction
``--vf=pp=[default/tmpnoise:1:2:3]``
Enable default filters & temporal denoiser.
``--vf=pp=[hb:y/vb:a]``
Horizontal deblocking on luminance only, and switch vertical
deblocking on or off automatically depending on available CPU time.
``lavfi=graph[:sws-flags[:o=opts]]``
Filter video using FFmpeg's libavfilter.
@@ -393,6 +430,45 @@ Available filters are:
``'--vf=lavfi=yadif:o="threads=2,thread_type=slice"'``
forces a specific threading configuration.
``noise[=<strength>[:averaged][:pattern][:temporal][:uniform][:hq]``
Adds noise.
``strength``
Set the noise for all components. If you want different strength
values for luma and chroma, use libavfilter's noise filter directly
(using ``--vf=lavfi=[noise=...]``), or tell the libavfilter developers
to stop being stupid.
``averaged``
averaged temporal noise (smoother, but a lot slower)
``pattern``
mix random noise with a (semi)regular pattern
``temporal``
temporal noise (noise pattern changes between frames)
``uniform``
uniform noise (Gaussian otherwise)
``hq``
high quality (slightly better looking, slightly slower) - not available
when using libavfilter
``hqdn3d[=luma_spatial:chroma_spatial:luma_tmp:chroma_tmp]``
This filter aims to reduce image noise producing smooth images and making
still images really still (This should enhance compressibility.).
``<luma_spatial>``
spatial luma strength (default: 4)
``<chroma_spatial>``
spatial chroma strength (default: 3)
``<luma_tmp>``
luma temporal strength (default: 6)
``<chroma_tmp>``
chroma temporal strength (default:
``luma_tmp*chroma_spatial/luma_spatial``)
``eq[=gamma:contrast:brightness:saturation:rg:gg:bg:weight]``
Software equalizer that uses lookup tables (slow), allowing gamma correction
in addition to simple brightness and contrast adjustment. The parameters are
@@ -419,6 +495,39 @@ Available filters are:
and just plain white. A value of 0.0 turns the gamma correction all
the way down while 1.0 leaves it at its full strength (default: 1.0).
``ilpack[=mode]``
When interlaced video is stored in YUV 4:2:0 formats, chroma interlacing
does not line up properly due to vertical downsampling of the chroma
channels. This filter packs the planar 4:2:0 data into YUY2 (4:2:2) format
with the chroma lines in their proper locations, so that in any given
scanline, the luma and chroma data both come from the same field.
``<mode>``
Select the sampling mode.
:0: nearest-neighbor sampling, fast but incorrect
:1: linear interpolation (default)
``unsharp[=lx:ly:la:cx:cy:ca]``
unsharp mask / Gaussian blur
``l`` is for the luma component, ``c`` for the chroma component. ``x``/``y``
is the filter size. ``a`` is the amount.
``lx``, ``ly``, ``cx``, ``cy``
width and height of the matrix, odd sized in both directions (min =
3:3, max = 13:11 or 11:13, usually something between 3:3 and 7:7)
``la``, ``ca``
Relative amount of sharpness/blur to add to the image (a sane range
should be -1.5-1.5).
:<0: blur
:>0: sharpen
``swapuv``
Swap U & V plane.
``pullup[=jl:jr:jt:jb:sb:mp]``
Pulldown reversal (inverse telecine) filter, capable of handling mixed
hard-telecine, 24000/1001 fps progressive, and 30000/1001 fps progressive
@@ -450,7 +559,121 @@ Available filters are:
video. The main purpose of setting ``mp`` to a chroma plane is to reduce
CPU load and make pullup usable in realtime on slow machines.
``yadif=[mode:interlaced-only]``
``divtc[=options]``
Inverse telecine for deinterlaced video. If 3:2-pulldown telecined video
has lost one of the fields or is deinterlaced using a method that keeps
one field and interpolates the other, the result is a juddering video that
has every fourth frame duplicated. This filter is intended to find and
drop those duplicates and restore the original film framerate. Two
different modes are available: One-pass mode is the default and is
straightforward to use, but has the disadvantage that any changes in the
telecine phase (lost frames or bad edits) cause momentary judder until the
filter can resync again. Two-pass mode avoids this by analyzing the entire
video beforehand so it will have forward knowledge about the phase changes
and can resync at the exact spot. These passes do *not* correspond to pass
one and two of the encoding process. You must run an extra pass using
``divtc`` pass one before the actual encoding throwing the resulting video
away. Then use ``divtc`` pass two for the actual encoding. If you use
multiple encoder passes, use ``divtc`` pass two for all of them.
The options are:
``pass=1|2``
Use two pass mode.
``file=<filename>``
Set the two pass log filename (default: ``framediff.log``).
``threshold=<value>``
Set the minimum strength the telecine pattern must have for the filter
to believe in it (default: 0.5). This is used to avoid recognizing
false pattern from the parts of the video that are very dark or very
still.
``window=<numframes>``
Set the number of past frames to look at when searching for pattern
(default: 30). Longer window improves the reliability of the pattern
search, but shorter window improves the reaction time to the changes
in the telecine phase. This only affects the one-pass mode. The
two-pass mode currently uses fixed window that extends to both future
and past.
``phase=0|1|2|3|4``
Sets the initial telecine phase for one pass mode (default: 0). The
two-pass mode can see the future, so it is able to use the correct
phase from the beginning, but one-pass mode can only guess. It catches
the correct phase when it finds it, but this option can be used to fix
the possible juddering at the beginning. The first pass of the two
pass mode also uses this, so if you save the output from the first
pass, you get constant phase result.
``deghost=<value>``
Set the deghosting threshold (0-255 for one-pass mode, -255-255 for
two-pass mode, default 0). If nonzero, deghosting mode is used. This
is for video that has been deinterlaced by blending the fields
together instead of dropping one of the fields. Deghosting amplifies
any compression artifacts in the blended frames, so the parameter
value is used as a threshold to exclude those pixels from deghosting
that differ from the previous frame less than specified value. If two
pass mode is used, then negative value can be used to make the filter
analyze the whole video in the beginning of pass-2 to determine
whether it needs deghosting or not and then select either zero or the
absolute value of the parameter. Specify this option for pass 2, it
makes no difference on pass 1.
``phase[=t|b|p|a|u|T|B|A|U][:v]``
Delay interlaced video by one field time so that the field order changes.
The intended use is to fix PAL videos that have been captured with the
opposite field order to the film-to-video transfer. The options are:
``t``
Capture field order top-first, transfer bottom-first. Filter will
delay the bottom field.
``b``
Capture bottom-first, transfer top-first. Filter will delay the top
field.
``p``
Capture and transfer with the same field order. This mode only exists
for the documentation of the other options to refer to, but if you
actually select it, the filter will faithfully do nothing ;-)
``a``
Capture field order determined automatically by field flags, transfer
opposite. Filter selects among ``t`` and ``b`` modes on a frame by frame
basis using field flags. If no field information is available, then this
works just like ``u``.
``u``
Capture unknown or varying, transfer opposite. Filter selects among
``t`` and ``b`` on a frame by frame basis by analyzing the images and
selecting the alternative that produces best match between the fields.
``T``
Capture top-first, transfer unknown or varying. Filter selects among
``t`` and ``p`` using image analysis.
``B``
Capture bottom-first, transfer unknown or varying. Filter selects
among ``b`` and ``p`` using image analysis.
``A``
Capture determined by field flags, transfer unknown or varying. Filter
selects among ``t``, ``b`` and ``p`` using field flags and image
analysis. If no field information is available, then this works just
like ``U``. This is the default mode.
``U``
Both capture and transfer unknown or varying. Filter selects among
``t``, ``b`` and ``p`` using image analysis only.
``v``
Verbose operation. Prints the selected mode for each frame and the
average squared difference between fields for ``t``, ``b``, and ``p``
alternatives. (Ignored when libavfilter is used.)
``yadif=[mode[:enabled=yes|no]]``
Yet another deinterlacing filter
``<mode>``
@@ -459,10 +682,10 @@ Available filters are:
:frame-nospatial: Like ``frame`` but skips spatial interlacing check.
:field-nospatial: Like ``field`` but skips spatial interlacing check.
``<interlaced-only>``
:no: Deinterlace all frames (default).
:yes: Only deinterlace frames marked as interlaced (default if this
filter is inserted via ``deinterlace`` property).
``<enabled>``
:yes: Filter is active (default).
:no: Filter is not active, but can be activated with the ``D`` key
(or any other key that toggles the ``deinterlace`` property).
This filter, is automatically inserted when using the ``D`` key (or any
other key that toggles the ``deinterlace`` property or when using the
@@ -477,6 +700,28 @@ Available filters are:
when inserting yadif with ``--vf``, so using the above methods is
recommended.
``delogo[=x:y:w:h:t:show]``
Suppresses a TV station logo by a simple interpolation of the surrounding
pixels. Just set a rectangle covering the logo and watch it disappear (and
sometimes something even uglier appear - your mileage may vary).
``<x>,<y>``
top left corner of the logo
``<w>,<h>``
width and height of the cleared rectangle
``<t>``
Thickness of the fuzzy edge of the rectangle (added to ``w`` and
``h``). When set to -1, a green rectangle is drawn on the screen to
simplify finding the right ``x``,``y``,``w``,``h`` parameters.
``show``
Draw a rectangle showing the area defined by x/y/w/h.
``screenshot``
Optional filter for screenshot support. This is only needed if the video
output does not provide working direct screenshot support. Note that it is
not always safe to insert this filter by default. See `TAKING SCREENSHOTS`_
for details.
``sub=[=bottom-margin:top-margin]``
Moves subtitle rendering to an arbitrary point in the filter chain, or force
subtitle rendering in the video filter as opposed to using video output OSD
@@ -484,9 +729,9 @@ Available filters are:
``<bottom-margin>``
Adds a black band at the bottom of the frame. The SSA/ASS renderer can
place subtitles there (with ``--sub-use-margins``).
place subtitles there (with ``--ass-use-margins``).
``<top-margin>``
Black band on the top for toptitles (with ``--sub-use-margins``).
Black band on the top for toptitles (with ``--ass-use-margins``).
.. admonition:: Examples
@@ -585,8 +830,6 @@ Available filters are:
Loads an external library to filter the image. The library interface
is the ``vf_dlopen`` interface specified using ``libmpcodecs/vf_dlopen.h``.
.. warning:: This filter is deprecated.
``dll=<library>``
Specify the library to load. This may require a full file system path
in some cases. This argument is required.
@@ -660,43 +903,17 @@ Available filters are:
filters work anyway.)
``concurrent-frames``
Number of frames that should be requested in parallel. The
Number of frames that should be requested in parallel (default: 2). The
level of concurrency depends on the filter and how quickly mpv can
decode video to feed the filter. This value should probably be
proportional to the number of cores on your machine. Most time,
making it higher than the number of cores can actually make it
slower.
By default, this uses the special value ``auto``, which sets the option
to the number of detected logical CPU cores.
The following variables are defined by mpv:
``video_in``
The mpv video source as vapoursynth clip. Note that this has no length
set, which confuses many filters. Using ``Trim`` on the clip with a
high dummy length can turn it into a finite clip.
``video_in_dw``, ``video_in_dh``
Display size of the video. Can be different from video size if the
video does not use square pixels (e.g. DVD).
``container_fps``
FPS value as reported by file headers. This value can be wrong or
completely broken (e.g. 0 or NaN). Even if the value is correct,
if another filter changes the real FPS (by dropping or inserting
frames), the value of this variable might not be useful. Note that
the ``--fps`` command line option overrides this value.
Useful for some filters which insist on having a FPS.
``display_fps``
Refresh rate of the current display. Note that this value can be 0.
``vapoursynth-lazy``
The same as ``vapoursynth``, but doesn't load Python scripts. Instead, a
custom backend using Lua and the raw VapourSynth API is used. The syntax
is completely different, and absolutely no convenience features are
is completely different, and absolutely no conveniencve features are
provided. There's no type checking either, and you can trigger crashes.
.. admonition:: Example:
@@ -733,14 +950,6 @@ Available filters are:
Show only first field (going by ``--field-dominance``).
bob
bob deinterlacing (default).
weave, motion-adaptive, motion-compensated
Advanced deinterlacing algorithms. Whether these actually work
depends on the GPU hardware, the GPU drivers, driver bugs, and
mpv bugs.
``<interlaced-only>``
:no: Deinterlace all frames.
:yes: Only deinterlace frames marked as interlaced (default).
``vdpaupp``
VDPAU video post processing. Works with ``--vo=vdpau`` and ``--vo=opengl``
@@ -786,21 +995,12 @@ Available filters are:
``pullup``
Try to apply inverse telecine, needs motion adaptive temporal
deinterlacing.
``interlaced-only=<yes|no>``
If ``yes`` (default), only deinterlace frames marked as interlaced.
``hqscaling=<0-9>``
0
Use default VDPAU scaling (default).
1-9
Apply high quality VDPAU scaling (needs capable hardware).
``vdpaurb``
VDPAU video read back. Works with ``--vo=vdpau`` and ``--vo=opengl`` only.
This filter will read back frames decoded by VDPAU so that other filters,
which are not normally compatible with VDPAU, can be used like normal.
This filter must be specified before ``vdpaupp`` in the filter chain if
``vdpaupp`` is used.
``buffer=<num>``
Buffer ``<num>`` frames in the filter chain. This filter is probably pretty
useless, except for debugging. (Note that this won't help smoothing out
+344 -487
View File
@@ -20,10 +20,13 @@ normal driver parameters.
See ``--vo=help`` for a list of compiled-in video output drivers.
The recommended output driver is ``--vo=opengl-hq``. All other drivers are
for compatibility or special purposes. By default, ``--vo=opengl`` is used,
but if that appears not to work, it fallback to other drivers (in the same
order as listed by ``--vo=help``).
The recommended output drivers are ``--vo=vdpau`` and ``--vo=opengl-hq``.
All other drivers are just for compatibility or special purposes.
.. admonition:: Example
``--vo=opengl,xv,``
Try the ``opengl`` driver, then the ``xv`` driver, then others.
Available video output drivers are:
@@ -66,12 +69,6 @@ Available video output drivers are:
``no-colorkey``
Disables color-keying.
``buffers=<number>``
Number of image buffers to use for the internal ringbuffer (default: 2).
Increasing this will use more memory, but might help with the X server
not responding quickly enough if video FPS is close to or higher than
the display refresh rate.
``x11`` (X11 only)
Shared memory video output driver without hardware acceleration that works
whenever X11 is present.
@@ -281,158 +278,120 @@ Available video output drivers are:
``opengl-hq`` to use this driver with defaults set to high quality
rendering.
Requires at least OpenGL 2.1.
Requires at least OpenGL 2.1 and the ``GL_ARB_texture_rg`` extension. For
older drivers, ``opengl-old`` may work.
Some features are available with OpenGL 3 capable graphics drivers only
(or if the necessary extensions are available).
OpenGL ES 2.0 and 3.0 are supported as well.
Hardware decoding over OpenGL-interop is supported to some degree. Note
that in this mode, some corner case might not be gracefully handled, and
color space conversion and chroma upsampling is generally in the hand of
the hardware decoder APIs.
``opengl`` makes use of FBOs by default. Sometimes you can achieve better
quality or performance by changing the ``fbo-format`` suboption to
``rgb16f``, ``rgb32f`` or ``rgb``. Known problems include Mesa/Intel not
accepting ``rgb16``, Mesa sometimes not being compiled with float texture
support, and some OS X setups being very slow with ``rgb16`` but fast
with ``rgb32f``. If you have problems, you can also try passing the
``dumb-mode=yes`` sub-option.
``dumb-mode=<yes|no>``
This mode is extremely restricted, and will disable most extended
OpenGL features. This includes high quality scalers and custom
shaders!
It is intended for hardware that does not support FBOs (including GLES,
which supports it insufficiently), or to get some more performance out
of bad or old hardware.
This mode is forced automatically if needed, and this option is mostly
useful for debugging.
``scale=<filter>``
``lscale=<filter>``
``bilinear``
Bilinear hardware texture filtering (fastest, very low quality).
This is the default for compatibility reasons.
Bilinear hardware texture filtering (fastest, mid-quality).
This is the default.
``spline36``
Mid quality and speed. This is the default when using ``opengl-hq``.
``lanczos2``
Lanczos scaling with radius=2. Provides good quality and speed.
``lanczos3``
Lanczos with radius=3.
``lanczos``
Lanczos scaling. Provides mid quality and speed. Generally worse
than ``spline36``, but it results in a slightly sharper image
which is good for some content types. The number of taps can be
controlled with ``scale-radius``, but is best left unchanged.
Generic Lanczos scaling filter. Set radius with ``lradius``.
This filter corresponds to the old ``lanczos3`` alias if the default
radius is used, while ``lanczos2`` corresponds to a radius of 2.
``spline36``
This is the default when using ``opengl-hq``.
(This filter is an alias for ``sinc``-windowed ``sinc``)
``bicubic_fast``
Bicubic filter. Has a blurring effect on the image, even if no
scaling is done.
``ewa_lanczos``
Elliptic weighted average Lanczos scaling. Also known as Jinc.
Relatively slow, but very good quality. The radius can be
controlled with ``scale-radius``. Increasing the radius makes the
filter sharper but adds more ringing.
``sharpen3``
Unsharp masking (sharpening) with radius=3 and a default strength
of 0.5 (see ``lparam1``).
(This filter is an alias for ``jinc``-windowed ``jinc``)
``ewa_lanczossharp``
A slightly sharpened version of ewa_lanczos, preconfigured to use
an ideal radius and parameter. If your hardware can run it, this is
probably what you should use by default.
``sharpen5``
Unsharp masking (sharpening) with radius=5 and a default strength
of 0.5 (see ``lparam1``).
``mitchell``
Mitchell-Netravali. The ``B`` and ``C`` parameters can be set with
``scale-param1`` and ``scale-param2``. This filter is very good at
downscaling (see ``dscale``).
Mitchell-Netravali. The ``b`` and ``c`` parameters can be set with
``lparam1`` and ``lparam2``. Both are set to 1/3 by default.
``oversample``
A version of nearest neighbour that (naively) oversamples pixels,
so that pixels overlapping edges get linearly interpolated instead
of rounded. This essentially removes the small imperfections and
judder artifacts caused by nearest-neighbour interpolation, in
exchange for adding some blur. This filter is good at temporal
interpolation, and also known as "smoothmotion" (see ``tscale``).
``gaussian``
Gaussian filter with a parameter ``p`` for sharpness control.
``p`` can be set to float number between 1(blurry) and 100(sharp)
and has a default value of about 28.8 (see ``lparam1``).
``custom``
A user-defined custom shader (see ``scale-shader``).
Note that for extremely small value of ``p``, a large filter radius
might be required to avoid unintended artifacts (see ``lradius``).
There are some more filters, but most are not as useful. For a complete
list, pass ``help`` as value, e.g.::
mpv --vo=opengl:scale=help
There are some more filters. For a complete list, pass ``help`` as
value, e.g.::
``scale-param1=<value>``, ``scale-param2=<value>``
Set filter parameters. Ignored if the filter is not tunable.
Currently, this affects the following filter parameters:
mpv --vo=opengl:lscale=help
bcspline
Spline parameters (``B`` and ``C``). Defaults to 0.5 for both.
``lparam1=<value>``
Set filter parameters. Ignored if the filter is not tunable. These are
unset by default, and use the filter specific default if applicable.
gaussian
Scale parameter (``t``). Increasing this makes the result blurrier.
Defaults to 1.
``lparam2=<value>``
See ``lparam1``.
oversample
Minimum distance to an edge before interpolation is used. Setting
this to 0 will always interpolate edges, whereas setting it to 0.5
will never interpolate, thus behaving as if the regular nearest
neighbour algorithm was used. Defaults to 0.0.
``lradius=<r>``
Set radius for filters listed below, must be a float number between 1.0
and 8.0. Defaults to be 2.0 if not specified.
``scale-blur=<value>``
Kernel scaling factor (also known as a blur factor). Decreasing this
makes the result sharper, increasing it makes it blurrier (default 0).
If set to 0, the kernel's preferred blur factor is used. Note that
setting this too low (eg. 0.5) leads to bad results. It's generally
recommended to stick to values between 0.8 and 1.2.
``scale-radius=<value>``
Set radius for filters listed below, must be a float number between 0.5
and 16.0. Defaults to the filter's preferred radius if not specified.
``sinc`` and derivatives, ``jinc`` and derivatives, ``gaussian``, ``box`` and ``triangle``
``sinc``, ``lanczos``, ``blackman``, ``gaussian``
Note that depending on filter implementation details and video scaling
ratio, the radius that actually being used might be different
(most likely being increased a bit).
``scale-antiring=<value>``
Set the antiringing strength. This tries to eliminate ringing, but can
introduce other artifacts in the process. Must be a float number
between 0.0 and 1.0. The default value of 0.0 disables antiringing
entirely.
Note that this doesn't affect the special filters ``bilinear`` and
``bicubic_fast``.
``scale-window=<window>``
(Advanced users only) Choose a custom windowing function for the kernel.
Defaults to the filter's preferred window if unset. Use
``scale-window=help`` to get a list of supported windowing functions.
``scale-wparam=<window>``
(Advanced users only) Configure the parameter for the window function
given by ``scale-window``. Ignored if the window is not tunable.
Currently, this affects the following window parameters:
kaiser
Window parameter (alpha). Defaults to 6.33.
blackman
Window parameter (alpha). Defaults to 0.16.
gaussian
Scale parameter (t). Increasing this makes the window wider.
Defaults to 1.
``scaler-resizes-only``
Disable the scaler if the video image is not resized. In that case,
``bilinear`` is used instead whatever is set with ``scale``. Bilinear
``bilinear`` is used instead whatever is set with ``lscale``. Bilinear
will reproduce the source image perfectly if no scaling is performed.
Note that this option never affects ``cscale``.
Note that this option never affects ``cscale``, although the different
processing chain might do chroma scaling differently if ``lscale`` is
disabled.
``stereo=<value>``
Select a method for stereo display. You may have to use
``--video-aspect`` to fix the aspect value. Experimental, do not expect
too much from it.
no
Normal 2D display
red-cyan
Convert side by side input to full-color red-cyan stereo.
green-magenta
Convert side by side input to full-color green-magenta stereo.
quadbuffer
Convert side by side input to quad buffered stereo. Only supported
by very few OpenGL cards.
``srgb``
Convert and color correct the output to sRGB before displaying it on
the screen. This option enables linear light scaling. It also forces
the options ``indirect`` and ``gamma``.
This option is equivalent to using ``icc-profile`` with an sRGB ICC
profile, but it is implemented without a 3DLUT and does not require
LittleCMS 2. If both ``srgb`` and ``icc-profile`` are present, the
latter takes precedence, as they are somewhat redundant.
Note: When playing back BT.2020 content with this option enabled, out
of gamut colors will be numerically clipped, which can potentially
change the hue and/or luminance. If this is not desired, it is
recommended to use ``icc-profile`` with an sRGB ICC profile instead,
when playing back wide-gamut BT.2020 content.
``pbo``
Enable use of PBOs. This is slightly faster, but can sometimes lead to
@@ -464,8 +423,7 @@ Available video output drivers are:
Used in ``dither=fruit`` mode only.
``dither=<fruit|ordered|no>``
Select dithering algorithm (default: fruit). (Normally, the
``dither-depth`` option controls whether dithering is enabled.)
Select dithering algorithm (default: fruit).
``temporal-dither``
Enable temporal dithering. (Only active if dithering is enabled in
@@ -474,210 +432,58 @@ Available video output drivers are:
Unfortunately, this can lead to flicker on LCD displays, since these
have a high reaction time.
``temporal-dither-period=<1-128>``
Determines how often the dithering pattern is updated when
``temporal-dither`` is in use. 1 (the default) will update on every
video frame, 2 on every other frame, etc.
``debug``
Check for OpenGL errors, i.e. call ``glGetError()``. Also request a
debug OpenGL context (which does nothing with current graphics drivers
as of this writing).
``interpolation``
Reduce stuttering caused by mismatches in the video fps and display
refresh rate (also known as judder).
This essentially attempts to interpolate the missing frames by
convoluting the video along the temporal axis. The filter used can be
controlled using the ``tscale`` setting.
Note that this relies on vsync to work, see ``swapinterval`` for more
information.
``swapinterval=<n>``
Interval in displayed frames between two buffer swaps.
1 is equivalent to enable VSYNC, 0 to disable VSYNC. Defaults to 1 if
not specified.
1 is equivalent to enable VSYNC, 0 to disable VSYNC.
Note that this depends on proper OpenGL vsync support. On some platforms
and drivers, this only works reliably when in fullscreen mode. It may
also require driver-specific hacks if using multiple monitors, to
ensure mpv syncs to the right one. Compositing window managers can
also lead to bad results, as can missing or incorrect display FPS
information (see ``--display-fps``).
``dscale=<filter>``
Like ``scale``, but apply these filters on downscaling instead. If this
option is unset, the filter implied by ``scale`` will be applied.
``no-scale-sep``
When using a separable scale filter for luma, usually two filter
passes are done. This is often faster. However, it forces
conversion to RGB in an extra pass, so it can actually be slower
if used with fast filters on small screen resolutions. Using
this options will make rendering a single operation.
Note that chroma scalers are always done as 1-pass filters.
``cscale=<filter>``
As ``scale``, but for interpolating chroma information. If the image
is not subsampled, this option is ignored entirely.
As ``lscale``, but for chroma (2x slower with little visible effect).
Note that with some scaling filters, upscaling is always done in
RGB. If chroma is not subsampled, this option is ignored, and the
luma scaler is used instead. Setting this option is often useless.
``tscale=<filter>``
The filter used for interpolating the temporal axis (frames). This is
only used if ``interpolation`` is enabled. The only valid choices
for ``tscale`` are separable convolution filters (use ``tscale=help``
to get a list). The default is ``oversample``.
``lscale-down=<filter>``, ``cscale-down=<filter>``
Like ``lscale`` and ``cscale``, but apply these filters on downscaling
instead. If these options are unset, the filter implied by ``lscale``
(and ``cscale``, respectively) will be applied.
Note that the maximum supported filter radius is currently 3, due to
limitations in the number of video textures that can be loaded
simultaneously.
``cparam1``, ``cparam2``, ``cradius``
Set filter parameters and radius for ``cscale``.
``tscale-clamp``
Clamp the ``tscale`` filter kernel's value range to [0-1]. This reduces
excessive ringing artifacts in the temporal domain (which typically
manifest themselves as short flashes or fringes of black, mostly
around moving edges) in exchange for potentially adding more blur.
``dscale-radius``, ``cscale-radius``, ``tscale-radius``, etc.
Set filter parameters for ``dscale``, ``cscale`` and ``tscale``,
respectively.
See the corresponding options for ``scale``.
``linear-scaling``
Scale in linear light. It should only be used with a ``fbo-format``
that has at least 16 bit precision.
See ``lparam1``, ``lparam2`` and ``lradius``.
``fancy-downscaling``
When using convolution based filters, extend the filter size
when downscaling. Trades quality for reduced downscaling performance.
This is automatically disabled for anamorphic video, because this
feature doesn't work correctly with different scale factors in
different directions.
``pre-shaders=<files>``, ``post-shaders=<files>``, ``scale-shader=<file>``
Custom GLSL fragment shaders.
pre-shaders (list)
These get applied after conversion to RGB and before linearization
and upscaling. Operates on non-linear RGB (same as input). This is
the best place to put things like sharpen filters.
scale-shader
This gets used instead of scale/cscale when those options are set
to ``custom``. The colorspace it operates on depends on the values
of ``linear-scaling`` and ``sigmoid-upscaling``, so no assumptions
should be made here.
post-shaders (list)
These get applied after upscaling and subtitle blending (when
``blend-subtitles`` is enabled), but before color management.
Operates on linear RGB if ``linear-scaling`` is in effect,
otherwise non-linear RGB. This is the best place for colorspace
transformations (eg. saturation mapping).
These files must define a function with the following signature::
vec4 sample(sampler2D tex, vec2 pos, vec2 tex_size)
The meanings of the parameters are as follows:
sampler2D tex
The source texture for the shader.
vec2 pos
The position to be sampled, in coordinate space [0-1].
vec2 tex_size
The size of the texture, in pixels. This may differ from image_size,
eg. for subsampled content or for post-shaders.
In addition to these parameters, the following uniforms are also
globally available:
float random
A random number in the range [0-1], different per frame.
int frame
A simple count of frames rendered, increases by one per frame and
never resets (regardless of seeks).
vec2 image_size
The size in pixels of the input image.
For example, a shader that inverts the colors could look like this::
vec4 sample(sampler2D tex, vec2 pos, vec2 tex_size)
{
vec4 color = texture(tex, pos);
return vec4(1.0 - color.rgb, color.a);
}
``deband``
Enable the debanding algorithm. This greatly reduces the amount of
visible banding, blocking and other quantization artifacts, at the
expensive of very slightly blurring some of the finest details. In
practice, it's virtually always an improvement - the only reason to
disable it would be for performance.
``deband-iterations=<1..16>``
The number of debanding steps to perform per sample. Each step reduces
a bit more banding, but takes time to compute. Note that the strength
of each step falls off very quickly, so high numbers (>4) are
practically useless. (Default 1)
``deband-threshold=<0..4096>``
The debanding filter's cut-off threshold. Higher numbers increase the
debanding strength dramatically but progressively diminish image
details. (Default 64)
``deband-range=<1..64>``
The debanding filter's initial radius. The radius increases linearly
for each iteration. A higher radius will find more gradients, but
a lower radius will smooth more aggressively. (Default 16)
If you increase the ``deband-iterations``, you should probably
decrease this to compensate.
``deband-grain=<0..4096>``
Add some extra noise to the image. This significantly helps cover up
remaining quantization artifacts. Higher numbers add more noise.
(Default 48)
``sigmoid-upscaling``
When upscaling, use a sigmoidal color transform to avoid emphasizing
ringing artifacts. This also implies ``linear-scaling``.
``sigmoid-center``
The center of the sigmoid curve used for ``sigmoid-upscaling``, must
be a float between 0.0 and 1.0. Defaults to 0.75 if not specified.
``sigmoid-slope``
The slope of the sigmoid curve used for ``sigmoid-upscaling``, must
be a float between 1.0 and 20.0. Defaults to 6.5 if not specified.
``sharpen=<value>``
If set to a value other than 0, enable an unsharp masking filter.
Positive values will sharpen the image (but add more ringing and
aliasing). Negative values will blur the image. If your GPU is powerful
enough, consider alternatives like the ``ewa_lanczossharp`` scale
filter, or the ``scale-blur`` sub-option.
(This feature is the replacement for the old ``sharpen3`` and
``sharpen5`` scalers.)
``no-npot``
Force use of power-of-2 texture sizes. For debugging only.
Borders will be distorted due to filtering.
``glfinish``
Call ``glFinish()`` before and after swapping buffers (default: disabled).
Slower, but might help getting better results when doing framedropping.
Can completely ruin performance. The details depend entirely on the
OpenGL driver.
The details depend entirely on the OpenGL driver.
``waitvsync``
Call ``glXWaitVideoSyncSGI`` after each buffer swap (default: disabled).
This may or may not help with video timing accuracy and frame drop. It's
possible that this makes video output slower, or has no effect at all.
X11/GLX only.
``dwmflush=<no|windowed|yes>``
Calls ``DwmFlush`` after swapping buffers on Windows (default: no).
It also sets ``SwapInterval(0)`` to ignore the OpenGL timing. Values
are: no (disabled), windowed (only in windowed mode), yes (also in
full screen).
This may help getting more consistent frame intervals, especially with
high-fps clips - which might also reduce dropped frames. Typically a
value of ``windowed`` should be enough since full screen may bypass the
DWM.
Windows only.
X11 only.
``sw``
Continue even if a software renderer is detected.
@@ -697,111 +503,55 @@ Available video output drivers are:
X11/GLX
wayland
Wayland/EGL
x11egl
X11/EGL
``es``
Force or prefer GLES2/3 over desktop OpenGL, if supported.
``indirect``
Do YUV conversion and scaling as separate passes. This will first render
the video into a video-sized RGB texture, and draw the result on screen.
The luma scaler is used to scale the RGB image when rendering to screen.
The chroma scaler is used only on YUV conversion, and only if the video
is chroma-subsampled (usually the case).
This mechanism is disabled on RGB input.
Specifying this option directly is generally useful for debugging only.
``fbo-format=<fmt>``
Selects the internal format of textures used for FBOs. The format can
influence performance and quality of the video output.
influence performance and quality of the video output. (FBOs are not
always used, and typically only when using extended scalers.)
``fmt`` can be one of: rgb, rgba, rgb8, rgb10, rgb10_a2, rgb16, rgb16f,
rgb32f, rgba12, rgba16, rgba16f, rgba32f.
Default: rgba16.
Default: rgb.
``gamma=<0.1..2.0>``
Set a gamma value (default: 1.0). If gamma is adjusted in other ways
(like with the ``--gamma`` option or key bindings and the ``gamma``
property), the value is multiplied with the other gamma value.
``gamma=<0.0..10.0>``
Set a gamma value. If gamma is adjusted in other ways (like with
the ``--gamma`` option or key bindings and the ``gamma`` property), the
value is multiplied with the other gamma value.
Recommended values based on the environmental brightness:
1.0
Brightly illuminated (default)
0.9
Slightly dim
0.8
Pitch black room
``gamma-auto``
Automatically corrects the gamma value depending on ambient lighting
conditions (adding a gamma boost for dark rooms).
With ambient illuminance of 64lux, mpv will pick the 1.0 gamma value
(no boost), and slightly increase the boost up until 0.8 for 16lux.
NOTE: Only implemented on OS X.
``target-prim=<value>``
Specifies the primaries of the display. Video colors will be adapted
to this colorspace if necessary. Valid values are:
auto
Disable any adaptation (default)
bt.470m
ITU-R BT.470 M
bt.601-525
ITU-R BT.601 (525-line SD systems, eg. NTSC), SMPTE 170M/240M
bt.601-625
ITU-R BT.601 (625-line SD systems, eg. PAL/SECAM), ITU-R BT.470 B/G
bt.709
ITU-R BT.709 (HD), IEC 61966-2-4 (sRGB), SMPTE RP177 Annex B
bt.2020
ITU-R BT.2020 (UHD)
apple
Apple RGB
adobe
Adobe RGB (1998)
prophoto
ProPhoto RGB (ROMM)
cie1931
CIE 1931 RGB (not to be confused with CIE XYZ)
``target-trc=<value>``
Specifies the transfer characteristics (gamma) of the display. Video
colors will be adjusted to this curve. Valid values are:
auto
Disable any adaptation (default)
bt.1886
ITU-R BT.1886 curve, without the brightness drop (approx. 1.961)
srgb
IEC 61966-2-4 (sRGB)
linear
Linear light output
gamma1.8
Pure power curve (gamma 1.8), also used for Apple RGB
gamma2.2
Pure power curve (gamma 2.2)
gamma2.8
Pure power curve (gamma 2.8), also used for BT.470-BG
prophoto
ProPhoto RGB (ROMM)
Setting this value to 1.0 can be used to always enable gamma control.
(Disables delayed enabling.)
``icc-profile=<file>``
Load an ICC profile and use it to transform linear RGB to screen output.
Needs LittleCMS 2 support compiled in. This option overrides the
``target-prim``, ``target-trc`` and ``icc-profile-auto`` options.
Needs LittleCMS 2 support compiled in. This option overrides the ``srgb``
property, as using both is somewhat redundant. It also enables linear
light scaling.
``icc-profile-auto``
Automatically select the ICC display profile currently specified by
the display settings of the operating system.
NOTE: Only implemented on OS X and X11
NOTE: Only implemented on OS X with Cocoa.
``icc-cache-dir=<dirname>``
Store and load the 3D LUTs created from the ICC profile in this directory.
``icc-cache=<file>``
Store and load the 3D LUT created from the ICC profile in this file.
This can be used to speed up loading, since LittleCMS 2 can take a while
to create a 3D LUT. Note that these files contain uncompressed LUTs.
Their size depends on the ``3dlut-size``, and can be very big.
NOTE: This is not cleaned automatically, so old, unused cache files
may stick around indefinitely.
to create the 3D LUT. Note that this file contains an uncompressed LUT.
Its size depends on the ``3dlut-size``, and can be very big.
``icc-intent=<value>``
Specifies the ICC intent used for the color transformation (when using
``icc-profile``).
Specifies the ICC Intent used for transformations between color spaces.
This affects the rendering when using ``icc-profile`` or ``srgb`` and
also affects the way DCP XYZ content gets converted to RGB.
0
perceptual
@@ -812,33 +562,21 @@ Available video output drivers are:
3
absolute colorimetric
``approx-gamma``
Approximate the actual gamma function as a pure power curve of
1.95. A number of video editing programs and studios apparently use this
for mastering instead of the true curve. Most notably, anything in the
Apple ecosystem uses this approximation - including all programs
compatible with it. It's a sound idea to try enabling this flag first
when watching videos and shows to see if things look better that way.
This only affects the output when using either ``icc-profile`` or ``srgb``.
``3dlut-size=<r>x<g>x<b>``
Size of the 3D LUT generated from the ICC profile in each dimension.
Default is 128x256x64.
Sizes must be a power of two, and 512 at most.
``blend-subtitles=<yes|video|no>``
Blend subtitles directly onto upscaled video frames, before
interpolation and/or color management (default: no). Enabling this
causes subtitles to be affected by ``icc-profile``, ``target-prim``,
``target-trc``, ``interpolation``, ``gamma`` and ``post-shader``. It
also increases subtitle performance when using ``interpolation``.
The downside of enabling this is that it restricts subtitles to the
visible portion of the video, so you can't have subtitles exist in the
black margins below a video (for example).
If ``video`` is selected, the behavior is similar to ``yes``, but subs
are drawn at the video's native resolution, and scaled along with the
video.
.. warning:: This changes the way subtitle colors are handled. Normally,
subtitle colors are assumed to be in sRGB and color managed
as such. Enabling this makes them treated as being in the
video's color space instead. This is good if you want
things like softsubbed ASS signs to match the video colors,
but may cause SRT subtitles or similar to look slightly off.
``alpha=<blend|yes|no>``
Decides what to do if the input has an alpha component (default: blend).
@@ -849,30 +587,219 @@ Available video output drivers are:
if the video contains alpha information (which is extremely rare). May
not be supported on all platforms. If alpha framebuffers are
unavailable, it silently falls back on a normal framebuffer. Note
that if you set the ``fbo-format`` option to a non-default value,
a format with alpha must be specified, or this won't work.
that when using FBO indirections (such as with ``opengl-hq``), an FBO
format with alpha must be specified with the ``fbo-format`` option.
no
Ignore alpha component.
``chroma-location=<auto|center|left>``
Set the YUV chroma sample location. auto means use the bitstream
flags (default: auto).
``rectangle-textures``
Force use of rectangle textures (default: no). Normally this shouldn't
have any advantages over normal textures. Note that hardware decoding
overrides this flag.
``background=<color>``
Color used to draw parts of the mpv window not covered by video.
See ``--osd-color`` option how colors are defined.
``opengl-hq``
Same as ``opengl``, but with default settings for high quality rendering.
This is equivalent to::
--vo=opengl:scale=spline36:cscale=spline36:dscale=mitchell:dither-depth=auto:fancy-downscaling:sigmoid-upscaling:pbo:deband
--vo=opengl:lscale=spline36:dither-depth=auto:fbo-format=rgba16
Note that some cheaper LCDs do dithering that gravely interferes with
``opengl``'s dithering. Disabling dithering with ``dither-depth=no`` helps.
Unlike ``opengl``, ``opengl-hq`` makes use of FBOs by default. Sometimes you
can achieve better quality or performance by changing the ``fbo-format``
suboption to ``rgb16f``, ``rgb32f`` or ``rgb``. Known problems include
Mesa/Intel not accepting ``rgb16``, Mesa sometimes not being compiled with
float texture support, and some OS X setups being very slow with ``rgb16``
but fast with ``rgb32f``.
``opengl-old``
OpenGL video output driver, old version. Video size must be smaller
than the maximum texture size of your OpenGL implementation. Intended to
work even with the most basic OpenGL implementations, but also makes use
of newer extensions which allow support for more color spaces.
The code performs very few checks, so if a feature does not work, this
might be because it is not supported by your card and/or OpenGL
implementation, even if you do not get any error message. Use ``glxinfo``
or a similar tool to display the supported OpenGL extensions.
.. note:: This driver is for compatibility with old systems.
``(no-)ati-hack``
ATI drivers may give a corrupted image when PBOs are used (when using
``force-pbo``). This option fixes this, at the expense of using a bit
more memory.
``(no-)force-pbo``
Always uses PBOs to transfer textures even if this involves an extra
copy. Currently this gives a little extra speed with NVIDIA drivers
and a lot more speed with ATI drivers. May need the ``ati-hack``
suboption to work correctly.
``(no-)scaled-osd``
Scales the OSD and subtitles instead of rendering them at display size
(default: disabled).
``rectangle=<0,1,2>``
Select usage of rectangular textures, which saves video RAM, but often
is slower (default: 0).
0
Use power-of-two textures (default).
1
Use the ``GL_ARB_texture_rectangle`` extension.
2
Use the ``GL_ARB_texture_non_power_of_two`` extension. In some
cases only supported in software and thus very slow.
``swapinterval=<n>``
Minimum interval between two buffer swaps, counted in displayed frames
(default: 1). 1 is equivalent to enabling VSYNC, 0 to disabling VSYNC.
Values below 0 will leave it at the system default. This limits the
framerate to (horizontal refresh rate / n). Requires
``GLX_SGI_swap_control`` support to work. With some (most/all?)
implementations this only works in fullscreen mode.
``ycbcr``
Use the ``GL_MESA_ycbcr_texture`` extension to convert YUV to RGB. In
most cases this is probably slower than doing software conversion to
RGB.
``yuv=<n>``
Select the type of YUV to RGB conversion. The default is
auto-detection deciding between values 0 and 2.
0
Use software conversion. Compatible with all OpenGL versions.
Provides brightness, contrast and saturation control.
1
Same as 2. This used to use NVIDIA-specific extensions, which
did not provide any advantages over using fragment programs, except
possibly on very ancient graphics cards. It produced a gray-ish
output, which is why it has been removed.
2
Use a fragment program. Needs the ``GL_ARB_fragment_program``
extension and at least three texture units. Provides brightness,
contrast, saturation and hue control.
3
Use a fragment program using the ``POW`` instruction. Needs the
``GL_ARB_fragment_program`` extension and at least three texture
units. Provides brightness, contrast, saturation, hue and gamma
control. Gamma can also be set independently for red, green and
blue. Method 4 is usually faster.
4
Use a fragment program with additional lookup. Needs the
``GL_ARB_fragment_program`` extension and at least four texture
units. Provides brightness, contrast, saturation, hue and gamma
control. Gamma can also be set independently for red, green and
blue.
5
Use ATI-specific method (for older cards). This uses an
ATI-specific extension (``GL_ATI_fragment_shader`` - not
``GL_ARB_fragment_shader``!). At least three texture units are
needed. Provides saturation and hue control. This method is fast
but inexact.
6
Use a 3D texture to do conversion via lookup. Needs the
``GL_ARB_fragment_program extension`` and at least four texture
units. Extremely slow (software emulation) on some (all?) ATI
cards since it uses a texture with border pixels. Provides
brightness, contrast, saturation, hue and gamma control. Gamma can
also be set independently for red, green and blue. Speed depends
more on GPU memory bandwidth than other methods.
``lscale=<n>``
Select the scaling function to use for luminance scaling. Only valid
for yuv modes 2, 3, 4 and 6.
0
Use simple linear filtering (default).
1
Use bicubic B-spline filtering (better quality). Needs one
additional texture unit. Older cards will not be able to handle
this for chroma at least in fullscreen mode.
2
Use cubic filtering in horizontal, linear filtering in vertical
direction. Works on a few more cards than method 1.
3
Same as 1 but does not use a lookup texture. Might be faster on
some cards.
4
Use experimental unsharp masking with 3x3 support and a default
strength of 0.5 (see ``filter-strength``).
5
Use experimental unsharp masking with 5x5 support and a default
strength of 0.5 (see ``filter-strength``).
``cscale=<n>``
Select the scaling function to use for chrominance scaling. For
details see ``lscale``.
``filter-strength=<value>``
Set the effect strength for the ``lscale``/``cscale`` filters that
support it.
``stereo=<value>``
Select a method for stereo display. You may have to use
``--video-aspect`` to fix the aspect value. Experimental, do not expect
too much from it.
0
Normal 2D display
1
Convert side by side input to full-color red-cyan stereo.
2
Convert side by side input to full-color green-magenta stereo.
3
Convert side by side input to quad buffered stereo. Only supported
by very few OpenGL cards.
The following options are only useful if writing your own fragment programs.
``customprog=<filename>``
Load a custom fragment program from ``<filename>``.
``customtex=<filename>``
Load a custom "gamma ramp" texture from ``<filename>``. This can be used
in combination with ``yuv=4`` or with the ``customprog`` option.
``(no-)customtlin``
If enabled (default) use ``GL_LINEAR`` interpolation, otherwise use
``GL_NEAREST`` for customtex texture.
``(no-)customtrect``
If enabled, use ``texture_rectangle`` for the ``customtex`` texture.
Default is disabled.
``(no-)mipmapgen``
If enabled, mipmaps for the video are automatically generated. This
should be useful together with the ``customprog`` and the ``TXB``
instruction to implement blur filters with a large radius. For most
OpenGL implementations, this is very slow for any non-RGB formats.
Default is disabled.
Normally there is no reason to use the following options; they mostly
exist for testing purposes.
``(no-)glfinish``
Call ``glFinish()`` before swapping buffers. Slower but in some cases
more correct output (default: disabled).
``(no-)manyfmts``
Enables support for more (RGB and BGR) color formats (default: enabled).
Needs OpenGL version >= 1.2.
``slice-height=<0-...>``
Number of lines copied to texture in one piece (default: 0). 0 for
whole image.
``sw``
Continue even if a software renderer is detected.
``backend=<sys>``
auto
auto-select (default)
cocoa
Cocoa/OS X
win
Win32/WGL
x11
X11/GLX
wayland
Wayland/EGL
``sdl``
SDL 2.0+ Render video output driver, depending on system with or without
hardware acceleration. Should work on all platforms supported by SDL 2.0.
@@ -933,12 +860,6 @@ Available video output drivers are:
``null``
Produces no video output. Useful for benchmarking.
Usually, it's better to disable video with ``--no-video`` instead.
``fps=<value>``
Simulate display FPS. This artificially limits how many frames the
VO accepts per second.
``caca``
Color ASCII art video output driver that works on a text console.
@@ -1003,67 +924,3 @@ Available video output drivers are:
Use 3 buffers instead of 2. This can lead to more fluid playback, but
uses more memory.
``opengl-cb``
For use with libmpv direct OpenGL embedding; useless in any other contexts.
(See ``<mpv/opengl_cb.h>``.)
Usually, ``opengl-cb`` renders frames asynchronously by client and this
can cause some frame drops. In order to provide a way to handle this
situation, ``opengl-cb`` has its own frame queue and calls update callback
more frequently if the queue is not empty regardless of existence of new frame.
Once the queue is filled, ``opengl-cb`` drops frames automatically.
With default options, ``opengl-cb`` renders only the latest frame and drops
all frames handed over while waiting render function after update callback.
``frame-queue-size=<1..100>``
The maximum count of frames which the frame queue can hold (default: 1)
``frame-drop-mode=<pop|clear|block>``
Select the behavior when the frame queue is full.
pop
Drop the oldest frame in the frame queue.
clear
Drop all frames in the frame queue.
block
Wait for a short time, behave like ``clear`` on timeout. (default)
This also supports many of the suboptions the ``opengl`` VO has. Run
``mpv --vo=opengl-cb:help`` for a list.
This also supports the ``vo_cmdline`` command.
``rpi`` (Raspberry Pi)
Native video output on the Raspberry Pi using the MMAL API.
``display=<number>``
Select the display number on which the video overlay should be shown
(default: 0).
``layer=<number>``
Select the dispmanx layer on which the video overlay should be shown
(default: -10). Note that mpv will also use the 2 layers above the
selected layer, to handle the window background and OSD. Actual video
rendering will happen on the layer above the selected layer.
``background=<yes|no>``
Whether to render a black background behind the video (default: no).
Normally it's better to kill the console framebuffer instead, which
gives better performance.
``drm`` (Direct Rendering Manager)
Video output driver using Kernel Mode Setting / Direct Rendering Manager.
Does not support hardware acceleration. Should be used when one doesn't
want to install full-blown graphical environment (e.g. no X).
``connector=<number>``
Select the connector to use (usually this is a monitor.) If set to -1,
mpv renders the output on the first available connector. (default: -1)
``devpath=<filename>``
Path to graphic card device.
(default: /dev/dri/card0)
``mode=<number>``
Mode ID to use (resolution, bit depth and frame rate).
(default: 0)
-451
View File
@@ -1,451 +0,0 @@
CHANGES FROM OTHER VERSIONS OF MPLAYER
======================================
**mpv** is based on mplayer2, which in turn is based on the original MPlayer
(also called mplayer, mplayer-svn, mplayer1). Many changes have been made, a
large part of which is incompatible or completely changes how the player
behaves. Although there are still many similarities to its ancestors, **mpv**
should generally be treated as a completely different program.
.. note::
These lists are incomplete.
General Changes from MPlayer to mpv
-----------------------------------
This listing is about changes introduced by mplayer2 and mpv relatively to
MPlayer.
Player
~~~~~~
* New name for the binary (``mpv``). New location for config files (either
``~/.config/mpv/mpv.conf``, or if you want, ``~/.mpv/config``).
* Encoding functionality (replacement for MEncoder, see the `ENCODING`_ section).
* Support for Lua scripting (see the `LUA SCRIPTING`_ section).
* Better pause handling (e.g. do not unpause on a command).
* Precise seeking support.
* Improvements in audio/video sync handling.
* Do not lose settings when playing a new file in the same player instance.
* Slave mode compatibility broken (see below).
* Re-enable screensaver while the player is paused.
* Allow resuming playback at a later point with ``Shift+q``, also see the
``quit_watch_later`` input command.
* ``--keep-open`` option to stop the player from closing the window and
exiting after playback ends.
* A client API, that allows embedding **mpv** into applications
(see ``libmpv/client.h`` in the sources).
Input
~~~~~
* Improved default keybindings. MPlayer bindings are also available (see
``etc/mplayer-input.conf`` in the source tree).
* Improved responsiveness on user input.
* Support for modifier keys (alt, shift, ctrl) in input.conf.
* Allow customizing whether a key binding for seeking shows the video time, the
OSD bar, or nothing (see the `Input Command Prefixes`_ section).
* Support mapping multiple commands to one key.
* Classic LIRC support was removed. Install remotes as input devices instead.
This way they will send X11 key events to the mpv window, which can be bound
using the normal ``input.conf``.
Also see: http://github.com/mpv-player/mpv/wiki/IR-remotes
* Joystick support was removed. It was considered useless and was the cause
of some problems (e.g. a laptop's accelerator being recognized as joystick).
* Support for relative seeking by percentage.
Audio
~~~~~
* Support for gapless audio (see the ``--gapless-audio`` option).
* Support for OSS4 volume control.
* Improved support for PulseAudio.
* Make ``--softvol`` default (**mpv** is not a mixer control panel).
* By default, do pitch correction if playback speed is increased.
* Improved downmixing and output of surround audio:
- Instead of using hardcoded pan filters to do remixing, libavresample is used
- Channel maps are used to identify the channel layout, so e.g. ``3.0`` and
``2.1`` audio can be distinguished.
Video
~~~~~
* Wayland support.
* Native support for VAAPI and VDA. Improved VDPAU video output.
* Improved OpenGL output (see the ``opengl-hq`` video output).
* Make hardware decoding work with the ``opengl`` video output.
* Support for libavfilter (for video->video and audio->audio). This allows
using most of FFmpeg's filters, which improve greatly on the old MPlayer
filters in features, performance, and correctness.
* More correct color reproduction (color matrix generation), including support
for BT.2020 (Ultra HD) and linear XYZ (Digital Cinema) inputs.
* Support for color managed displays, via ICC profiles.
* High-quality image resamplers (see the ``opengl`` ``scale`` suboption).
* Support for scaling in (sigmoidized) linear light.
* Better subtitle rendering using libass by default.
* Improvements when playing multiple files (``-fixed-vo`` is default, do not
reset settings by default when playing a new file).
* Replace image video outputs (``--vo=jpeg`` etc.) with ``--vo=image``.
* Removal of ``--vo=gif89a``, ``--vo=md5sum``, ``--vo=yuv4mpeg``, as encoding
can handle these use cases. For yuv4mpeg, for example, use::
mpv input.mkv -o output.y4m --no-audio --oautofps --oneverdrop
* Image subtitles (DVDs etc.) are rendered in color and use more correct
positioning (color for image subs can be disabled with ``--sub-gray``).
* Support for the X11 video output is removed, since it was considered
deprecated. SDL video output can still be used as a fallback.
OSD and terminal
~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
* Cleaned up terminal output: nicer status line, less useless noise.
* Improved OSD rendering using libass, with full Unicode support.
* New OSD bar with chapter marks. Not positioned in the middle of the video
(this can be customized with the ``--osd-bar-align-y`` option).
* Display list of chapters and audio/subtitle tracks on OSD (see the
`Properties`_ section).
Screenshots
~~~~~~~~~~~
* Instant screenshots without 1-frame delay.
* Support for taking screenshots even with hardware decoding.
* Support for saving screenshots as JPEG or PNG.
* Support for configurable file names.
* Support for taking screenshots with or without subtitles.
Note that the ``screenshot`` video filter is not needed anymore, and should not
be put into the mpv config file.
Miscellaneous
~~~~~~~~~~~~~
* Better MKV support (e.g. ordered chapters, 3D metadata).
* Matroska edition switching at runtime.
* Support for playing URLs of popular streaming sites directly.
(e.g. ``mpv https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=...``).
Requires a recent version of ``youtube-dl`` to be installed. Can be
disabled with ``ytdl=no`` in the mpv config file.
* Support for precise scrolling which scales the parameter of commands. If the
input doesn't support precise scrolling the scale factor stays 1.
* Allow changing/adjusting video filters at runtime. (This is also used to make
the ``D`` key insert vf_yadif if deinterlacing is not supported otherwise).
* Improved support for .cue files.
Mac OS X
~~~~~~~~
* Native OpenGL backend.
* Cocoa event loop is independent from MPlayer's event loop, so user
actions like accessing menus and live resizing do not block the playback.
* Apple Remote support.
* Media Keys support.
* VDA support using libavcodec hwaccel API instead of FFmpeg's decoder with up
to 2-2.5x reduction in CPU usage.
Windows
~~~~~~~
* Improved support for Unicode file names.
* Improved window handling.
* Do not block playback when moving the window.
* Improved Direct3D video output.
* Added WASAPI audio output.
Internal changes
~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
* Switch to GPLv2+ (see ``Copyright`` file for details).
* Removal of lots of cruft:
- Internal GUI (replaced by the OSC, see the `ON SCREEN CONTROLLER`_ section).
- MEncoder (replaced by native encoding, see the `ENCODING`_ section).
- OSD menu.
- Kernel video drivers for Linux 2.4 (including VIDIX).
- Teletext support.
- Support for dead platforms.
- Most built-in demuxers have been replaced by their libavformat counterparts.
- Built-in network support has been replaced by libavformat's (which also
supports https URLs).
- Embedded copies of libraries (such as FFmpeg).
* General code cleanups (including refactoring or rewrites of many parts).
* New build system.
* Many bug fixes and removal of long-standing issues.
* Generally preferring FFmpeg/Libav over internal demuxers, decoders, and
filters.
Detailed Listing of User-visible Changes
----------------------------------------
This listing is about changed command line switches, slave commands, and similar
things. Completely removed features are not listed.
Command Line Switches
~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
* There is a new command line syntax, which is generally preferred over the old
syntax. ``-optname optvalue`` becomes ``--optname=optvalue``.
The old syntax will not be removed. However, the new syntax is mentioned in
all documentation and so on, and unlike the old syntax is not ambiguous,
so it is a good thing to know about this change.
* In general, negating switches like ``-noopt`` now have to be written as
``-no-opt`` or ``--no-opt``.
* Per-file options are not the default anymore. You can explicitly specify
file-local options. See ``Usage`` section.
* Many options have been renamed, removed or changed semantics. Some options
that are required for a good playback experience with MPlayer are now
superfluous or even worse than the defaults, so make sure to read the manual
before trying to use your existing configuration with **mpv**.
* Table of renamed/replaced switches:
=========================== ========================================
Old New
=========================== ========================================
``-no<opt>`` ``--no-<opt>`` (add a dash)
``-a52drc level`` ``--ad-lavc-ac3drc=level``
``-ac spdifac3`` ``--ad=spdif:ac3`` (see ``--ad=help``)
``-af volnorm`` ``--af=drc`` (renamed)
``-afm hwac3`` ``--ad=spdif:ac3,spdif:dts``
``-ao alsa:device=hw=0.3`` ``--ao=alsa:device=[hw:0,3]``
``-aspect`` ``--video-aspect``
``-ass-bottom-margin`` ``--vf=sub=bottom:top``
``-ass`` ``--sub-ass``
``-audiofile-cache`` (removed; the main cache settings are used)
``-audiofile`` ``--audio-file``
``-benchmark`` ``--untimed`` (no stats)
``-capture`` ``--stream-capture=<filename>``
``-channels`` ``--audio-channels`` (changed semantics)
``-cursor-autohide-delay`` ``--cursor-autohide``
``-delay`` ``--audio-delay``
``-dumpstream`` ``--stream-dump=<filename>``
``-dvdangle`` ``--dvd-angle``
``-endpos`` ``--length``
``-fixed-vo`` (removed; always the default)
``-font`` ``--osd-font``
``-forcedsubsonly`` ``--sub-forced-only``
``-forceidx`` ``--index``
``-format`` ``--audio-format``
``-fsmode-dontuse`` (removed)
``-fstype`` ``--x11-netwm`` (changed semantics)
``-hardframedrop`` ``--framedrop=hard``
``-identify`` (removed; use TOOLS/mpv_identify.sh)
``-idx`` ``--index``
``-lavdopts ...`` ``--vd-lavc-...``
``-lavfdopts`` ``--demuxer-lavf-...``
``-loop 0`` ``--loop=inf``
``-mixer-channel`` AO suboptions (``alsa``, ``oss``)
``-mixer`` AO suboptions (``alsa``, ``oss``)
``-mouse-movements`` ``--input-cursor``
``-msgcolor`` ``--msg-color``
``-msglevel`` ``--msg-level`` (changed semantics)
``-msgmodule`` ``--msg-module``
``-name`` ``--x11-name``
``-noar`` ``--no-input-appleremote``
``-noautosub`` ``--no-sub-auto``
``-noconsolecontrols`` ``--no-input-terminal``
``-nosound`` ``--no-audio``
``-osdlevel`` ``--osd-level``
``-panscanrange`` ``--video-zoom``, ``--video-pan-x/y``
``-playing-msg`` ``--term-playing-msg``
``-pp ...`` ``'--vf=lavfi=[pp=...]'``
``-pphelp`` (See FFmpeg libavfilter documentation.)
``-rawaudio ...`` ``--demuxer-rawaudio-...``
``-rawvideo ...`` ``--demuxer-rawvideo-...``
``-spugauss`` ``--sub-gauss``
``-srate`` ``--audio-samplerate``
``-ss`` ``--start``
``-ssf <sub>`` ``--sws-...``
``-stop-xscreensaver`` ``--stop-screensaver``
``-sub-fuzziness`` ``--sub-auto``
``-sub`` ``--sub-file``
``-subcp`` ``--sub-codepage``
``-subdelay`` ``--sub-delay``
``-subfile`` ``--sub-file``
``-subfont-*`` ``--sub-text-*``, ``--osd-*``
``-subfont-text-scale`` ``--sub-scale``
``-subfont`` ``--sub-text-font``
``-subfps`` ``--sub-fps``
``-subpos`` ``--sub-pos``
``-sws`` ``--sws-scaler``
``-tvscan`` ``--tv-scan``
``-use-filename-title`` ``--title='${filename}'``
``-vc ffh264vdpau`` (etc.) ``--hwdec=vdpau``
``-vobsub`` ``--sub-file`` (pass the .idx file)
``-x W``, ``-y H`` ``--geometry=WxH`` + ``--no-keepaspect``
``-xineramascreen`` ``--screen`` (different values)
``-xy W`` ``--autofit=W``
``-zoom`` Inverse available as ``--video-unscaled``
``dvdnav://`` Removed.
``dvd://1`` ``dvd://0`` (0-based offset)
=========================== ========================================
.. note::
``-opt val`` becomes ``--opt=val``.
.. note::
Quite some video filters, video outputs, audio filters, audio outputs, had
changes in their option parsing. These aren't mentioned in the table above.
Also, some video and audio filters have been removed, and you have to use
libavfilter (using ``--vf=lavfi=[...]`` or ``--af=lavfi=[...]``) to get
them back.
input.conf and Slave Commands
~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
* Table of renamed input commands:
This lists only commands that are not always gracefully handled by the
internal legacy translation layer. If an input.conf contains any legacy
commands, a warning will be printed when starting the player. The warnings
also show the replacement commands.
Properties containing ``_`` to separate words use ``-`` instead.
+--------------------------------+----------------------------------------+
| Old | New |
+================================+========================================+
| ``pt_step 1 [0|1]`` | ``playlist_next [weak|force]`` |
| | (translation layer cannot deal with |
| | whitespace) |
+--------------------------------+----------------------------------------+
| ``pt_step -1 [0|1]`` | ``playlist_prev [weak|force] (same)`` |
+--------------------------------+----------------------------------------+
| ``switch_ratio [<ratio>]`` | ``set video-aspect <ratio>`` |
| | |
| | ``set video-aspect 0`` (reset aspect) |
+--------------------------------+----------------------------------------+
| ``step_property_osd <prop>`` | ``cycle <prop> <step>`` (wraps), |
| ``<step> <dir>`` | ``add <prop> <step>`` (clamps). |
| | ``<dir>`` parameter unsupported. Use |
| | a negative ``<step>`` instead. |
+--------------------------------+----------------------------------------+
| ``step_property <prop>`` | Prefix ``cycle`` or ``add`` with |
| ``<step> <dir>`` | ``no-osd``: ``no-osd cycle <prop>`` |
| | ``<step>`` |
+--------------------------------+----------------------------------------+
| ``osd_show_property_text`` | ``show_text <text>`` |
| ``<text>`` | The property expansion format string |
| | syntax slightly changed. |
+--------------------------------+----------------------------------------+
| ``osd_show_text`` | Now does the same as |
| | ``osd_show_property_text``. Use the |
| | ``raw`` prefix to disable property |
| | expansion. |
+--------------------------------+----------------------------------------+
| ``show_tracks`` | ``show_text ${track-list}`` |
+--------------------------------+----------------------------------------+
| ``show_chapters`` | ``show_text ${chapter-list}`` |
+--------------------------------+----------------------------------------+
| ``af_switch``, ``af_add``, ... | ``af set|add|...`` |
+--------------------------------+----------------------------------------+
| ``tv_start_scan`` | ``set tv-scan yes`` |
+--------------------------------+----------------------------------------+
| ``tv_set_channel <val>`` | ``set tv-channel <val>`` |
+--------------------------------+----------------------------------------+
| ``tv_step_channel`` | ``cycle tv-channel`` |
+--------------------------------+----------------------------------------+
| ``dvb_set_channel <v1> <v2>`` | ``set dvb-channel <v1>-<v2>`` |
+--------------------------------+----------------------------------------+
| ``dvb_step_channel`` | ``cycle dvb-channel`` |
+--------------------------------+----------------------------------------+
| ``tv_set_freq <val>`` | ``set tv-freq <val>`` |
+--------------------------------+----------------------------------------+
| ``tv_step_freq`` | ``cycle tv-freq`` |
+--------------------------------+----------------------------------------+
| ``tv_set_norm <norm>`` | ``set tv-norm <norm>`` |
+--------------------------------+----------------------------------------+
| ``tv_step_norm`` | ``cycle tv-norm`` |
+--------------------------------+----------------------------------------+
.. note::
Due to lack of hardware and users using the TV/DVB/PVR features, and
due to the need to cleanup the related command code, it's possible
that the new commands are buggy or behave worse. This can be improved
if testers are available. Otherwise, some of the TV code will be
removed at some point.
Slave mode
~~~~~~~~~~
* Slave mode was removed. A proper slave mode application needed tons of code
and hacks to get
it right. The main problem is that slave mode is a bad and incomplete
interface, and to get around that, applications parsed output messages
intended for users. It is hard to know which messages exactly are parsed by
slave mode applications. This makes it virtually impossible to improve
terminal output intended for users without possibly breaking something.
This is absolutely insane, and since initial improvements to **mpv** quickly
made slave mode incompatible to most applications, it was removed as useless
cruft. The client API (see below) is provided instead.
``--identify`` was replaced by the ``TOOLS/mpv_identify.sh`` wrapper script.
* For some time (until including release 0.4.x), mpv supported a
``--slave-broken`` option. The following options are equivalent:
::
--input-file=/dev/stdin --input-terminal=no
Assuming the system supports ``/dev/stdin``.
(The option was added back in 0.5.1 and sets exactly these options. It was
removed in 0.10.x again.)
* A JSON RPC protocol giving access to the client API is also supported. See
`JSON IPC`_ for more information.
* **mpv** also provides a client API, which can be used to embed the player
by loading it as shared library. (See ``libmpv/client.h`` in the sources.)
It might also be possible to implement a custom slave mode-like protocol
using Lua scripting.
Policy for Removed Features
---------------------------
**mpv** is in active development. If something is in the way of more important
development (such as fixing bugs or implementing new features), we sometimes
remove features. Usually this happens only with old features that either seem
to be useless, or are not used by anyone. Often these are obscure, or
"inherited", or were marked experimental, but never received any particular
praise by any users.
Sometimes, features are replaced by something new. The new code will be either
simpler or more powerful, but doesn't necessarily provide everything the old
feature did.
We can not exclude that we accidentally remove features that are actually
popular. Generally, we do not know how much a specific functionality is used.
If you miss a feature and think it should be re-added, please open an issue
on the mpv bug tracker. Hopefully, a solution can be found. Often, it turns
out that re-adding something is not much of a problem, or that there are
better alternatives.
Why this Fork?
--------------
mplayer2 is practically dead, and mpv started out as a branch containing
new/experimental development. (Some of it was merged right *after* the fork
was made public, seemingly as an acknowledgment that development, or at
least merging, should have been more active.)
MPlayer is focused on not breaking anything, but is stuck with a horrible
codebase resistant to cleanup. (Unless you do what mpv did - merciless and
consequent pruning of bad, old code.) Cleanup and keeping broken things
conflict, so the kind of development mpv strives for can't be done within
MPlayer due to clashing development policies.
Additionally, mplayer2 already had lots of changes over MPlayer, which would
have needed to be backported to the MPlayer codebase. This would not only
have been hard (several years of diverging development), but also would have
been impossible due to the aforementioned MPlayer development policy.
+27 -69
View File
@@ -1,106 +1,64 @@
Release Policy
==============
Once or twice a month, a new release is cut off of the master branch and is
assigned a 0.X.Y version number, where X is incremented each time a release
contains breaking changes, such as changed options or added/removed features,
and Y is incremented if a release contains only bugfixes and other minor
changes.
Every few months, a new release is cut off of the master branch and is assigned
a 0.X.0 version number.
There is only one release branch that keeps track of the latest version and
will not be maintained separately.
As part of the maintenance process, minor releases are made, which are assigned
0.X.Y version numbers. Minor releases contain bug fixes only. They never merge
the master branch, and no features are added to it. Only the latest release is
maintained.
The goal of releases is to provide Linux distributions with something to
package. If you want the newest features, just use the master branch.
We try our best to keep it deployable at all times.
The goal of releases is to provide stability and an unchanged base for the sake
of Linux distributions. If you want the newest features, just use the master
branch, which is stable most of the time, except sometimes, when it's not.
Releases other than the latest release are unsupported and unmaintained.
Release procedure
-----------------
- Merge master into branch release/current.
- Create branch release/0.X or cherry-pick commits to the relevant branch.
- Create and/or update the `RELEASE_NOTES` file.
- Create and/or update the ``RELEASE_NOTES`` file.
- Create and/or update the `VERSION` file.
- Create and/or update the ``VERSION`` file.
- Update `DOCS/client-api-changes.rst` (on major releases).
- Update ``DOCS/client-api-changes.rst`` (on major releases).
- Create tag v0.X.Y.
- Push branch and tag to GitHub.
- Create a new GitHub release using the content of `RELEASE_NOTES` related to
- Create a new GitHub release using the content of ``RELEASE_NOTES`` related to
the new version.
Release notes template
----------------------
Here is a template that can be used for writing the `RELEASE_NOTES` file.
Here is a template that can be used for writing the ``RELEASE_NOTES`` file.
```markdown
Release 0.X.Y
=============
Features
--------
Changes
-------
New
~~~
- List of changes.
- List of new features
Bug fixes
---------
Removed
~~~~~~~
- List of bug fixes.
- List of removed features
New features
------------
Deprecated
~~~~~~~~~~
- List of deprecated features
Behavior
--------
- List of user-visible changes in behavior
Options and Commands
--------------------
Added
~~~~~
- List of added options and commands
Changed
~~~~~~~
- List of changed options and commands
Renamed
~~~~~~~
- List of renamed options and commands
Deprecated
~~~~~~~~~~
- List of deprecated options and commands
Removed
~~~~~~~
- List of removed options and commands
Fixes and Minor Enhancements
----------------------------
- List of fixes and minor enhancements
- List of new features.
This listing is not complete. There are many more bug fixes and changes. The
complete change log can be viewed by running `git log <start>..<end>` in
complete change log can be viewed by running ``git log <start>..<end>`` in
the git repository.
```
@@ -108,6 +66,6 @@ Note that the "Release 0.X.Y" title should be removed when creating a new GitHub
release.
When creating a new point release its changes should be added on top of the
`RELEASE_NOTES` file (with the appropriate title) so that all the changes in
the current 0.X branch will be included. This way the `RELEASE_NOTES` file
``RELEASE_NOTES`` file (with the appropriate title) so that all the changes in
the current 0.X branch will be included. This way the ``RELEASE_NOTES`` file
can be used by distributors as changelog for point releases too.
+2 -1
View File
@@ -75,7 +75,8 @@ talloc.h & talloc.c:
allocation call will never return NULL.
One very useful feature of talloc is fast tracking of memory leaks. ("Fast"
as in it doesn't require valgrind.) You can enable it by setting the
as in it doesn't require valgrind.) You can enable it by passing the option
--leak-report as first parameter, or better, setting the
MPV_LEAK_REPORT environment variable to "1":
export MPV_LEAK_REPORT=1
This will list all unfree'd allocations on exit.
+4 -5
View File
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
waf build system overview
=========================
mpv's new build system is based on waf and it should completely replace the
mpv's new build system is based on waf and it should completly replace the
custom ./configure + Makefile based system inherited from MPlayer.
Goals and the choice of waf
@@ -20,9 +20,8 @@ shortcomings:
part is this pieces are spread apart in the configure and copy pasted for
any single case. That brings us to..
2) --enable-feature has to be overridden by the user and helps them understand that
they have libraries missing and should install them for the feature to be
enabled.
2) --enable-feature has to override the user and help him understand that he
has libraries missing and should install them for the feature to be enabled.
3) Must be customizable, hackable, pleasant to the developer eyes and to work
with in general.
@@ -65,7 +64,7 @@ This defines a feature called ``vdpau`` which can be enabled or disabled by
the users with configure flags (that's the meaning of ``--``). This feature
depends on another feature whose name is ``x11``, and the autodetection check
consists of running ``pkg-config`` and looking for ``vdpau`` with version
``>= 0.2``. If the check succeeds a ``#define HAVE_VDPAU 1`` will be added to
``>= 0.2``. If the check succeds a ``#define HAVE_VDPAU 1`` will be added to
``config.h``, if not ``#define HAVE_VDPAU 0`` will be added.
The defines names are automatically prepended with ``HAVE_``, capitalized and
+38 -90
View File
@@ -1,39 +1,21 @@
![http://mpv.io/](https://raw.githubusercontent.com/mpv-player/mpv.io/master/source/images/mpv-logo-128.png)
mpv
===
## mpv
[![Build Status](https://api.travis-ci.org/mpv-player/mpv.png)](https://travis-ci.org/mpv-player/mpv)
--------------
[![Coverity Scan Build Status](https://scan.coverity.com/projects/1232/badge.svg)](https://scan.coverity.com/projects/1232)
Overview
--------
* [Overview](#overview)
* [Downloads](#downloads)
* [Compilation](#compilation)
* [FFmpeg vs. Libav](#ffmpeg-vs-libav)
* [Release cycle](#release-cycle)
* [Bug reports](#bug-reports)
* [Contributing](#contributing)
* [Relation to MPlayer and mplayer2](#relation-to-mplayer-and-mplayer2)
* [Wiki](https://github.com/mpv-player/mpv/wiki)
* [Man pages](http://mpv.io/manual/master/)
* [Contact](#contact)
* [License](#license)
## Overview
**mpv** is a media player based on MPlayer and mplayer2. It supports a wide
**mpv** is a movie player based on MPlayer and mplayer2. It supports a wide
variety of video file formats, audio and video codecs, and subtitle types.
Releases can be found on the [release list][releases].
## Downloads
For semi-official builds and third-party packages please see
[mpv.io](http://mpv.io/installation/).
## Compilation
If you are wondering what's different from mplayer2 and MPlayer you can read
more about the [changes][changes].
Compilation
-----------
Compiling with full features requires development files for several
external libraries. Below is a list of some important requirements.
@@ -57,29 +39,23 @@ To build the software you can use `./waf build`: the result of the compilation
will be located in `build/mpv`. You can use `./waf install` to install mpv
to the *prefix* after it is compiled.
NOTE: Using the old build system (with `./old-configure`) should still work,
but will be removed in a future version of mpv.
Essential dependencies (incomplete list):
- gcc or clang
- X development headers (xlib, X extensions, libvdpau, libGL, libXv, ...)
- Audio output development headers (libasound/ALSA, pulseaudio)
- FFmpeg libraries (libavutil libavcodec libavformat libswscale libavfilter
and either libswresample or libavresample)
At least FFmpeg 2.4.0 or Libav 11 is required.
- zlib
- iconv (normally provided by the system libc)
- libass (OSD, OSC, text subtitles)
- Lua (optional, required for the OSC pseudo-GUI and youtube-dl integration)
- libjpeg (optional, used for screenshots only)
- Enca (optional, for subtitle charset detection)
- vdpau and vaapi libraries for hardware decoding on Linux (optional)
- Audio output development headers (libasound, pulseaudio)
- FFmpeg libraries (libavutil libavcodec libavformat libswscale libavresample)
At least FFmpeg 2.1.4 or Libav 10 is required.
- libjpeg (for screenshots)
- Lua (strictly speaking optional, but required for the OSC pseudo-GUI)
Libass dependencies:
- gcc or clang, yasm on x86 and x86_64
- fribidi, freetype, fontconfig development headers (for libass)
- harfbuzz (optional, required for correct rendering of combining characters,
particularly for correct rendering of non-English text on OSX, and
Arabic/Indic scripts on any platform)
FFmpeg dependencies:
@@ -100,19 +76,16 @@ If you are running Mac OSX and using homebrew we provide [homebrew-mpv][homebrew
to date formula that compiles mpv with sensible dependencies and defaults for
OSX.
If you want to build a Windows binary, you either have to use MSYS2 and MinGW,
or cross-compile from Linux with MinGW. See [Windows compilation][windows_compilation].
## FFmpeg vs. Libav
FFmpeg vs. Libav
----------------
Generally, mpv should work with the latest release as well as the git version
of both FFmpeg and Libav. But FFmpeg is preferred, and some mpv features work
with FFmpeg only (subtitle formats in particular).
with FFmpeg only. See the [wiki article][ffmpeg_vs_libav] about the issue.
## Release cycle
Release cycle
-------------
Every few months, a new release is cut off of the master branch and is assigned
a 0.X.0 version number.
@@ -130,64 +103,39 @@ Releases other than the latest release are unsupported and unmaintained.
See the [release policy document][release-policy] for more information.
## Bug reports
Bug reports
-----------
Please use the [issue tracker][issue-tracker] provided by GitHub to send us bug
reports or feature requests.
## Contributing
Contributing
------------
For small changes you can just send us pull requests through GitHub. For bigger
changes come and talk to us on IRC before you start working on them. It will
make code review easier for both parties later on.
## Relation to MPlayer and mplayer2
mpv is based on mplayer2, which in turn is based on the original MPlayer
(also called mplayer, mplayer-svn, mplayer1). Many changes have been made, a
large part of which is incompatible or completely changes how the player
behaves. Although there are still many similarities to its ancestors, mpv
should generally be treated as a completely different program.
mpv was forked because we wanted to modernize MPlayer. This includes
removing cruft (including features which stopped making sense 10 years ago),
and of course adding modern features. Such huge and intrusive changes made it
infeasible to work directly with MPlayer, which is mostly focused on
preservation, so a fork had to be made. (Actually, mpv is based on mplayer2,
which already started this process of removing cruft.)
In general, mpv should be considered a completely new program, rather than a
MPlayer drop-in replacement.
If you are wondering what's different from mplayer2 and MPlayer, an incomplete
list of changes is located [here][mplayer-changes].
## Contact
Contact
-------
Most activity happens on the IRC channel and the github issue tracker. The
mailing lists are mostly unused.
- **GitHub issue tracker**: [issue tracker][issue-tracker] (report bugs here)
- **User IRC Channel**: `#mpv` on `irc.freenode.net`
- **Developer IRC Channel**: `#mpv-devel` on `irc.freenode.net`
- **Github issue tracker**: [issue tracker][issue-tracker] (report bugs here)
- **User IRC Channel**: `#mpv-player` on `irc.freenode.net`
- **Developer IRC Channel**: `#mpv-player-dev` on `irc.freenode.net`
- **Users Mailing List**: `mpv-users@googlegroups.com` ([Archive / Subscribe][mpv-users]).
- **Devel Mailing List**: `mpv-devel@googlegroups.com` ([Archive / Subscribe][mpv-devel])
To contact the `mpv` team in private write to `mpv-team@googlegroups.com`. Use
only if discretion is required.
[releases]: https://github.com/mpv-player/mpv/releases
[changes]: https://github.com/mpv-player/mpv/blob/master/DOCS/man/changes.rst
[mpv-build]: https://github.com/mpv-player/mpv-build
[homebrew-mpv]: https://github.com/mpv-player/homebrew-mpv
[issue-tracker]: https://github.com/mpv-player/mpv/issues
[mpv-users]: https://groups.google.com/forum/?hl=en#!forum/mpv-users
[mpv-devel]: https://groups.google.com/forum/?hl=en#!forum/mpv-devel
[ffmpeg_vs_libav]: https://github.com/mpv-player/mpv/wiki/FFmpeg-versus-Libav
[release-policy]: https://github.com/mpv-player/mpv/blob/master/DOCS/release-policy.md
[windows_compilation]: https://github.com/mpv-player/mpv/blob/master/DOCS/compile-windows.md
[mplayer-changes]: https://github.com/mpv-player/mpv/blob/master/DOCS/mplayer-changes.rst
## License
Mostly GPLv2 or later. See [details.](https://github.com/mpv-player/mpv/blob/master/Copyright)
+2 -1051
View File
File diff suppressed because it is too large. Load diff
-1
View File
@@ -19,7 +19,6 @@ def is_user_lib(objfile, libname):
not "libSystem." in libname and \
not "libc." in libname and \
not "libgcc." in libname and \
not os.path.basename(libname) == 'Python' and \
not os.path.basename(objfile) in libname
def otool(objfile):
+7 -7
View File
@@ -47,7 +47,7 @@ judge()
progressive=$((progressive + progressive1))
undetermined=$((undetermined + undetermined1))
done <<EOF
$(testfun "$@" | sed 's/:/: /g')
$(testfun "$@")
EOF
interlaced=$((bff + tff))
@@ -95,18 +95,18 @@ case "$verdict" in
exit 0
;;
interlaced-tff)
judge "$@" --vf-clr --vf-pre=lavfi=\[setfield=tff\],pullup
judge "$@" --vf-clr --vf-pre=pullup --field-dominance=top
case "$verdict" in
progressive)
[ -n "$ILDETECT_DRY_RUN" ] || \
$ILDETECT_MPV "$@" --vf-pre=lavfi=\[setfield=tff\],pullup
$ILDETECT_MPV "$@" --vf-pre=pullup --field-dominance=top
r=$?
[ $r -eq 0 ] || exit $((r | 16))
exit 1
;;
*)
[ -n "$ILDETECT_DRY_RUN" ] || \
$ILDETECT_MPV "$@" --vf-pre=lavfi=\[setfield=tff\],yadif
$ILDETECT_MPV "$@" --vf-pre=yadif --field-dominance=top
r=$?
[ $r -eq 0 ] || exit $((r | 16))
exit 2
@@ -114,18 +114,18 @@ case "$verdict" in
esac
;;
interlaced-bff)
judge "$@" --vf-clr --vf-pre=lavfi=\[setfield=bff\],pullup
judge "$@" --vf-clr --vf-pre=pullup --field-dominance=bottom
case "$verdict" in
progressive)
[ -n "$ILDETECT_DRY_RUN" ] || \
$ILDETECT_MPV "$@" --vf-pre=lavfi=\[setfield=bff\],pullup
$ILDETECT_MPV "$@" --vf-pre=pullup --field-dominance=bottom
r=$?
[ $r -eq 0 ] || exit $((r | 16))
exit 1
;;
*)
[ -n "$ILDETECT_DRY_RUN" ] || \
$ILDETECT_MPV "$@" --vf-pre=lavfi=\[setfield=bff\],yadif
$ILDETECT_MPV "$@" --vf-pre=yadif --field-dominance=bottom
r=$?
[ $r -eq 0 ] || exit $((r | 16))
exit 2
+1 -1
View File
@@ -84,7 +84,7 @@ sub elem_by_hexid {
# used by elem when setting the 'valname' key
use constant TYPE_MAP => {
uint => 'uint64_t',
str => 'char *',
str => 'struct bstr',
binary => 'struct bstr',
ebml_id => 'uint32_t',
float => 'double',
+3 -5
View File
@@ -4,11 +4,9 @@ mpv lua scripts
The lua scripts in this folder can be loaded on a one-time basis by
adding the option
--script=/path/to/script.lua
--lua=/path/to/script.lua
to mpv's command line.
Where appropriate, they may also be placed in ~/.config/mpv/scripts/ from
where they will be automatically loaded when mpv starts.
Some of these are just for testing mpv internals.
Where appropriate, they may also be placed in ~/.config/mpv/lua from where
they will be automatically loaded when mpv starts.
-13
View File
@@ -1,13 +0,0 @@
local utils = require("mp.utils")
mp.observe_property("audio-device-list", "native", function(name, val)
print("Audio device list changed:")
for index, e in ipairs(val) do
print(" - '" .. e.name .. "' (" .. e.description .. ")")
end
end)
mp.observe_property("audio-out-detected-device", "native", function(name, val)
print("Detected audio device changed:")
print(" - '" .. val)
end)
+1 -1
View File
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
-- The default delay between insertion of the cropdetect and
-- crop filters may be overridden by adding
--
-- --script-opts=autocrop.detect_seconds=<number of seconds>
-- --lua-opts=autocrop.detect_seconds=<number of seconds>
--
-- to mpv's arguments. This may be desirable to allow cropdetect more
-- time to collect data.
+46 -27
View File
@@ -2,19 +2,24 @@
-- appropriate deinterlacing filter based on a short section of the
-- currently playing video.
--
-- It registers the key-binding ctrl+d, which when pressed, inserts the filters
-- ``vf=lavfi=idet,pullup,vf=lavfi=idet``. After 4 seconds, it removes these
-- filters and decides whether the content is progressive, interlaced, or
-- telecined and the interlacing field dominance.
-- It registers the key-binding ctrl+d, which when pressed, inserts
-- the filter vf=lavfi=idet. After 4 second, it examines the results
-- to determine whether the content progressive or interlaced and the
-- interlacing field dominance. It immediately sets the latter within
-- mpv.
--
-- Based on this information, it may set mpv's ``deinterlace`` property (which
-- usually inserts the yadif filter), or insert the ``pullup`` filter if the
-- content is telecined. It also sets mpv's ``field-dominance`` property.
-- If the content is judged not to be progressive, it may be either
-- interlaced or telecined. To determine which one, the video is
-- seeked back to the detection starting point with the "pullup"
-- filter inserted. After another four seconds, if idet thinks that
-- the pulled up viedo is "progressive", then pullup is the correct
-- filter and this script leaves it in places while removing the idet
-- filter. Otherwise, the content plain interlaced and mpv's deinterlace
-- property is set. This will usually insert the yadif deinterlacing filter.
--
-- OPTIONS:
-- The default detection time may be overridden by adding
--
-- --script-opts=autodeint.detect_seconds=<number of seconds>
-- --lua-opts=autodeint.detect_seconds=<number of seconds>
--
-- to mpv's arguments. This may be desirable to allow idet more
-- time to collect data.
@@ -32,7 +37,6 @@ require "mp.msg"
script_name = mp.get_script_name()
detect_label = string.format("%s-detect", script_name)
pullup_label = string.format("%s", script_name)
ivtc_detect_label = string.format("%s-ivtc-detect", script_name)
-- number of seconds to gather cropdetect data
detect_seconds = tonumber(mp.get_opt(string.format("%s.detect_seconds", script_name)))
@@ -65,29 +69,30 @@ function start_detect()
mp.set_property("deinterlace","no")
del_filter_if_present(pullup_label)
percent_pos = mp.get_property("percent-pos")
-- insert the detection filter
local cmd = string.format('vf add @%s:lavfi=graph="idet",@%s:pullup,@%s:lavfi=graph="idet"',
detect_label, pullup_label, ivtc_detect_label)
local cmd = string.format('vf add @%s:lavfi=graph="idet"', detect_label)
if not mp.command(cmd) then
mp.msg.error("failed to insert detection filters")
mp.msg.error("failed to insert detection filter")
return
end
-- wait to gather data
timer = mp.add_timeout(detect_seconds, select_filter)
timer = mp.add_timeout(detect_seconds, judge_field_dominance)
end
function stop_detect()
del_filter_if_present(detect_label)
del_filter_if_present(ivtc_detect_label)
timer = nil
mp.set_property("playback-pos", percent_pos)
end
progressive, interlaced_tff, interlaced_bff, interlaced = 0, 1, 2, 3, 4
function judge(label)
function judge()
-- get the metadata
local result = mp.get_property_native(string.format("vf-metadata/%s", label))
local result = mp.get_property_native(string.format("vf-metadata/%s", detect_label))
num_tff = tonumber(result["lavfi.idet.multiple.tff"])
num_bff = tonumber(result["lavfi.idet.multiple.bff"])
num_progressive = tonumber(result["lavfi.idet.multiple.progressive"])
@@ -95,10 +100,10 @@ function judge(label)
num_interlaced = num_tff + num_bff
num_determined = num_interlaced + num_progressive
mp.msg.verbose(label.." progressive = "..num_progressive)
mp.msg.verbose(label.." interlaced-tff = "..num_tff)
mp.msg.verbose(label.." interlaced-bff = "..num_bff)
mp.msg.verbose(label.." undetermined = "..num_undetermined)
mp.msg.verbose("progressive = "..num_progressive)
mp.msg.verbose("interlaced-tff = "..num_tff)
mp.msg.verbose("interlaced-bff = "..num_bff)
mp.msg.verbose("undetermined = "..num_undetermined)
if num_determined < num_undetermined then
mp.msg.warn("majority undetermined frames")
@@ -114,12 +119,11 @@ function judge(label)
end
end
function select_filter()
-- handle the first detection filter results
verdict = judge(detect_label)
function judge_field_dominance()
verdict = judge()
if verdict == progressive then
mp.msg.info("progressive: doing nothing")
stop_detect()
mp.msg.info("progressive: doing nothing")
return
elseif verdict == interlaced_tff then
mp.set_property("field-dominance", "top")
@@ -129,8 +133,21 @@ function select_filter()
mp.set_property("field-dominance", "auto")
end
-- handle the ivtc detection filter results
verdict = judge(ivtc_detect_label)
local cmd = string.format("vf pre @%s:pullup", pullup_label)
if not mp.command(cmd) then
mp.msg.error("failed to insert pullup filter")
stop_detect()
return
end
-- redo the detection with the pullup filter to see if it's telecined
mp.set_property("percent-pos", percent_pos)
timer = mp.add_timeout(detect_seconds, judge_ivtc)
end
function judge_ivtc()
verdict = judge()
if verdict == progressive then
mp.msg.info(string.format("telecinied with %s field dominance: using pullup", mp.get_property("field-dominance")))
stop_detect()
@@ -140,6 +157,8 @@ function select_filter()
mp.set_property("deinterlace","yes")
stop_detect()
end
return
end
mp.add_key_binding("ctrl+d", script_name, start_detect)
+3 -57
View File
@@ -4,19 +4,8 @@
-- alphabetically, and adds entries before and after the current file to
-- the internal playlist. (It stops if the it would add an already existing
-- playlist entry at the same position - this makes it "stable".)
-- Add at most 5000 * 2 files when starting a file (before + after).
MAXENTRIES = 5000
function Set (t)
local set = {}
for _, v in pairs(t) do set[v] = true end
return set
end
EXTENSIONS = Set {
'mkv', 'avi', 'mp4', 'ogv', 'webm', 'rmvb', 'flv', 'wmv', 'mpeg', 'mpg', 'm4v', '3gp',
'mp3', 'wav', 'ogv', 'flac', 'm4a', 'wma',
}
-- Add at most 5 * 2 files when starting a file (before + after).
MAXENTRIES = 5
mputils = require 'mp.utils'
@@ -29,56 +18,17 @@ function add_files_at(index, files)
end
end
function get_extension(path)
match = string.match(path, "%.([^%.]+)$" )
if match == nil then
return "nomatch"
else
return match
end
end
table.filter = function(t, iter)
for i = #t, 1, -1 do
if not iter(t[i]) then
table.remove(t, i)
end
end
end
function find_and_add_entries()
local path = mp.get_property("path", "")
local dir, filename = mputils.split_path(path)
if #dir == 0 then
return
end
local pl_count = mp.get_property_number("playlist-count", 1)
if (pl_count > 1 and autoload == nil) or
(pl_count == 1 and EXTENSIONS[string.lower(get_extension(filename))] == nil) then
return
else
autoload = true
end
local files = mputils.readdir(dir, "files")
if files == nil then
return
end
table.filter(files, function (v, k)
local ext = get_extension(v)
if ext == nil then
return false
end
return EXTENSIONS[string.lower(ext)]
end)
table.sort(files, function (a, b)
return string.lower(a) < string.lower(b)
end)
table.sort(files)
if dir == "." then
dir = ""
end
local pl = mp.get_property_native("playlist", {})
local pl_current = mp.get_property_number("playlist-pos", 0) + 1
-- Find the current pl entry (dir+"/"+filename) in the sorted dir list
@@ -92,7 +42,6 @@ function find_and_add_entries()
if current == nil then
return
end
local append = {[-1] = {}, [1] = {}}
for direction = -1, 1, 2 do -- 2 iterations, with direction = -1 and +1
for i = 1, MAXENTRIES do
@@ -101,7 +50,6 @@ function find_and_add_entries()
if file == nil or file[1] == "." then
break
end
local filepath = dir .. file
if pl_e then
-- If there's a playlist entry, and it's the same file, stop.
@@ -109,7 +57,6 @@ function find_and_add_entries()
break
end
end
if direction == -1 then
if pl_current == 1 then -- never add additional entries in the middle
mp.msg.info("Prepending " .. file)
@@ -121,7 +68,6 @@ function find_and_add_entries()
end
end
end
add_files_at(pl_current + 1, append[1])
add_files_at(pl_current, append[-1])
end
+2 -2
View File
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
-- parameters. See the entry for "drc" under the "AUDIO FILTERS"
-- section of the man page for a complete description of the filter.
--
-- This script registers the key-binding "\" to toggle the filter between
-- This script registers the key-binding "\" to toggle the filter between
--
-- * off
-- * method=1 (single-sample smoothing)
@@ -92,7 +92,7 @@ function drc_quieter_handler()
drc_scale_target(0.5)
end
-- toggle between off, method 1 and method 2
-- toggle between off, method 1 and method 2
mp.add_key_binding("\\", "drc_toggle_method", drc_toggle_method_handler)
-- increase or decrease target volume
mp.add_key_binding("ctrl+9", "drc_quieter", drc_quieter_handler)
+8 -6
View File
@@ -1,14 +1,16 @@
-- Test script for property change notification mechanism.
-- Note that watching/reading some properties can be very expensive, or
-- require the player to synchronously wait on network (when playing
-- remote files), so you should in general only watch properties you
-- are interested in.
local utils = require("mp.utils")
function format_property_val(v)
if type(v) == "table" then
return mp.format_table(v) -- undocumented function; might be removed
else
return tostring(v)
end
end
for i,name in ipairs(mp.get_property_native("property-list")) do
mp.observe_property(name, "native", function(name, val)
print("property '" .. name .. "' changed to '" ..
utils.to_string(val) .. "'")
format_property_val(val) .. "'")
end)
end
-19
View File
@@ -1,19 +0,0 @@
--makes mpv disable ontop when pausing and re-enable it again when resuming playback
--please note that this won't do anything if ontop was not enabled before pausing
local was_ontop = false
mp.observe_property("pause", "bool", function(name, value)
local ontop = mp.get_property_native("ontop")
if value then
if ontop then
mp.set_property_native("ontop", false)
was_ontop = true
end
else
if was_ontop and not ontop then
mp.set_property_native("ontop", true)
end
was_ontop = false
end
end)
-20
View File
@@ -1,20 +0,0 @@
-- This script pauses playback when minimizing the window, and resumes playback
-- if it's brought back again. If the player was already paused when minimizing,
-- then try not to mess with the pause state.
local did_minimize = false
mp.observe_property("window-minimized", "bool", function(name, value)
local pause = mp.get_property_native("pause")
if value == true then
if pause == false then
mp.set_property_native("pause", true)
did_minimize = true
end
elseif value == false then
if did_minimize and (pause == true) then
mp.set_property_native("pause", false)
end
did_minimize = false
end
end)
+1 -3
View File
@@ -1,7 +1,5 @@
-- Rebuild the terminal status line as a lua script
-- Be aware that this will require more cpu power!
-- Also, this is based on a rather old version of the
-- builtin mpv status line.
-- Add a string to the status line
function atsl(s)
@@ -30,7 +28,7 @@ function update_status_line()
atsl(mp.get_property_osd("time-pos"))
atsl(" / ");
atsl(mp.get_property_osd("duration"));
atsl(mp.get_property_osd("length"));
atsl(" (")
atsl(mp.get_property_osd("percent-pos", -1))
-74
View File
@@ -1,74 +0,0 @@
-- zones.lua: mpv script for handling commands depending on where the mouse pointer is at,
-- mostly for mouse wheel handling, by configuring it via input.conf, e.g.:
--
-- Ported from avih's ( https://github.com/avih ) zones.js
--
-- Vertical positions can be top, middle, bottom or "*" to represent the whole column.
-- Horizontal positions can be left, middle, bottom or "*" to represent the whole row.
-- "default" will be the fallback command to be used if no command is assigned to that area.
--
-- input.conf example of use:
-- # wheel up/down with mouse
-- MOUSE_BTN3 script_message_to zones commands "middle-right: add brightness 1" "*-left: add volume 5" "default: seek 10"
-- MOUSE_BTN4 script_message_to zones commands "middle-right: add brightness -1" "*-left: add volume -5" "default: seek -10"
local ZONE_THRESH_PERCENTAGE = 20;
-- sides get 20% each, mid gets 60%, same vertically
local msg = mp.msg
function getMouseZone()
-- returns the mouse zone as two strings [top/middle/bottom], [left/middle/right], e.g. "middle", "right"
local screenW, screenH = mp.get_osd_resolution()
local mouseX, mouseY = mp.get_mouse_pos()
local threshY = screenH * ZONE_THRESH_PERCENTAGE / 100
local threshX = screenW * ZONE_THRESH_PERCENTAGE / 100
local yZone = (mouseY < threshY) and "top" or (mouseY < (screenH - threshY)) and "middle" or "bottom"
local xZone = (mouseX < threshX) and "left" or (mouseX < (screenW - threshX)) and "middle" or "right"
return yZone, xZone
end
function main (...)
local arg={...}
msg.debug('commands: \n\t'..table.concat(arg,'\n\t'))
local keyY, keyX = getMouseZone()
msg.debug("mouse at: " .. keyY .. '-' .. keyX)
local fallback = nil
for i, v in ipairs(arg) do
cmdY = v:match("^([%w%*]+)%-?[%w%*]*:")
cmdX = v:match("^[%w%*]*%-([%w%*]+)%s*:")
cmd = v:match("^[%S]-%s*:%s*(.+)")
msg.debug('cmdY: '..tostring(cmdY))
msg.debug('cmdX: '..tostring(cmdX))
msg.debug('cmd : '..tostring(cmd))
if (cmdY == keyY and cmdX == keyX) then
msg.verbose("running cmd: "..cmd)
mp.command(cmd)
return
elseif (cmdY == "*" and cmdX == keyX) or
(cmdY == keyY and cmdX == "*") then
msg.verbose("running cmd: "..cmd)
mp.command(cmd)
return
elseif cmdY == "default" then
fallback = cmd
end
end
if fallback ~= nil then
msg.verbose("running cmd: "..fallback)
mp.command(fallback)
return
else
msg.debug("no command assigned for "..keyY .. '-' .. keyX)
return
end
end
mp.register_script_message("commands", main)
+1 -1
View File
@@ -64,7 +64,7 @@ sub generate_c_header {
# Output a counter variable for each element
# (presence/absence for scalars, item count for arrays)
for my $subel (sort values %{$el->{subelements}}) {
for my $subel (values %{$el->{subelements}}) {
print " int n_$subel->{fieldname};\n"
}
print "};\n";
+2 -4
View File
@@ -3,7 +3,6 @@
import os
import shutil
import sys
import fileinput
from optparse import OptionParser
def sh(command):
@@ -36,11 +35,10 @@ def copy_binary(binary_name):
shutil.copy(binary_name, target_binary(binary_name))
def apply_plist_template(plist_file, version):
for line in fileinput.input(plist_file, inplace=1):
print (line.rstrip().replace('${VERSION}', version))
sh("sed -i -e 's/${VERSION}/%s/g' %s" % (version, plist_file))
def main():
version = sh("./version.sh").strip()
version = sh("./version.sh --print").strip()
usage = "usage: %prog [options] arg"
parser = OptionParser(usage)
@@ -88,7 +88,6 @@
<string>VOB</string>
<string>WEBM</string>
<string>WMV</string>
<string>MK3D</string>
<string>asf</string>
<string>avi</string>
<string>cpk</string>
@@ -123,7 +122,6 @@
<string>vob</string>
<string>webm</string>
<string>wmv</string>
<string>mk3d</string>
</array>
<key>CFBundleTypeIconFile</key>
<string>document.icns</string>
@@ -210,7 +208,6 @@
<string>mms</string>
<string>mmst</string>
<string>http</string>
<string>https</string>
<string>httpproxy</string>
<string>rtp</string>
<string>rtsp</string>
@@ -516,47 +513,6 @@
<key>public.filename-extension</key>
<array>
<string>mkv</string>
</array>
</dict>
</dict>
<dict>
<key>UTTypeConformsTo</key>
<array>
<string>public.movie</string>
</array>
<key>UTTypeDescription</key>
<string>Matroska stereoscopic/3D video</string>
<key>UTTypeIconFile</key>
<string>document.icns</string>
<key>UTTypeIdentifier</key>
<string>io.mpv.mk3d</string>
<key>UTTypeReferenceURL</key>
<string>http://www.matroska.org</string>
<key>UTTypeTagSpecification</key>
<dict>
<key>public.filename-extension</key>
<array>
<string>mk3d</string>
</array>
</dict>
</dict>
<dict>
<key>UTTypeConformsTo</key>
<array>
<string>public.movie</string>
</array>
<key>UTTypeDescription</key>
<string>WebM Video</string>
<key>UTTypeIconFile</key>
<string>document.icns</string>
<key>UTTypeIdentifier</key>
<string>io.mpv.webm</string>
<key>UTTypeReferenceURL</key>
<string>http://www.webmproject.org</string>
<key>UTTypeTagSpecification</key>
<dict>
<key>public.filename-extension</key>
<array>
<string>webm</string>
</array>
</dict>
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
profile=pseudo-gui
+27 -77
View File
@@ -1,16 +1,9 @@
#!/usr/bin/env python3
from pyqtgraph.Qt import QtGui, QtCore
import pyqtgraph as pg
import matplotlib.pyplot as plot
import sys
import re
filename = sys.argv[1]
events = ".*"
if len(sys.argv) > 2:
events = sys.argv[2]
event_regex = re.compile(events)
"""
This script is meant to display stats written by mpv --dump-stats=filename.
In general, each line in that file is an event of the form:
@@ -25,22 +18,20 @@ e.g.:
Currently, the following event types are supported:
'signal' <name> singular event
'start' <name> start of the named event
'end' <name> end of the named event
'value' <float> <name> a normal value (as opposed to event)
'event-timed' <ts> <name> singular event at the given timestamp
'value-timed' <ts> <float> <name> a value for an event at the given timestamp
'range-timed' <ts1> <ts2> <name> like start/end, but explicit times
<name> singular event (same as 'signal')
<name> singular event
"""
class G:
events = {}
sevents = [] # events, deterministically sorted
start = None
markers = ["o", "s", "t", "d"]
curveno = 0
# http://matplotlib.org/api/markers_api.html#module-matplotlib.markers
markers = ["o", "8", "s", "p", "*", "h", "+", "x", "D"]
def find_marker():
if len(G.markers) == 0:
@@ -55,25 +46,24 @@ class Event:
def get_event(event, evtype):
if event not in G.events:
e = Event()
G.events[event] = e
e.name = event
e.vals = []
e.type = evtype
e.marker = "o"
e.numid = len(G.events)
G.sevents = list(G.events.values())
G.sevents.sort(key=lambda x: x.name)
if e.type == "event-signal":
e.marker = find_marker()
if not event_regex.match(e.name):
return e
G.events[event] = e
return G.events[event]
SCALE = 1e6 # microseconds to seconds
for line in [line.split("#")[0].strip() for line in open(filename, "r")]:
line = line.strip()
if not line:
continue
ts, event = line.split(" ", 1)
ts = int(ts) / SCALE
ts = int(ts) / 1000 # milliseconds
if G.start is None:
G.start = ts
ts = ts - G.start
@@ -92,68 +82,28 @@ for line in [line.split("#")[0].strip() for line in open(filename, "r")]:
e.vals.append((ts, val))
elif event.startswith("event-timed "):
_, val, name = event.split(" ", 2)
val = int(val) / SCALE - G.start
val = int(val) / 1000 - G.start
e = get_event(name, "event-signal")
e.vals.append((val, 1))
elif event.startswith("range-timed "):
_, ts1, ts2, name = event.split(" ", 3)
ts1 = int(ts1) / SCALE - G.start
ts2 = int(ts2) / SCALE - G.start
e = get_event(name, "event")
e.vals.append((ts1, 0))
e.vals.append((ts1, 1))
e.vals.append((ts2, 1))
e.vals.append((ts2, 0))
elif event.startswith("value-timed "):
_, tsval, val, name = event.split(" ", 3)
tsval = int(tsval) / SCALE - G.start
val = float(val)
e = get_event(name, "value")
e.vals.append((tsval, val))
elif event.startswith("signal "):
name = event.split(" ", 2)[1]
e = get_event(name, "event-signal")
e.vals.append((ts, 1))
else:
e = get_event(event, "event-signal")
e.vals.append((ts, 1))
# deterministically sort them; make sure the legend is sorted too
G.sevents = list(G.events.values())
G.sevents.sort(key=lambda x: x.name)
hasval = False
for e, index in zip(G.sevents, range(len(G.sevents))):
m = len(G.sevents)
if e.type == "value":
hasval = True
else:
e.vals = [(x, y * (m - index) / m) for (x, y) in e.vals]
pg.setConfigOption('background', 'w')
pg.setConfigOption('foreground', 'k')
app = QtGui.QApplication([])
win = pg.GraphicsWindow()
#win.resize(1500, 900)
ax = [None, None]
plots = 2 if hasval else 1
ax[0] = win.addPlot()
if hasval:
win.nextRow()
ax[1] = win.addPlot()
ax[1].setXLink(ax[0])
for cur in ax:
if cur is not None:
cur.addLegend(offset = (-1, 1))
for e in G.sevents:
cur = ax[1 if e.type == "value" else 0]
args = {'name': e.name,'antialias':True}
if e.type == "event-signal":
args['symbol'] = e.marker
args['pen'] = None
else:
args['pen'] = pg.mkPen(pg.intColor(G.curveno), width=0)
G.curveno += 1
n = cur.plot([x for x,y in e.vals], [y for x,y in e.vals], **args)
e.vals = [(x, y * e.numid / len(G.events)) for (x, y) in e.vals]
QtGui.QApplication.instance().exec_()
plot.hold(True)
mainpl = plot.subplot(2, 1, 1)
legend = []
for e in G.sevents:
if e.type == "value":
plot.subplot(2, 1, 2, sharex=mainpl)
else:
plot.subplot(2, 1, 1)
pl, = plot.plot([x for x,y in e.vals], [y for x,y in e.vals], label=e.name)
if e.type == "event-signal":
plot.setp(pl, marker = e.marker, linestyle = "None")
legend.append(pl)
plot.subplot(2, 1, 1)
plot.legend(legend, [pl.get_label() for pl in legend])
plot.show()
+1 -1
View File
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@ script after that will start a new mpv instance.
Note that you can control the mpv instance by writing to the command fifo:
echo "cycle fullscreen" > ~/.umpv_fifo
echo "cycle fullscreen" > ~/.umpv-fifo
Note: you can supply custom mpv path and options with the MPV environment
variable. The environment variable will be split on whitespace, and the
+1 -1
View File
@@ -19,7 +19,7 @@
# 02110-1301 USA
#
FILTERS = telecine tile rectangle framestep ildetect
FILTERS = showqscale telecine tile rectangle framestep ildetect
COMMON = filterutils.o
OBJECTS = $(patsubst %,%.o,$(FILTERS)) $(COMMON)
+120
View File
@@ -0,0 +1,120 @@
/*
* Copyright (c) 2012 Rudolf Polzer <divVerent@xonotic.org>
*
* This file is part of mpv's vf_dlopen examples.
*
* mpv's vf_dlopen examples are free software; you can redistribute them and/or
* modify them under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as
* published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1 of the
* License, or (at your option) any later version.
*
* mpv's vf_dlopen examples are distributed in the hope that they will be
* useful, but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
* MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU Lesser
* General Public License for more details.
*
* You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
* License along with mpv's vf_dlopen examples; if not, write to the Free
* Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA
* 02110-1301 USA
*/
#include <assert.h>
#include <stdio.h>
#include <stdlib.h>
#include <string.h>
#include "vf_dlopen.h"
/*
* qscale visualizer
*
* usage: --vf=dlopen=/path/to/showqscale.so
*
* uses reddish colors for high QPs, and greenish colors for low QPs
*/
#define PLANE_Y 0
#define PLANE_U 1
#define PLANE_V 2
static int qs_put_image(struct vf_dlopen_context *ctx)
{
unsigned int x, y, p;
assert(ctx->inpic.planes == ctx->outpic[0].planes);
for (p = 0; p < ctx->outpic[0].planes; ++p) {
assert(ctx->inpic.planewidth[p] == ctx->outpic[0].planewidth[p]);
assert(ctx->inpic.planeheight[p] == ctx->outpic[0].planeheight[p]);
if ((p == PLANE_U || p == PLANE_V) && ctx->inpic_qscale)
continue;
#if 0
// copy as is
for (y = 0; y < ctx->outpic[0].planeheight[p]; ++y)
memcpy(
&ctx->outpic[0].plane[p][ctx->outpic[0].planestride[p] * y],
&inpic[ctx->outpic[0].planeofs[p] + ctx->inpic.planestride[p] * y],
ctx->outpic[0].planewidth[p]
);
#else
// reduce contrast
for (y = 0; y < ctx->outpic[0].planeheight[p]; ++y)
for (x = 0; x < ctx->outpic[0].planewidth[p]; ++x)
ctx->outpic[0].plane[p][ctx->outpic[0].planestride[p] * y + x] =
0x20 + ((ctx->inpic.plane[p][ctx->inpic.planestride[p] * y + x] * 3) >> 2);
#endif
}
if (ctx->inpic_qscale) {
int qmin = 255;
int qmax = -255;
// clear U plane
p = PLANE_U;
for (y = 0; y < ctx->outpic[0].planeheight[p]; ++y)
memset(
&ctx->outpic[0].plane[p][ctx->outpic[0].planestride[p] * y],
0x80,
ctx->outpic[0].planewidth[p]
);
// replace V by the qp (0 = green, 12 = red)
p = PLANE_V;
for (y = 0; y < ctx->outpic[0].planeheight[p]; ++y)
for (x = 0; x < ctx->outpic[0].planewidth[p]; ++x) {
int q = ctx->inpic_qscale[
(x >> (ctx->inpic_qscaleshift - ctx->inpic.planexshift[p])) +
(y >> (ctx->inpic_qscaleshift - ctx->inpic.planeyshift[p])) * ctx->inpic_qscalestride];
if (q < qmin)
qmin = q;
if (q > qmax)
qmax = q;
int v = 128 + 21 * (q - 6); // range: 0 = green, 12 = red
if (v < 0)
v = 0;
if (v > 255)
v = 255;
ctx->outpic[0].plane[p][ctx->outpic[0].planestride[p] * y + x] = v;
}
// printf("qscale range: %d .. %d\n", qmin, qmax);
}
ctx->outpic[0].pts = ctx->inpic.pts;
return 1;
}
int vf_dlopen_getcontext(struct vf_dlopen_context *ctx, int argc, const char **argv)
{
VF_DLOPEN_CHECK_VERSION(ctx);
(void) argc;
(void) argv;
static struct vf_dlopen_formatpair map[] = {
{ "yuv420p", "yuv420p" },
{ NULL, NULL }
};
ctx->format_mapping = map;
ctx->put_image = qs_put_image;
return 1;
}
+22
View File
@@ -0,0 +1,22 @@
#!/bin/sh
# Example of script for using mpv with youtube-dl
set -e
cookies_dir="$(mktemp -d /tmp/youtube-dl_mpv.XXXX)"
cookies_file="${cookies_dir}/cookies"
user_agent="$(youtube-dl --dump-user-agent)" # or set whatever you want
video_url="$(youtube-dl \
--user-agent="$user_agent" \
--cookies="$cookies_file" \
--get-url \
"$@")"
set -f
${MPV:-mpv} \
--cookies \
--cookies-file="$cookies_file" \
--user-agent="$user_agent" \
-- $video_url
rm -rf "$cookies_dir"
+83 -120
View File
@@ -7,15 +7,15 @@ use warnings;
my $mpv = $ARGV[0] || 'mpv';
my @opts = parse_main_opts('--list-options', '^ (\-\-[^\s\*]*)\*?\s*(.*)');
my @opts = parse_opts("$mpv --list-options", '^ (\-\-[^\s\*]*)\*?\s*(.*)', 1);
my @ao = parse_opts('--ao=help', '^ ([^\s\:]*)\s*: (.*)');
my @vo = parse_opts('--vo=help', '^ ([^\s\:]*)\s*: (.*)');
my @ao = parse_opts("$mpv --ao=help", '^ ([^\s\:]*)\s*: (.*)');
my @vo = parse_opts("$mpv --vo=help", '^ ([^\s\:]*)\s*: (.*)');
my @af = parse_opts('--af=help', '^ ([^\s\:]*)\s*: (.*)');
my @vf = parse_opts('--vf=help', '^ ([^\s\:]*)\s*: (.*)');
my @af = parse_opts("$mpv --af=help", '^ ([^\s\:]*)\s*: (.*)');
my @vf = parse_opts("$mpv --vf=help", '^ ([^\s\:]*)\s*: (.*)');
my @protos = parse_opts('--list-protocols', '^ ([^\s]*)');
my @protos = parse_opts("$mpv --list-protocols", '^ ([^\s]*)');
my ($opts_str, $ao_str, $vo_str, $af_str, $vf_str, $protos_str);
@@ -34,35 +34,36 @@ chomp $af_str;
$vf_str .= qq{ '$_' \\\n} foreach (@vf);
chomp $vf_str;
$protos_str = join(' ', @protos);
$protos_str .= qq{$_ } foreach (@protos);
chomp $protos_str;
my $profile_comp = <<'EOS';
local -a profiles
local current
for current in "${(@f)$($words[1] --profile=help)}"; do
current=${current//\*/\\\*}
current=${current//\:/\\\:}
current=${current//\[/\\\[}
current=${current//\]/\\\]}
if [[ $current =~ $'\t'([^$'\t']*)$'\t'(.*) ]]; then
if [[ -n $match[2] ]]; then
current="$match[1][$match[2]]"
else
current="$match[1]"
local -a profiles
local current
for current in "${(@f)$($words[1] --profile=help)}"; do
current=${current//\*/\\\*}
current=${current//\:/\\\:}
current=${current//\[/\\\[}
current=${current//\]/\\\]}
if [[ $current =~ $'\t'([^$'\t']*)$'\t'(.*) ]]; then
if [[ -n $match[2] ]]; then
current="$match[1][$match[2]]"
else
current="$match[1]"
fi
profiles=($profiles $current)
fi
profiles=($profiles $current)
done
if [[ $state == profile ]]; then
# For --show-profile, only one allowed
if (( ${#profiles} > 0 )); then
_values 'profile' $profiles && rc=0
fi
else
# For --profile, multiple allowed
profiles=($profiles 'help[list profiles]')
_values -s , 'profile(s)' $profiles && rc=0
fi
done
if [[ $state == show-profile ]]; then
# For --show-profile, only one allowed
if (( ${#profiles} > 0 )); then
_values 'profile' $profiles && rc=0
fi
else
# For --profile, multiple allowed
profiles=($profiles 'help[list profiles]')
_values -s , 'profile(s)' $profiles && rc=0
fi
EOS
chomp $profile_comp;
@@ -82,30 +83,42 @@ $opts_str
case \$state in
ao)
_values -s , 'audio outputs' \\
local -a values
values=(
$ao_str
&& rc=0
)
_describe -t values 'audio outputs' values && rc=0
;;
vo)
_values -s , 'video outputs' \\
local -a values
values=(
$vo_str
&& rc=0
)
_describe -t values 'video outputs' values && rc=0
;;
af)
_values -s , 'audio filters' \\
local -a values
values=(
$af_str
&& rc=0
)
_describe -t values 'audio filters' values && rc=0
;;
vf)
_values -s , 'video filters' \\
local -a values
values=(
$vf_str
&& rc=0
)
_describe -t values 'video filters' values && rc=0
;;
profile|show-profile)
profile|profiles)
$profile_comp
;;
@@ -120,7 +133,7 @@ $profile_comp
_tags files urls
while _tags; do
_requested files expl 'media file' _files -g \\
"*.(#i)(asf|asx|avi|flac|flv|m1v|m2p|m2v|m4v|mjpg|mka|mkv|mov|mp3|mp4|mpe|mpeg|mpg|ogg|ogm|ogv|qt|rm|ts|vob|wav|webm|wma|wmv)(-.)" && rc=0
"*.(#i)(asf|asx|avi|flac|flv|m1v|m2p|m2v|m4v|mjpg|mka|mkv|mov|mp3|mp4|mpe|mpeg|mpg|ogg|ogm|ogv|qt|rm|ts|vob|wav|webm|wma|wmv)(-.)" && rc=0
if _requested urls; then
while _next_label urls expl URL; do
_urls "\$expl[@]" && rc=0
@@ -137,76 +150,11 @@ EOS
print $tmpl;
sub parse_main_opts {
my ($cmd, $regex) = @_;
my @list;
my @lines = call_mpv($cmd);
foreach my $line (@lines) {
my ($name, $desc) = ($line =~ /^$regex/) or next;
next if ($desc eq 'removed' || $desc eq 'alias');
if ($desc =~ /^Flag/) {
push @list, $name;
$name =~ /^--(.*)/;
if ($1 !~ /^(\{|\}|v|list-options|really-quiet|no-.*)$/) {
push @list, "--no-$1";
}
} elsif ($desc =~ /^Print/) {
push @list, $name;
} else {
# Option takes argument
my $entry = $name;
$desc =~ s/\:/\\:/g;
$entry .= "=-:$desc:";
if ($desc =~ /^Choices\\: ([^(]*)/) {
my $choices = $1;
$choices =~ s/ +$//; # strip trailing space
$entry .= "($choices)";
# If "no" is one of the choices, it can also be
# negated like a flag (--no-whatever).
if ($choices =~ /\bno\b/) {
$name =~ s/^--/--no-/;
push @list, $name;
}
} elsif ($line =~ /\[file\]/) {
$entry .= '->files';
} elsif ($name =~ /^--(ao|vo|af|vf|profile|show-profile)$/) {
$entry .= "->$1";
}
push @list, $entry;
}
}
# Sort longest first, because zsh won't complete an option listed
# after one that's a prefix of it.
@list = sort {
$a =~ /([^=]*)/; my $ma = $1;
$b =~ /([^=]*)/; my $mb = $1;
length($mb) <=> length($ma)
} @list;
return @list;
}
sub parse_opts {
my ($cmd, $regex) = @_;
my ($cmd, $regex, $parsing_main_options) = @_;
my @list;
my @lines = call_mpv($cmd);
my @lines = split /\n/, `$cmd`;
foreach my $line (@lines) {
if ($line !~ /^$regex/) {
@@ -215,25 +163,40 @@ sub parse_opts {
my $entry = $1;
if ($parsing_main_options) {
$entry .= '=-';
}
if (defined $2) {
my $desc = $2;
$desc =~ s/\:/\\:/g;
$entry .= "[$desc]";
$entry .= ':' . $desc;
}
if ($parsing_main_options) {
$entry .= ':';
$entry .= '->ao' if ($1 eq '--ao');
$entry .= '->vo' if ($1 eq '--vo');
$entry .= '->af' if ($1 eq '--af');
$entry .= '->vf' if ($1 eq '--vf');
$entry .= '->profiles' if ($1 eq '--profile');
$entry .= '->profile' if ($1 eq '--show-profile');
$entry .= '->files' if ($line =~ /\[file\]/);
}
push @list, $entry
}
if ($parsing_main_options) {
@list = sort {
$a =~ /(.*?)\:/; my $ma = $1;
$b =~ /(.*?)\:/; my $mb = $1;
length($mb) <=> length($ma)
} @list;
}
return @list;
}
sub call_mpv {
my ($cmd) = @_;
my $output = `"$mpv" --no-config $cmd`;
if ($? == -1) {
die "Could not run mpv: $!";
} elsif ((my $exit_code = $? >> 8) != 0) {
die "mpv returned $exit_code with output:\n$output";
}
return split /\n/, $output;
}
+1 -1
View File
@@ -1 +1 @@
0.12.0
0.7.1
+29 -87
View File
@@ -34,7 +34,7 @@ static void update_redundant_info(struct mp_audio *mpa)
assert(mp_chmap_is_empty(&mpa->channels) ||
mp_chmap_is_valid(&mpa->channels));
mpa->nch = mpa->channels.num;
mpa->bps = af_fmt_to_bytes(mpa->format);
mpa->bps = af_fmt2bps(mpa->format);
if (af_fmt_is_planar(mpa->format)) {
mpa->spf = 1;
mpa->num_planes = mpa->nch;
@@ -58,6 +58,13 @@ void mp_audio_set_num_channels(struct mp_audio *mpa, int num_channels)
update_redundant_info(mpa);
}
// Use old MPlayer/ALSA channel layout.
void mp_audio_set_channels_old(struct mp_audio *mpa, int num_channels)
{
mp_chmap_from_channels_alsa(&mpa->channels, num_channels);
update_redundant_info(mpa);
}
void mp_audio_set_channels(struct mp_audio *mpa, const struct mp_chmap *chmap)
{
mpa->channels = *chmap;
@@ -86,13 +93,9 @@ bool mp_audio_config_valid(const struct mp_audio *mpa)
char *mp_audio_config_to_str_buf(char *buf, size_t buf_sz, struct mp_audio *mpa)
{
char ch[128];
mp_chmap_to_str_buf(ch, sizeof(ch), &mpa->channels);
char *hr_ch = mp_chmap_to_str_hr(&mpa->channels);
if (strcmp(hr_ch, ch) != 0)
mp_snprintf_cat(ch, sizeof(ch), " (%s)", hr_ch);
snprintf(buf, buf_sz, "%dHz %s %dch %s", mpa->rate,
ch, mpa->channels.num, af_fmt_to_str(mpa->format));
mp_chmap_to_str(&mpa->channels), mpa->channels.num,
af_fmt_to_str(mpa->format));
return buf;
}
@@ -156,8 +159,8 @@ void mp_audio_realloc(struct mp_audio *mpa, int samples)
if (!mpa->allocated[n] || size != mpa->allocated[n]->size) {
if (av_buffer_realloc(&mpa->allocated[n], size) < 0)
abort(); // OOM
mpa->planes[n] = mpa->allocated[n]->data;
}
mpa->planes[n] = mpa->allocated[n]->data;
}
for (int n = mpa->num_planes; n < MP_NUM_CHANNELS; n++) {
av_buffer_unref(&mpa->allocated[n]);
@@ -188,18 +191,8 @@ int mp_audio_get_allocated_size(struct mp_audio *mpa)
{
int size = 0;
for (int n = 0; n < mpa->num_planes; n++) {
for (int i = 0; i < MP_NUM_CHANNELS && mpa->allocated[i]; i++) {
uint8_t *start = mpa->allocated[i]->data;
uint8_t *end = start + mpa->allocated[i]->size;
uint8_t *plane = mpa->planes[n];
if (plane >= start && plane < end) {
int s = MPMIN((end - plane) / mpa->sstride, INT_MAX);
size = n == 0 ? s : MPMIN(size, s);
goto next;
}
}
return 0; // plane is not covered by any buffer
next: ;
int s = mpa->allocated[n] ? mpa->allocated[n]->size / mpa->sstride : 0;
size = n == 0 ? s : MPMIN(size, s);
}
return size;
}
@@ -234,14 +227,6 @@ void mp_audio_copy(struct mp_audio *dst, int dst_offset,
}
}
// Copy fields that describe characteristics of the audio frame, but which are
// not part of the core format (format/channels/rate), and not part of the
// data (samples).
void mp_audio_copy_attributes(struct mp_audio *dst, struct mp_audio *src)
{
// nothing yet
}
// Set data to the audio after the given number of samples (i.e. slice it).
void mp_audio_skip_samples(struct mp_audio *data, int samples)
{
@@ -253,40 +238,28 @@ void mp_audio_skip_samples(struct mp_audio *data, int samples)
data->samples -= samples;
}
// Return false if the frame data is shared, true otherwise.
// Will return true for non-refcounted frames.
bool mp_audio_is_writeable(struct mp_audio *data)
// Make sure the frame owns the audio data, and if not, copy the data.
// Return negative value on failure (which means it can't be made writeable).
// Non-refcounted frames are always considered writeable.
int mp_audio_make_writeable(struct mp_audio *data)
{
bool ok = true;
for (int n = 0; n < MP_NUM_CHANNELS; n++) {
if (data->allocated[n])
ok &= av_buffer_is_writable(data->allocated[n]);
}
return ok;
}
static void mp_audio_steal_data(struct mp_audio *dst, struct mp_audio *src)
{
talloc_set_destructor(dst, mp_audio_destructor);
mp_audio_destructor(dst);
*dst = *src;
talloc_set_destructor(src, NULL);
talloc_free(src);
}
// Make sure the frame owns the audio data, and if not, copy the data.
// Return negative value on failure (which means it can't be made writeable).
// Non-refcounted frames are always considered writeable.
int mp_audio_make_writeable(struct mp_audio *data)
{
if (!mp_audio_is_writeable(data)) {
if (!ok) {
struct mp_audio *new = talloc(NULL, struct mp_audio);
*new = *data;
mp_audio_set_null_data(new); // use format only
mp_audio_realloc(new, data->samples);
new->samples = data->samples;
mp_audio_copy(new, 0, data, 0, data->samples);
mp_audio_steal_data(data, new);
// "Transfer" the reference.
mp_audio_destructor(data);
*data = *new;
talloc_set_destructor(new, NULL);
talloc_free(new);
}
return 0;
}
@@ -323,23 +296,21 @@ struct mp_audio *mp_audio_from_avframe(struct AVFrame *avframe)
}
// If we can't handle the format (e.g. too many channels), bail out.
if (!mp_audio_config_valid(new))
if (!mp_audio_config_valid(new) || avframe->nb_extended_buf)
goto fail;
for (int n = 0; n < AV_NUM_DATA_POINTERS + avframe->nb_extended_buf; n++) {
AVBufferRef *buf = n < AV_NUM_DATA_POINTERS ? avframe->buf[n]
: avframe->extended_buf[n - AV_NUM_DATA_POINTERS];
if (!buf)
for (int n = 0; n < AV_NUM_DATA_POINTERS; n++) {
if (!avframe->buf[n])
break;
if (n >= MP_NUM_CHANNELS)
goto fail;
new->allocated[n] = av_buffer_ref(buf);
new->allocated[n] = av_buffer_ref(avframe->buf[n]);
if (!new->allocated[n])
goto fail;
}
for (int n = 0; n < new->num_planes; n++)
new->planes[n] = avframe->extended_data[n];
new->planes[n] = avframe->data[n];
new->samples = avframe->nb_samples;
return new;
@@ -379,8 +350,7 @@ struct mp_audio *mp_audio_pool_get(struct mp_audio_pool *pool,
if (alloc >= INT_MAX)
return NULL;
av_buffer_pool_uninit(&pool->avpool);
pool->element_size = alloc;
pool->avpool = av_buffer_pool_init(pool->element_size, NULL);
pool->avpool = av_buffer_pool_init(alloc, NULL);
if (!pool->avpool)
return NULL;
talloc_set_destructor(pool, mp_audio_pool_destructor);
@@ -400,31 +370,3 @@ struct mp_audio *mp_audio_pool_get(struct mp_audio_pool *pool,
}
return new;
}
// Return a copy of the given frame.
// Returns NULL on error.
struct mp_audio *mp_audio_pool_new_copy(struct mp_audio_pool *pool,
struct mp_audio *frame)
{
struct mp_audio *new = mp_audio_pool_get(pool, frame, frame->samples);
if (new) {
mp_audio_copy(new, 0, frame, 0, new->samples);
mp_audio_copy_attributes(new, frame);
}
return new;
}
// Exactly like mp_audio_make_writeable(), but get the data from the pool.
int mp_audio_pool_make_writeable(struct mp_audio_pool *pool,
struct mp_audio *data)
{
if (mp_audio_is_writeable(data))
return 0;
struct mp_audio *new = mp_audio_pool_get(pool, data, data->samples);
if (!new)
return -1;
mp_audio_copy(new, 0, data, 0, data->samples);
mp_audio_copy_attributes(new, data);
mp_audio_steal_data(data, new);
return 0;
}
+3 -12
View File
@@ -35,17 +35,15 @@ struct mp_audio {
int nch; // number of channels (redundant with chmap)
int spf; // sub-samples per sample on each plane
int num_planes; // number of planes
int bps; // size of sub-samples (af_fmt_to_bytes(format))
int bps; // size of sub-samples (af_fmt2bps(format))
// --- private
// These do not necessarily map directly to planes[]. They can have
// different order or count. There shouldn't be more buffers than planes.
// If allocated[n] is NULL, allocated[n+1] must also be NULL.
// private
struct AVBufferRef *allocated[MP_NUM_CHANNELS];
};
void mp_audio_set_format(struct mp_audio *mpa, int format);
void mp_audio_set_num_channels(struct mp_audio *mpa, int num_channels);
void mp_audio_set_channels_old(struct mp_audio *mpa, int num_channels);
void mp_audio_set_channels(struct mp_audio *mpa, const struct mp_chmap *chmap);
void mp_audio_copy_config(struct mp_audio *dst, const struct mp_audio *src);
bool mp_audio_config_equals(const struct mp_audio *a, const struct mp_audio *b);
@@ -68,22 +66,15 @@ void mp_audio_fill_silence(struct mp_audio *mpa, int start, int length);
void mp_audio_copy(struct mp_audio *dst, int dst_offset,
struct mp_audio *src, int src_offset, int length);
void mp_audio_copy_attributes(struct mp_audio *dst, struct mp_audio *src);
void mp_audio_skip_samples(struct mp_audio *data, int samples);
bool mp_audio_is_writeable(struct mp_audio *data);
int mp_audio_make_writeable(struct mp_audio *data);
struct AVFrame;
struct mp_audio *mp_audio_from_avframe(struct AVFrame *avframe);
struct mp_audio_pool;
struct mp_audio_pool *mp_audio_pool_create(void *ta_parent);
struct mp_audio *mp_audio_pool_get(struct mp_audio_pool *pool,
const struct mp_audio *fmt, int samples);
struct mp_audio *mp_audio_pool_new_copy(struct mp_audio_pool *pool,
struct mp_audio *frame);
int mp_audio_pool_make_writeable(struct mp_audio_pool *pool,
struct mp_audio *frame);
#endif
-9
View File
@@ -119,15 +119,6 @@ void mp_audio_buffer_prepend_silence(struct mp_audio_buffer *ab, int samples)
mp_audio_fill_silence(ab->buffer, 0, samples);
}
void mp_audio_buffer_duplicate(struct mp_audio_buffer *ab, int samples)
{
assert(samples >= 0 && samples <= ab->buffer->samples);
int oldlen = ab->buffer->samples;
ab->buffer->samples += samples;
mp_audio_realloc_min(ab->buffer, ab->buffer->samples);
mp_audio_copy(ab->buffer, oldlen, ab->buffer, oldlen - samples, samples);
}
// Get the start of the current readable buffer.
void mp_audio_buffer_peek(struct mp_audio_buffer *ab, struct mp_audio *out_mpa)
{
-1
View File
@@ -35,7 +35,6 @@ void mp_audio_buffer_get_write_buffer(struct mp_audio_buffer *ab, int minsamples
void mp_audio_buffer_finish_write(struct mp_audio_buffer *ab, int samples);
void mp_audio_buffer_append(struct mp_audio_buffer *ab, struct mp_audio *mpa);
void mp_audio_buffer_prepend_silence(struct mp_audio_buffer *ab, int samples);
void mp_audio_buffer_duplicate(struct mp_audio_buffer *ab, int samples);
void mp_audio_buffer_peek(struct mp_audio_buffer *ab, struct mp_audio *out_mpa);
void mp_audio_buffer_skip(struct mp_audio_buffer *ab, int samples);
void mp_audio_buffer_clear(struct mp_audio_buffer *ab);
+43 -104
View File
@@ -18,8 +18,6 @@
#include <stdlib.h>
#include <assert.h>
#include <libavutil/common.h>
#include "common/common.h"
#include "common/msg.h"
#include "chmap.h"
@@ -52,7 +50,6 @@ static const char *const speaker_names[MP_SPEAKER_ID_COUNT][2] = {
[MP_SPEAKER_ID_SDL] = {"sdl", "surround direct left"},
[MP_SPEAKER_ID_SDR] = {"sdr", "surround direct right"},
[MP_SPEAKER_ID_LFE2] = {"lfe2", "low frequency 2"},
[MP_SPEAKER_ID_NA] = {"na", "not available"},
};
// Names taken from libavutil/channel_layout.c (Not accessible by API.)
@@ -60,9 +57,7 @@ static const char *const speaker_names[MP_SPEAKER_ID_COUNT][2] = {
static const char *const std_layout_names[][2] = {
{"empty", ""}, // not in lavc
{"mono", "fc"},
{"1.0", "fc"}, // not in lavc
{"stereo", "fl-fr"},
{"2.0", "fl-fr"}, // not in lavc
{"2.1", "fl-fr-lfe"},
{"3.0", "fl-fr-fc"},
{"3.0(back)", "fl-fr-bc"},
@@ -70,7 +65,6 @@ static const char *const std_layout_names[][2] = {
{"quad", "fl-fr-bl-br"},
{"quad(side)", "fl-fr-sl-sr"},
{"3.1", "fl-fr-fc-lfe"},
{"3.1(back)", "fl-fr-lfe-bc"}, // not in lavc
{"5.0", "fl-fr-fc-bl-br"},
{"5.0(alsa)", "fl-fr-bl-br-fc"}, // not in lavc
{"5.0(side)", "fl-fr-fc-sl-sr"},
@@ -84,23 +78,20 @@ static const char *const std_layout_names[][2] = {
{"hexagonal", "fl-fr-fc-bl-br-bc"},
{"6.1", "fl-fr-fc-lfe-bc-sl-sr"},
{"6.1(back)", "fl-fr-fc-lfe-bl-br-bc"}, // lavc calls this "6.1" too
{"6.1(top)", "fl-fr-fc-lfe-bl-br-tc"}, // not in lavc
{"6.1(front)", "fl-fr-lfe-flc-frc-sl-sr"},
{"7.0", "fl-fr-fc-bl-br-sl-sr"},
{"7.0(front)", "fl-fr-fc-flc-frc-sl-sr"},
{"7.0(rear)", "fl-fr-fc-bl-br-sdl-sdr"}, // not in lavc
{"7.1", "fl-fr-fc-lfe-bl-br-sl-sr"},
{"7.1(alsa)", "fl-fr-bl-br-fc-lfe-sl-sr"}, // not in lavc
{"7.1(wide)", "fl-fr-fc-lfe-bl-br-flc-frc"},
{"7.1(wide-side)", "fl-fr-fc-lfe-flc-frc-sl-sr"},
{"7.1(rear)", "fl-fr-fc-lfe-bl-br-sdl-sdr"},
{"octagonal", "fl-fr-fc-bl-br-bc-sl-sr"},
{"downmix", "dl-dr"},
{"auto", ""}, // not in lavc
{0}
};
static const struct mp_chmap default_layouts[] = {
static const struct mp_chmap default_layouts[MP_NUM_CHANNELS + 1] = {
{0}, // empty
MP_CHMAP_INIT_MONO, // mono
MP_CHMAP2(FL, FR), // stereo
@@ -133,8 +124,7 @@ bool mp_chmap_is_valid(const struct mp_chmap *src)
int sp = src->speaker[n];
if (sp >= MP_SPEAKER_ID_COUNT || mapped[sp])
return false;
if (sp != MP_SPEAKER_ID_NA)
mapped[sp] = true;
mapped[sp] = true;
}
return src->num > 0;
}
@@ -149,10 +139,12 @@ bool mp_chmap_is_empty(const struct mp_chmap *src)
bool mp_chmap_is_unknown(const struct mp_chmap *src)
{
for (int n = 0; n < src->num; n++) {
if (src->speaker[n] != MP_SPEAKER_ID_NA)
return false;
int speaker = src->speaker[n];
if (speaker >= MP_SPEAKER_ID_UNKNOWN0 &&
speaker <= MP_SPEAKER_ID_UNKNOWN_LAST)
return true;
}
return mp_chmap_is_valid(src);
return false;
}
// Note: empty channel maps compare as equal. Invalid ones can equal too.
@@ -176,6 +168,15 @@ bool mp_chmap_equals_reordered(const struct mp_chmap *a, const struct mp_chmap *
return mp_chmap_equals(&t1, &t2);
}
bool mp_chmap_is_compatible(const struct mp_chmap *a, const struct mp_chmap *b)
{
if (mp_chmap_equals(a, b))
return true;
if (a->num == b->num && (mp_chmap_is_unknown(a) || mp_chmap_is_unknown(b)))
return true;
return false;
}
bool mp_chmap_is_stereo(const struct mp_chmap *src)
{
static const struct mp_chmap stereo = MP_CHMAP_INIT_STEREO;
@@ -195,36 +196,16 @@ void mp_chmap_reorder_norm(struct mp_chmap *map)
qsort(arr, map->num, 1, comp_uint8);
}
// Remove silent (NA) channels, if any.
void mp_chmap_remove_na(struct mp_chmap *map)
{
struct mp_chmap new = {0};
for (int n = 0; n < map->num; n++) {
int sp = map->speaker[n];
if (sp != MP_SPEAKER_ID_NA)
new.speaker[new.num++] = map->speaker[n];
}
*map = new;
}
// Add silent (NA) channels to map until map->num >= num.
void mp_chmap_fill_na(struct mp_chmap *map, int num)
{
assert(num <= MP_NUM_CHANNELS);
while (map->num < num)
map->speaker[map->num++] = MP_SPEAKER_ID_NA;
}
// Set *dst to a standard layout with the given number of channels.
// If the number of channels is invalid, an invalid map is set, and
// mp_chmap_is_valid(dst) will return false.
void mp_chmap_from_channels(struct mp_chmap *dst, int num_channels)
{
*dst = (struct mp_chmap) {0};
if (num_channels >= 0 && num_channels < MP_ARRAY_SIZE(default_layouts))
if (num_channels < 0 || num_channels > MP_NUM_CHANNELS) {
*dst = (struct mp_chmap) {0};
} else {
*dst = default_layouts[num_channels];
if (!dst->num)
mp_chmap_set_unknown(dst, num_channels);
}
}
// Try to do what mplayer/mplayer2/mpv did before channel layouts were
@@ -243,8 +224,6 @@ void mp_chmap_from_channels_alsa(struct mp_chmap *dst, int num_channels)
// Set *dst to an unknown layout for the given numbers of channels.
// If the number of channels is invalid, an invalid map is set, and
// mp_chmap_is_valid(dst) will return false.
// A mp_chmap with all entries set to NA is treated specially in some
// contexts (watch out for mp_chmap_is_unknown()).
void mp_chmap_set_unknown(struct mp_chmap *dst, int num_channels)
{
if (num_channels < 0 || num_channels > MP_NUM_CHANNELS) {
@@ -252,7 +231,7 @@ void mp_chmap_set_unknown(struct mp_chmap *dst, int num_channels)
} else {
dst->num = num_channels;
for (int n = 0; n < dst->num; n++)
dst->speaker[n] = MP_SPEAKER_ID_NA;
dst->speaker[n] = MP_SPEAKER_ID_UNKNOWN0 + n;
}
}
@@ -295,26 +274,17 @@ void mp_chmap_remove_useless_channels(struct mp_chmap *map,
}
// Return the ffmpeg/libav channel layout as in <libavutil/channel_layout.h>.
// Speakers not representable by ffmpeg/libav are dropped.
// Warning: this ignores the order of the channels, and will return a channel
// mask even if the order is different from libavcodec's.
// Also, "unknown" channel maps are translated to non-sense channel
// maps with the same number of channels.
uint64_t mp_chmap_to_lavc_unchecked(const struct mp_chmap *src)
{
// lavc has no concept for unknown layouts yet, so pick a default
struct mp_chmap t = *src;
if (t.num > 64)
return 0;
// lavc has no concept for unknown layouts yet, so pick something that does
// the job of signaling the number of channels, even if it makes no sense
// as a proper layout.
if (mp_chmap_is_unknown(&t))
return t.num == 64 ? (uint64_t)-1 : (1ULL << t.num) - 1;
mp_chmap_from_channels(&t, t.num);
uint64_t mask = 0;
for (int n = 0; n < t.num; n++) {
if (t.speaker[n] < 64) // ignore MP_SPEAKER_ID_NA etc.
mask |= 1ULL << t.speaker[n];
}
for (int n = 0; n < t.num; n++)
mask |= 1ULL << t.speaker[n];
return mask;
}
@@ -365,8 +335,6 @@ bool mp_chmap_is_lavc(const struct mp_chmap *src)
return true;
}
// Warning: for "unknown" channel maps, this returns something that may not
// make sense. Invalid channel maps are not changed.
void mp_chmap_reorder_to_lavc(struct mp_chmap *map)
{
if (!mp_chmap_is_valid(map))
@@ -377,43 +345,33 @@ void mp_chmap_reorder_to_lavc(struct mp_chmap *map)
// Get reordering array for from->to reordering. from->to must have the same set
// of speakers (i.e. same number and speaker IDs, just different order). Then,
// for each speaker n, src[n] will be set such that:
// to->speaker[n] = from->speaker[src[n]]
// (src[n] gives the source channel for destination channel n)
// If *from and *to don't contain the same set of speakers, then the above
// invariant is not guaranteed. Instead, src[n] can be set to -1 if the channel
// at to->speaker[n] is unmapped.
void mp_chmap_get_reorder(int src[MP_NUM_CHANNELS], const struct mp_chmap *from,
// for each speaker n, dst[n] will be set such that:
// to->speaker[dst[n]] = from->speaker[n]
// (dst[n] gives the source channel for destination channel n)
void mp_chmap_get_reorder(int dst[MP_NUM_CHANNELS], const struct mp_chmap *from,
const struct mp_chmap *to)
{
for (int n = 0; n < MP_NUM_CHANNELS; n++)
src[n] = -1;
assert(from->num == to->num);
if (mp_chmap_is_unknown(from) || mp_chmap_is_unknown(to)) {
for (int n = 0; n < to->num; n++)
src[n] = n < from->num ? n : -1;
for (int n = 0; n < from->num; n++)
dst[n] = n;
return;
}
for (int n = 0; n < to->num; n++) {
for (int i = 0; i < from->num; i++) {
if (to->speaker[n] == from->speaker[i]) {
src[n] = i;
// Same set of speakers required
assert(mp_chmap_equals_reordered(from, to));
for (int n = 0; n < from->num; n++) {
int src = from->speaker[n];
dst[n] = -1;
for (int i = 0; i < to->num; i++) {
if (src == to->speaker[i]) {
dst[n] = i;
break;
}
}
assert(dst[n] != -1);
}
for (int n = 0; n < to->num; n++)
assert(src[n] < 0 || (to->speaker[n] == from->speaker[src[n]]));
}
// Return the number of channels only in a.
int mp_chmap_diffn(const struct mp_chmap *a, const struct mp_chmap *b)
{
uint64_t a_mask = mp_chmap_to_lavc_unchecked(a);
uint64_t b_mask = mp_chmap_to_lavc_unchecked(b);
return av_popcount64((a_mask ^ b_mask) & a_mask);
for (int n = 0; n < from->num; n++)
assert(to->speaker[dst[n]] == from->speaker[n]);
}
// Returns something like "fl-fr-fc". If there's a standard layout in lavc
@@ -516,25 +474,6 @@ bool mp_chmap_from_str(struct mp_chmap *dst, bstr src)
return true;
}
// Output a human readable "canonical" channel map string. Converting this from
// a string back to a channel map can yield a different map, but the string
// looks nicer. E.g. "fc-fl-fr-na" becomes "3.0".
char *mp_chmap_to_str_hr_buf(char *buf, size_t buf_size, const struct mp_chmap *src)
{
struct mp_chmap map = *src;
mp_chmap_remove_na(&map);
for (int n = 0; std_layout_names[n][0]; n++) {
struct mp_chmap s;
if (mp_chmap_from_str(&s, bstr0(std_layout_names[n][0])) &&
mp_chmap_equals_reordered(&s, &map))
{
map = s;
break;
}
}
return mp_chmap_to_str_buf(buf, buf_size, &map);
}
void mp_chmap_print_help(struct mp_log *log)
{
mp_info(log, "Speakers:\n");
+8 -16
View File
@@ -22,7 +22,7 @@
#include <stdbool.h>
#include "misc/bstr.h"
#define MP_NUM_CHANNELS 16
#define MP_NUM_CHANNELS 8
// Speaker a channel can be assigned to.
// This corresponds to WAVEFORMATEXTENSIBLE channel mask bit indexes.
@@ -47,7 +47,7 @@ enum mp_speaker_id {
MP_SPEAKER_ID_TBL, // TOP_BACK_LEFT
MP_SPEAKER_ID_TBC, // TOP_BACK_CENTER
MP_SPEAKER_ID_TBR, // TOP_BACK_RIGHT
// Unofficial/libav* extensions
// Inofficial/libav* extensions
MP_SPEAKER_ID_DL = 29, // STEREO_LEFT (stereo downmix special speakers)
MP_SPEAKER_ID_DR, // STEREO_RIGHT
MP_SPEAKER_ID_WL, // WIDE_LEFT
@@ -56,12 +56,10 @@ enum mp_speaker_id {
MP_SPEAKER_ID_SDR, // SURROUND_DIRECT_RIGHT
MP_SPEAKER_ID_LFE2, // LOW_FREQUENCY_2
// Speaker IDs >= 64 are not representable in WAVEFORMATEXTENSIBLE or libav*.
// "Silent" channels. These are sometimes used to insert padding for
// unused channels. Unlike other speaker types, multiple of these can
// occur in a single mp_chmap.
MP_SPEAKER_ID_NA = 64,
// Special mpv-specific speaker entries reserved for channels which have no
// known meaning.
MP_SPEAKER_ID_UNKNOWN0 = 64,
MP_SPEAKER_ID_UNKNOWN_LAST = MP_SPEAKER_ID_UNKNOWN0 + MP_NUM_CHANNELS - 1,
// Including the unassigned IDs in between. This is not a valid ID anymore,
// but is still within uint8_t.
@@ -100,11 +98,10 @@ bool mp_chmap_is_empty(const struct mp_chmap *src);
bool mp_chmap_is_unknown(const struct mp_chmap *src);
bool mp_chmap_equals(const struct mp_chmap *a, const struct mp_chmap *b);
bool mp_chmap_equals_reordered(const struct mp_chmap *a, const struct mp_chmap *b);
bool mp_chmap_is_compatible(const struct mp_chmap *a, const struct mp_chmap *b);
bool mp_chmap_is_stereo(const struct mp_chmap *src);
void mp_chmap_reorder_norm(struct mp_chmap *map);
void mp_chmap_remove_na(struct mp_chmap *map);
void mp_chmap_fill_na(struct mp_chmap *map, int num);
void mp_chmap_from_channels(struct mp_chmap *dst, int num_channels);
void mp_chmap_set_unknown(struct mp_chmap *dst, int num_channels);
@@ -120,17 +117,12 @@ void mp_chmap_from_lavc(struct mp_chmap *dst, uint64_t src);
bool mp_chmap_is_lavc(const struct mp_chmap *src);
void mp_chmap_reorder_to_lavc(struct mp_chmap *map);
void mp_chmap_get_reorder(int src[MP_NUM_CHANNELS], const struct mp_chmap *from,
void mp_chmap_get_reorder(int dst[MP_NUM_CHANNELS], const struct mp_chmap *from,
const struct mp_chmap *to);
int mp_chmap_diffn(const struct mp_chmap *a, const struct mp_chmap *b);
char *mp_chmap_to_str_buf(char *buf, size_t buf_size, const struct mp_chmap *src);
#define mp_chmap_to_str(m) mp_chmap_to_str_buf((char[64]){0}, 64, (m))
char *mp_chmap_to_str_hr_buf(char *buf, size_t buf_size, const struct mp_chmap *src);
#define mp_chmap_to_str_hr(m) mp_chmap_to_str_hr_buf((char[128]){0}, 128, (m))
bool mp_chmap_from_str(struct mp_chmap *dst, bstr src);
struct mp_log;
+7 -165
View File
@@ -17,10 +17,8 @@
#include <stdlib.h>
#include <assert.h>
#include <limits.h>
#include "common/common.h"
#include "common/msg.h"
#include "chmap_sel.h"
static const struct mp_chmap speaker_replacements[][2] = {
@@ -59,29 +57,6 @@ static bool replace_speakers(struct mp_chmap *map, struct mp_chmap list[2])
return false;
}
// These go strictly from the first to the second entry and always use the
// full layout (possibly reordered and/or padding channels added).
static const struct mp_chmap preferred_remix[][2] = {
// mono can be perfectly played as stereo
{ MP_CHMAP_INIT_MONO, MP_CHMAP_INIT_STEREO },
};
// Conversion from src to dst is explicitly encouraged and should be preferred
// over "mathematical" upmixes or downmixes (which minimize lost channels).
static bool test_preferred_remix(const struct mp_chmap *src,
const struct mp_chmap *dst)
{
struct mp_chmap src_p = *src, dst_p = *dst;
mp_chmap_remove_na(&src_p);
mp_chmap_remove_na(&dst_p);
for (int n = 0; n < MP_ARRAY_SIZE(preferred_remix); n++) {
if (mp_chmap_equals_reordered(&src_p, &preferred_remix[n][0]) &&
mp_chmap_equals_reordered(&dst_p, &preferred_remix[n][1]))
return true;
}
return false;
}
// Allow all channel layouts that can be expressed with mp_chmap.
// (By default, all layouts are rejected.)
void mp_chmap_sel_add_any(struct mp_chmap_sel *s)
@@ -98,7 +73,7 @@ void mp_chmap_sel_add_waveext(struct mp_chmap_sel *s)
// Classic ALSA-based MPlayer layouts.
void mp_chmap_sel_add_alsa_def(struct mp_chmap_sel *s)
{
for (int n = 1; n <= MP_NUM_CHANNELS; n++) {
for (int n = 0; n < MP_NUM_CHANNELS; n++) {
struct mp_chmap t;
mp_chmap_from_channels_alsa(&t, n);
if (t.num)
@@ -126,7 +101,7 @@ void mp_chmap_sel_add_map(struct mp_chmap_sel *s, const struct mp_chmap *map)
// Allow all waveext formats in default order.
void mp_chmap_sel_add_waveext_def(struct mp_chmap_sel *s)
{
for (int n = 1; n <= MP_NUM_CHANNELS; n++) {
for (int n = 1; n < MP_NUM_CHANNELS; n++) {
struct mp_chmap map;
mp_chmap_from_channels(&map, n);
mp_chmap_sel_add_map(s, &map);
@@ -200,10 +175,6 @@ bool mp_chmap_sel_adjust(const struct mp_chmap_sel *s, struct mp_chmap *map)
return true;
}
}
if (mp_chmap_sel_fallback(s, map))
return true;
for (int i = 0; i < MP_ARRAY_SIZE(speaker_replacements); i++) {
struct mp_chmap t = *map;
struct mp_chmap *r = (struct mp_chmap *)speaker_replacements[i];
@@ -212,126 +183,18 @@ bool mp_chmap_sel_adjust(const struct mp_chmap_sel *s, struct mp_chmap *map)
return true;
}
}
// Fallback to mono/stereo as last resort
*map = (struct mp_chmap) MP_CHMAP_INIT_STEREO;
if (test_layout(s, map))
return true;
*map = (struct mp_chmap) MP_CHMAP_INIT_MONO;
if (map->num == 1) {
*map = (struct mp_chmap) MP_CHMAP_INIT_MONO;
} else if (map->num >= 2) {
*map = (struct mp_chmap) MP_CHMAP_INIT_STEREO;
}
if (test_layout(s, map))
return true;
*map = (struct mp_chmap) {0};
return false;
}
// Like mp_chmap_diffn(), but find the minimum difference with all possible
// speaker replacements considered.
static int mp_chmap_diffn_r(const struct mp_chmap *a, const struct mp_chmap *b)
{
int mindiff = INT_MAX;
for (int i = -1; i < (int)MP_ARRAY_SIZE(speaker_replacements); i++) {
struct mp_chmap ar = *a;
if (i >= 0) {
struct mp_chmap *r = (struct mp_chmap *)speaker_replacements[i];
if (!replace_speakers(&ar, r))
continue;
}
int d = mp_chmap_diffn(&ar, b);
if (d < mindiff)
mindiff = d;
}
// Special-case: we consider stereo a replacement for mono. (This is not
// true in the other direction. Also, fl-fr is generally not a replacement
// for fc. Thus it's not part of the speaker replacement list.)
struct mp_chmap mono = MP_CHMAP_INIT_MONO;
struct mp_chmap stereo = MP_CHMAP_INIT_STEREO;
if (mp_chmap_equals(&mono, b) && mp_chmap_equals(&stereo, a))
mindiff = 0;
return mindiff;
}
// Decide whether we should prefer old or new for the requested layout.
// Return true if new should be used, false if old should be used.
// If old is empty, always return new (initial case).
static bool mp_chmap_is_better(struct mp_chmap *req, struct mp_chmap *old,
struct mp_chmap *new)
{
// Initial case
if (!old->num)
return true;
// Exact pick - this also ensures that the best layout is chosen if the
// layouts are the same, but with different order of channels.
if (mp_chmap_equals(req, old))
return false;
if (mp_chmap_equals(req, new))
return true;
// If there's no exact match, strictly do a preferred conversion.
bool old_pref = test_preferred_remix(req, old);
bool new_pref = test_preferred_remix(req, new);
if (old_pref && !new_pref)
return false;
if (!old_pref && new_pref)
return true;
int old_lost_r = mp_chmap_diffn_r(req, old); // num. channels only in req
int new_lost_r = mp_chmap_diffn_r(req, new);
// Imperfect upmix (no real superset) - minimize lost channels
if (new_lost_r != old_lost_r)
return new_lost_r < old_lost_r;
int old_lost = mp_chmap_diffn(req, old);
int new_lost = mp_chmap_diffn(req, new);
// If the situation is equal with replaced speakers, but one of them loses
// less if no replacements are performed, pick the better one, even if it
// means an upmix. This prefers exact supersets over inexact equivalents.
if (new_lost != old_lost)
return new_lost < old_lost;
struct mp_chmap old_p = *old, new_p = *new;
mp_chmap_remove_na(&old_p);
mp_chmap_remove_na(&new_p);
// Some kind of upmix. If it's perfect, prefer the smaller one. Even if not,
// both have equal loss, so also prefer the smaller one.
// Drop padding channels (NA) for the sake of this check, as the number of
// padding channels isn't really meaningful.
if (new_p.num != old_p.num)
return new_p.num < old_p.num;
// Again, with physical channels (minimizes number of NA channels).
return new->num < old->num;
}
// Determine which channel map to fallback to given a source channel map.
bool mp_chmap_sel_fallback(const struct mp_chmap_sel *s, struct mp_chmap *map)
{
struct mp_chmap best = {0};
for (int n = 0; n < s->num_chmaps; n++) {
struct mp_chmap e = s->chmaps[n];
if (mp_chmap_is_unknown(&e))
continue;
if (mp_chmap_is_better(map, &best, &e))
best = e;
}
if (best.num) {
*map = best;
return true;
}
return false;
}
// Set map to a default layout with num channels. Used for audio APIs that
// return a channel count as part of format negotiation, but give no
// information about the channel layout.
@@ -358,24 +221,3 @@ bool mp_chmap_sel_get_def(const struct mp_chmap_sel *s, struct mp_chmap *map,
}
return map->num > 0;
}
// Print the set of allowed channel layouts.
void mp_chmal_sel_log(const struct mp_chmap_sel *s, struct mp_log *log, int lev)
{
if (!mp_msg_test(log, lev))
return;
for (int i = 0; i < s->num_chmaps; i++)
mp_msg(log, lev, " - %s\n", mp_chmap_to_str(&s->chmaps[i]));
for (int i = 0; i < MP_SPEAKER_ID_COUNT; i++) {
if (!s->speakers[i])
continue;
struct mp_chmap l = {.num = 1, .speaker = { i }};
mp_msg(log, lev, " - #%s\n",
i == MP_SPEAKER_ID_FC ? "fc" : mp_chmap_to_str_hr(&l));
}
if (s->allow_waveext)
mp_msg(log, lev, " - waveext\n");
if (s->allow_any)
mp_msg(log, lev, " - anything\n");
}
-4
View File
@@ -41,11 +41,7 @@ void mp_chmap_sel_add_alsa_def(struct mp_chmap_sel *s);
void mp_chmap_sel_add_map(struct mp_chmap_sel *s, const struct mp_chmap *map);
void mp_chmap_sel_add_speaker(struct mp_chmap_sel *s, int id);
bool mp_chmap_sel_adjust(const struct mp_chmap_sel *s, struct mp_chmap *map);
bool mp_chmap_sel_fallback(const struct mp_chmap_sel *s, struct mp_chmap *map);
bool mp_chmap_sel_get_def(const struct mp_chmap_sel *s, struct mp_chmap *map,
int num);
struct mp_log;
void mp_chmal_sel_log(const struct mp_chmap_sel *s, struct mp_log *log, int lev);
#endif
+5 -4
View File
@@ -1,18 +1,19 @@
/*
* This file is part of mpv.
* This file is part of MPlayer.
*
* mpv is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
* MPlayer is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
* it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
* the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
* (at your option) any later version.
*
* mpv is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
* MPlayer is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
* but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
* MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
* GNU General Public License for more details.
*
* You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along
* with mpv. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
* with MPlayer; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc.,
* 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA.
*/
#ifndef MPLAYER_AD_H
+17 -9
View File
@@ -1,18 +1,19 @@
/*
* This file is part of mpv.
* This file is part of MPlayer.
*
* mpv is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
* MPlayer is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
* it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
* the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
* (at your option) any later version.
*
* mpv is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
* MPlayer is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
* but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
* MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
* GNU General Public License for more details.
*
* You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along
* with mpv. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
* with MPlayer; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc.,
* 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA.
*/
#include <stdio.h>
@@ -58,7 +59,7 @@ struct ad_lavc_params {
const struct m_sub_options ad_lavc_conf = {
.opts = (const m_option_t[]) {
OPT_FLOATRANGE("ac3drc", ac3drc, 0, 0, 6),
OPT_FLOATRANGE("ac3drc", ac3drc, 0, 0, 2),
OPT_FLAG("downmix", downmix, 0),
OPT_INTRANGE("threads", threads, 0, 1, 16),
OPT_KEYVALUELIST("o", avopts, 0),
@@ -66,7 +67,7 @@ const struct m_sub_options ad_lavc_conf = {
},
.size = sizeof(struct ad_lavc_params),
.defaults = &(const struct ad_lavc_params){
.ac3drc = 0,
.ac3drc = 1.,
.downmix = 1,
.threads = 1,
},
@@ -116,7 +117,7 @@ static int init(struct dec_audio *da, const char *decoder)
mp_set_avopts(da->log, lavc_context, opts->avopts);
lavc_context->codec_tag = sh->codec_tag;
lavc_context->codec_tag = sh->format;
lavc_context->sample_rate = sh_audio->samplerate;
lavc_context->bit_rate = sh_audio->bitrate;
lavc_context->block_align = sh_audio->block_align;
@@ -126,12 +127,16 @@ static int init(struct dec_audio *da, const char *decoder)
lavc_context->channel_layout = mp_chmap_to_lavc(&sh_audio->channels);
// demux_mkv
mp_lavc_set_extradata(lavc_context, sh->extradata, sh->extradata_size);
if (sh_audio->codecdata_len && sh_audio->codecdata &&
!lavc_context->extradata) {
mp_lavc_set_extradata(lavc_context, sh_audio->codecdata,
sh_audio->codecdata_len);
}
if (sh->lav_headers)
mp_copy_lav_codec_headers(lavc_context, sh->lav_headers);
mp_set_avcodec_threads(da->log, lavc_context, opts->threads);
mp_set_avcodec_threads(lavc_context, opts->threads);
/* open it */
if (avcodec_open2(lavc_context, lavc_codec, NULL) < 0) {
@@ -140,6 +145,9 @@ static int init(struct dec_audio *da, const char *decoder)
return 0;
}
if (lavc_context->bit_rate != 0)
da->bitrate = lavc_context->bit_rate;
return 1;
}
+304
View File
@@ -0,0 +1,304 @@
/*
* MPEG 1.0/2.0/2.5 audio layer I, II, III decoding with libmpg123
*
* Copyright (C) 2010-2013 Thomas Orgis <thomas@orgis.org>
*
* MPlayer is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
* it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
* the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
* (at your option) any later version.
*
* MPlayer is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
* but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
* MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
* GNU General Public License for more details.
*
* You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along
* with MPlayer; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc.,
* 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA.
*/
#include <stdio.h>
#include <stdlib.h>
#include <unistd.h>
#include "config.h"
#include "ad.h"
#include "common/msg.h"
#include <mpg123.h>
#if (defined MPG123_API_VERSION) && (MPG123_API_VERSION < 33)
#error "This should not happen"
#endif
struct ad_mpg123_context {
mpg123_handle *handle;
int sample_size;
/* Running mean for bit rate, stream length estimation. */
float mean_rate;
unsigned int mean_count;
/* Time delay for updates. */
short delay;
/* If the stream is actually VBR. */
char vbr;
struct mp_audio frame;
};
static void uninit(struct dec_audio *da)
{
struct ad_mpg123_context *con = da->priv;
mpg123_close(con->handle);
mpg123_delete(con->handle);
mpg123_exit();
}
/* This initializes libmpg123 and prepares the handle, including funky
* parameters. */
static int init(struct dec_audio *da, const char *decoder)
{
int err;
struct ad_mpg123_context *con;
/* Assumption: You always call preinit + init + uninit, on every file.
* But you stop at preinit in case it fails.
* If that is not true, one must ensure not to call mpg123_init / exit
* twice in a row. */
if (mpg123_init() != MPG123_OK)
return 0;
da->priv = talloc_zero(NULL, struct ad_mpg123_context);
con = da->priv;
/* Auto-choice of optimized decoder (first argument NULL). */
con->handle = mpg123_new(NULL, &err);
if (!con->handle)
goto bad_end;
/* Basic settings.
* Don't spill messages, enable better resync with non-seekable streams.
* Give both flags individually without error checking to keep going with
* old libmpg123. Generally, it is not fatal if the flags are not
* honored */
mpg123_param(con->handle, MPG123_ADD_FLAGS, MPG123_QUIET, 0.0);
/* Do not bail out on malformed streams at all.
* MPlayer does not handle a decoder throwing the towel on crappy input. */
mpg123_param(con->handle, MPG123_RESYNC_LIMIT, -1, 0.0);
/* Open decisions: Configure libmpg123 to force encoding (or stay open about
* library builds that support only float or int32 output), (de)configure
* gapless decoding (won't work with seeking in MPlayer, though).
* Don't forget to eventually enable ReplayGain/RVA support, too.
* Let's try to run with the default for now. */
/* That would produce floating point output.
* You can get 32 and 24 bit ints, even 8 bit via format matrix.
* If wanting a specific encoding here, configure format matrix and
* make sure it is in set_format(). */
/* mpg123_param(con->handle, MPG123_ADD_FLAGS, MPG123_FORCE_FLOAT, 0.); */
/* Example for RVA choice (available since libmpg123 1.0.0):
mpg123_param(con->handle, MPG123_RVA, MPG123_RVA_MIX, 0.0) */
/* Prevent funky automatic resampling.
* This way, we can be sure that one frame will never produce
* more than 1152 stereo samples.
* Background:
* Going to decode directly to the output buffer. It is important to have
* MPG123_AUTO_RESAMPLE disabled for the buffer size being an all-time
* limit.
* We need at least 1152 samples. dec_audio.c normally guarantees this. */
mpg123_param(con->handle, MPG123_REMOVE_FLAGS, MPG123_AUTO_RESAMPLE, 0.);
err = mpg123_open_feed(con->handle);
if (err != MPG123_OK)
goto bad_end;
return 1;
bad_end:
if (!con->handle) {
MP_ERR(da, "mpg123 preinit error: %s\n", mpg123_plain_strerror(err));
} else {
MP_ERR(da, "mpg123 preinit error: %s\n", mpg123_strerror(con->handle));
}
uninit(da);
return 0;
}
static int mpg123_format_to_af(int mpg123_encoding)
{
/* Without external force, mpg123 will always choose signed encoding,
* and non-16-bit only on builds that don't support it.
* Be reminded that it doesn't matter to the MPEG file what encoding
* is produced from it. */
switch (mpg123_encoding) {
case MPG123_ENC_SIGNED_8: return AF_FORMAT_S8;
case MPG123_ENC_SIGNED_16: return AF_FORMAT_S16;
case MPG123_ENC_SIGNED_32: return AF_FORMAT_S32;
case MPG123_ENC_FLOAT_32: return AF_FORMAT_FLOAT;
}
return 0;
}
/* Compute bitrate from frame size. */
static int compute_bitrate(struct mpg123_frameinfo *i)
{
static const int samples_per_frame[4][4] = {
{-1, 384, 1152, 1152}, /* MPEG 1 */
{-1, 384, 1152, 576}, /* MPEG 2 */
{-1, 384, 1152, 576}, /* MPEG 2.5 */
{-1, -1, -1, -1}, /* Unknown */
};
return (int) ((i->framesize + 4) * 8 * i->rate /
samples_per_frame[i->version][i->layer] + 0.5);
}
/* Update mean bitrate. This could be dropped if accurate time display
* on audio file playback is not desired. */
static void update_info(struct dec_audio *da)
{
struct ad_mpg123_context *con = da->priv;
struct mpg123_frameinfo finfo;
if (mpg123_info(con->handle, &finfo) != MPG123_OK)
return;
/* finfo.bitrate is expressed in kilobits */
const int bitrate = finfo.bitrate * 1000;
if (finfo.vbr != MPG123_CBR) {
if (--con->delay < 1) {
if (++con->mean_count > ((unsigned int) -1) / 2)
con->mean_count = ((unsigned int) -1) / 4;
/* Might not be numerically optimal, but works fine enough. */
con->mean_rate = ((con->mean_count - 1) * con->mean_rate +
bitrate) / con->mean_count;
da->bitrate = (int) (con->mean_rate + 0.5);
con->delay = 10;
}
} else {
da->bitrate = bitrate ? bitrate : compute_bitrate(&finfo);
con->delay = 1;
con->mean_rate = 0.;
con->mean_count = 0;
}
}
/* libmpg123 has a new format ready; query and store, return return value
of mpg123_getformat() */
static int set_format(struct dec_audio *da)
{
struct ad_mpg123_context *con = da->priv;
int ret;
long rate;
int channels;
int encoding;
ret = mpg123_getformat(con->handle, &rate, &channels, &encoding);
if (ret == MPG123_OK) {
mp_audio_set_num_channels(&con->frame, channels);
con->frame.rate = rate;
int af = mpg123_format_to_af(encoding);
if (!af) {
/* This means we got a funny custom build of libmpg123 that only supports an unknown format. */
MP_ERR(da, "Bad encoding from mpg123: %i.\n", encoding);
return MPG123_ERR;
}
mp_audio_set_format(&con->frame, af);
con->sample_size = channels * af_fmt2bps(af);
}
return ret;
}
static int decode_packet(struct dec_audio *da, struct mp_audio **out)
{
struct ad_mpg123_context *con = da->priv;
int ret;
struct demux_packet *pkt;
if (demux_read_packet_async(da->header, &pkt) == 0)
return AD_WAIT;
if (!pkt)
return AD_EOF;
/* Next bytes from that presentation time. */
if (pkt->pts != MP_NOPTS_VALUE) {
da->pts = pkt->pts;
da->pts_offset = 0;
}
/* Have to use mpg123_feed() to avoid decoding here. */
ret = mpg123_feed(con->handle, pkt->buffer, pkt->len);
talloc_free(pkt);
if (ret != MPG123_OK)
goto mpg123_fail;
unsigned char *audio = NULL;
size_t bytes = 0;
ret = mpg123_decode_frame(con->handle, NULL, &audio, &bytes);
if (ret == MPG123_NEED_MORE)
return 0;
if (ret != MPG123_OK && ret != MPG123_DONE && ret != MPG123_NEW_FORMAT)
goto mpg123_fail;
ret = set_format(da);
if (ret != MPG123_OK)
goto mpg123_fail;
if (con->sample_size < 1) {
MP_ERR(da, "no sample size\n");
return AD_ERR;
}
int got_samples = bytes / con->sample_size;
*out = mp_audio_pool_get(da->pool, &con->frame, got_samples);
if (!*out)
return AD_ERR;
memcpy((*out)->planes[0], audio, bytes);
update_info(da);
return 0;
mpg123_fail:
MP_ERR(da, "mpg123 decoding error: %s\n", mpg123_strerror(con->handle));
return AD_ERR;
}
static int control(struct dec_audio *da, int cmd, void *arg)
{
struct ad_mpg123_context *con = da->priv;
switch (cmd) {
case ADCTRL_RESET:
mpg123_close(con->handle);
if (mpg123_open_feed(con->handle) != MPG123_OK) {
MP_ERR(da, "mpg123 failed to reopen stream: %s\n",
mpg123_strerror(con->handle));
return CONTROL_FALSE;
}
return CONTROL_TRUE;
}
return CONTROL_UNKNOWN;
}
static void add_decoders(struct mp_decoder_list *list)
{
mp_add_decoder(list, "mpg123", "mp3", "mp3",
"High-performance decoder using libmpg123");
}
const struct ad_functions ad_mpg123 = {
.name = "mpg123",
.add_decoders = add_decoders,
.init = init,
.uninit = uninit,
.control = control,
.decode_packet = decode_packet,
};
+32 -93
View File
@@ -1,20 +1,21 @@
/*
* This file is part of MPlayer.
*
* Copyright (C) 2012 Naoya OYAMA
*
* This file is part of mpv.
*
* mpv is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
* MPlayer is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
* it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
* the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
* (at your option) any later version.
*
* mpv is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
* MPlayer is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
* but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
* MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
* GNU General Public License for more details.
*
* You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along
* with mpv. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
* with MPlayer; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc.,
* 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA.
*/
#include <string.h>
@@ -34,12 +35,11 @@
struct spdifContext {
struct mp_log *log;
enum AVCodecID codec_id;
AVFormatContext *lavf_ctx;
int iec61937_packet_size;
int out_buffer_len;
uint8_t out_buffer[OUTBUF_SIZE];
bool need_close;
bool use_dts_hd;
struct mp_audio fmt;
};
@@ -78,78 +78,17 @@ static int init(struct dec_audio *da, const char *decoder)
struct spdifContext *spdif_ctx = talloc_zero(NULL, struct spdifContext);
da->priv = spdif_ctx;
spdif_ctx->log = da->log;
spdif_ctx->use_dts_hd = da->opts->dtshd;
if (strcmp(decoder, "dts-hd") == 0) {
decoder = "dts";
spdif_ctx->use_dts_hd = true;
}
spdif_ctx->codec_id = mp_codec_to_av_codec_id(decoder);
return spdif_ctx->codec_id != AV_CODEC_ID_NONE;
}
static int determine_codec_profile(struct dec_audio *da, AVPacket *pkt)
{
struct spdifContext *spdif_ctx = da->priv;
int profile = FF_PROFILE_UNKNOWN;
AVCodecContext *ctx = NULL;
AVFrame *frame = NULL;
AVCodec *codec = avcodec_find_decoder(spdif_ctx->codec_id);
if (!codec)
goto done;
frame = av_frame_alloc();
if (!frame)
goto done;
ctx = avcodec_alloc_context3(codec);
if (!ctx)
goto done;
if (avcodec_open2(ctx, codec, NULL) < 0) {
av_free(ctx); // don't attempt to avcodec_close() an unopened ctx
ctx = NULL;
goto done;
}
int got_frame = 0;
if (avcodec_decode_audio4(ctx, frame, &got_frame, pkt) < 1 || !got_frame)
goto done;
profile = ctx->profile;
done:
av_frame_free(&frame);
if (ctx)
avcodec_close(ctx);
avcodec_free_context(&ctx);
if (profile == FF_PROFILE_UNKNOWN)
MP_WARN(da, "Failed to parse codec profile.\n");
return profile;
}
static int init_filter(struct dec_audio *da, AVPacket *pkt)
{
struct spdifContext *spdif_ctx = da->priv;
int profile = FF_PROFILE_UNKNOWN;
if (spdif_ctx->codec_id == AV_CODEC_ID_DTS)
profile = determine_codec_profile(da, pkt);
AVFormatContext *lavf_ctx = avformat_alloc_context();
if (!lavf_ctx)
goto fail;
spdif_ctx->lavf_ctx = lavf_ctx;
lavf_ctx->oformat = av_guess_format("spdif", NULL, NULL);
if (!lavf_ctx->oformat)
goto fail;
spdif_ctx->lavf_ctx = lavf_ctx;
void *buffer = av_mallocz(OUTBUF_SIZE);
if (!buffer)
abort();
@@ -169,50 +108,54 @@ static int init_filter(struct dec_audio *da, AVPacket *pkt)
if (!stream)
goto fail;
stream->codec->codec_id = spdif_ctx->codec_id;
stream->codec->codec_id = mp_codec_to_av_codec_id(decoder);
AVDictionary *format_opts = NULL;
int num_channels = 0;
int sample_format = 0;
int samplerate = 0;
switch (spdif_ctx->codec_id) {
switch (stream->codec->codec_id) {
case AV_CODEC_ID_AAC:
spdif_ctx->iec61937_packet_size = 16384;
sample_format = AF_FORMAT_S_AAC;
samplerate = 48000;
num_channels = 2;
break;
case AV_CODEC_ID_AC3:
spdif_ctx->iec61937_packet_size = 6144;
sample_format = AF_FORMAT_S_AC3;
samplerate = 48000;
num_channels = 2;
break;
case AV_CODEC_ID_DTS: {
bool is_hd = profile == FF_PROFILE_DTS_HD_HRA ||
profile == FF_PROFILE_DTS_HD_MA;
if (spdif_ctx->use_dts_hd && is_hd) {
case AV_CODEC_ID_DTS:
if (da->opts->dtshd) {
av_dict_set(&format_opts, "dtshd_rate", "768000", 0); // 4*192000
sample_format = AF_FORMAT_S_DTSHD;
samplerate = 192000;
num_channels = 2*4;
spdif_ctx->iec61937_packet_size = 32768;
sample_format = AF_FORMAT_S_DTSHD;
samplerate = 192000;
num_channels = 2*4;
} else {
sample_format = AF_FORMAT_S_DTS;
samplerate = 48000;
num_channels = 2;
spdif_ctx->iec61937_packet_size = 32768;
sample_format = AF_FORMAT_S_DTS;
samplerate = 48000;
num_channels = 2;
}
break;
}
case AV_CODEC_ID_EAC3:
spdif_ctx->iec61937_packet_size = 24576;
sample_format = AF_FORMAT_S_EAC3;
samplerate = 192000;
num_channels = 2;
break;
case AV_CODEC_ID_MP3:
spdif_ctx->iec61937_packet_size = 4608;
sample_format = AF_FORMAT_S_MP3;
samplerate = 48000;
num_channels = 2;
break;
case AV_CODEC_ID_TRUEHD:
spdif_ctx->iec61937_packet_size = 61440;
sample_format = AF_FORMAT_S_TRUEHD;
samplerate = 192000;
num_channels = 8;
@@ -233,16 +176,17 @@ static int init_filter(struct dec_audio *da, AVPacket *pkt)
spdif_ctx->need_close = true;
return 0;
return 1;
fail:
uninit(da);
return -1;
return 0;
}
static int decode_packet(struct dec_audio *da, struct mp_audio **out)
{
struct spdifContext *spdif_ctx = da->priv;
AVFormatContext *lavf_ctx = spdif_ctx->lavf_ctx;
spdif_ctx->out_buffer_len = 0;
@@ -256,17 +200,14 @@ static int decode_packet(struct dec_audio *da, struct mp_audio **out)
AVPacket pkt;
mp_set_av_packet(&pkt, mpkt, NULL);
pkt.pts = pkt.dts = 0;
MP_VERBOSE(da, "spdif packet, size=%d\n", pkt.size);
if (mpkt->pts != MP_NOPTS_VALUE) {
da->pts = mpkt->pts;
da->pts_offset = 0;
}
if (!spdif_ctx->lavf_ctx) {
if (init_filter(da, &pkt) < 0)
return AD_ERR;
}
int ret = av_write_frame(spdif_ctx->lavf_ctx, &pkt);
int ret = av_write_frame(lavf_ctx, &pkt);
talloc_free(mpkt);
avio_flush(spdif_ctx->lavf_ctx->pb);
avio_flush(lavf_ctx->pb);
if (ret < 0)
return AD_ERR;
@@ -304,8 +245,6 @@ static void add_decoders(struct mp_decoder_list *list)
"libavformat/spdifenc audio pass-through decoder");
}
}
mp_add_decoder(list, "spdif", "dts", "dts-hd",
"libavformat/spdifenc audio pass-through decoder");
}
const struct ad_functions ad_spdif = {
+58 -81
View File
@@ -1,18 +1,19 @@
/*
* This file is part of mpv.
* This file is part of MPlayer.
*
* mpv is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
* MPlayer is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
* it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
* the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
* (at your option) any later version.
*
* mpv is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
* MPlayer is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
* but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
* MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
* GNU General Public License for more details.
*
* You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along
* with mpv. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
* with MPlayer; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc.,
* 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA.
*/
#include <stdio.h>
@@ -24,6 +25,7 @@
#include "demux/codec_tags.h"
#include "config.h"
#include "common/codecs.h"
#include "common/msg.h"
#include "misc/bstr.h"
@@ -41,18 +43,21 @@
#include "audio/filter/af.h"
extern const struct ad_functions ad_mpg123;
extern const struct ad_functions ad_lavc;
extern const struct ad_functions ad_spdif;
static const struct ad_functions * const ad_drivers[] = {
&ad_lavc,
#if HAVE_MPG123
&ad_mpg123,
#endif
&ad_spdif,
NULL
};
static void uninit_decoder(struct dec_audio *d_audio)
{
audio_reset_decoding(d_audio);
if (d_audio->ad_driver) {
MP_VERBOSE(d_audio, "Uninit audio decoder.\n");
d_audio->ad_driver->uninit(d_audio);
@@ -60,8 +65,6 @@ static void uninit_decoder(struct dec_audio *d_audio)
d_audio->ad_driver = NULL;
talloc_free(d_audio->priv);
d_audio->priv = NULL;
d_audio->afilter->initialized = -1;
d_audio->decode_format = (struct mp_audio){0};
}
static int init_audio_codec(struct dec_audio *d_audio, const char *decoder)
@@ -84,21 +87,11 @@ struct mp_decoder_list *audio_decoder_list(void)
return list;
}
static struct mp_decoder_list *audio_select_decoders(struct dec_audio *d_audio)
static struct mp_decoder_list *audio_select_decoders(const char *codec,
char *selection)
{
struct MPOpts *opts = d_audio->opts;
const char *codec = d_audio->header->codec;
struct mp_decoder_list *list = audio_decoder_list();
struct mp_decoder_list *new =
mp_select_decoders(list, codec, opts->audio_decoders);
if (d_audio->spdif_passthrough) {
struct mp_decoder_list *spdif =
mp_select_decoder_list(list, codec, "spdif", opts->audio_spdif);
mp_append_decoders(spdif, new);
talloc_free(new);
new = spdif;
}
struct mp_decoder_list *new = mp_select_decoders(list, codec, selection);
talloc_free(list);
return new;
}
@@ -112,13 +105,14 @@ static const struct ad_functions *find_driver(const char *name)
return NULL;
}
int audio_init_best_codec(struct dec_audio *d_audio)
int audio_init_best_codec(struct dec_audio *d_audio, char *audio_decoders)
{
uninit_decoder(d_audio);
assert(!d_audio->ad_driver);
audio_reset_decoding(d_audio);
struct mp_decoder_entry *decoder = NULL;
struct mp_decoder_list *list = audio_select_decoders(d_audio);
struct mp_decoder_list *list =
audio_select_decoders(d_audio->header->codec, audio_decoders);
mp_print_decoders(d_audio->log, MSGL_V, "Codec list:", list);
@@ -157,53 +151,25 @@ void audio_uninit(struct dec_audio *d_audio)
if (!d_audio)
return;
MP_VERBOSE(d_audio, "Uninit audio filters...\n");
uninit_decoder(d_audio);
af_destroy(d_audio->afilter);
talloc_free(d_audio->waiting);
uninit_decoder(d_audio);
talloc_free(d_audio);
}
static int decode_new_frame(struct dec_audio *da)
{
while (!da->waiting) {
int ret = da->ad_driver->decode_packet(da, &da->waiting);
if (ret < 0)
return ret;
if (da->pts == MP_NOPTS_VALUE && da->header->missing_timestamps)
da->pts = 0;
if (da->waiting) {
da->pts_offset += da->waiting->samples;
da->decode_format = *da->waiting;
mp_audio_set_null_data(&da->decode_format);
}
}
return mp_audio_config_valid(da->waiting) ? AD_OK : AD_ERR;
}
/* Decode packets until we know the audio format. Then reinit the buffer.
* Returns AD_OK on success, negative AD_* code otherwise.
* Also returns AD_OK if already initialized (and does nothing).
*/
int initial_audio_decode(struct dec_audio *da)
{
return decode_new_frame(da);
}
static bool copy_output(struct af_stream *afs, struct mp_audio_buffer *outbuf,
int minsamples, bool eof)
{
while (mp_audio_buffer_samples(outbuf) < minsamples) {
if (af_output_frame(afs, eof) < 0)
return true; // error, stop doing stuff
struct mp_audio *mpa = af_read_output_frame(afs);
if (!mpa)
return false; // out of data
mp_audio_buffer_append(outbuf, mpa);
talloc_free(mpa);
while (!da->waiting) {
int ret = da->ad_driver->decode_packet(da, &da->waiting);
if (ret < 0)
return ret;
}
return true;
talloc_steal(da, da->waiting);
da->decode_format = *da->waiting;
return mp_audio_config_valid(da->waiting) ? AD_OK : AD_ERR;
}
/* Try to get at least minsamples decoded+filtered samples in outbuf
@@ -220,30 +186,41 @@ int audio_decode(struct dec_audio *da, struct mp_audio_buffer *outbuf,
MP_STATS(da, "start audio");
int res;
while (1) {
int res = 0;
while (res >= 0 && minsamples >= 0) {
int buffered = mp_audio_buffer_samples(outbuf);
if (minsamples < buffered)
break;
res = 0;
if (copy_output(afs, outbuf, minsamples, false))
break;
res = decode_new_frame(da);
if (res < 0) {
// drain filters first (especially for true EOF case)
copy_output(afs, outbuf, minsamples, true);
break;
}
// On format change, make sure to drain the filter chain.
if (!mp_audio_config_equals(&afs->input, da->waiting)) {
copy_output(afs, outbuf, minsamples, true);
res = AD_NEW_FMT;
break;
}
struct mp_audio *mpa = da->waiting;
da->waiting = NULL;
if (af_filter_frame(afs, mpa) < 0)
if (!mpa)
res = da->ad_driver->decode_packet(da, &mpa);
if (res != AD_EOF) {
if (res < 0)
break;
if (!mpa )
continue;
}
if (mpa) {
da->pts_offset += mpa->samples;
da->decode_format = *mpa;
mp_audio_set_null_data(&da->decode_format);
// On format change, make sure to drain the filter chain.
if (!mp_audio_config_equals(&afs->input, mpa)) {
res = AD_NEW_FMT;
da->waiting = talloc_steal(da, mpa);
mpa = NULL;
}
}
if (mpa)
da->waiting = NULL;
if (af_filter(afs, mpa, outbuf) < 0)
return AD_ERR;
}
@@ -256,7 +233,7 @@ void audio_reset_decoding(struct dec_audio *d_audio)
{
if (d_audio->ad_driver)
d_audio->ad_driver->control(d_audio, ADCTRL_RESET, NULL);
af_seek_reset(d_audio->afilter);
af_control_all(d_audio->afilter, AF_CONTROL_RESET, NULL);
d_audio->pts = MP_NOPTS_VALUE;
d_audio->pts_offset = 0;
if (d_audio->waiting) {
+6 -6
View File
@@ -1,18 +1,19 @@
/*
* This file is part of mpv.
* This file is part of MPlayer.
*
* mpv is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
* MPlayer is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
* it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
* the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
* (at your option) any later version.
*
* mpv is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
* MPlayer is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
* but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
* MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
* GNU General Public License for more details.
*
* You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along
* with mpv. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
* with MPlayer; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc.,
* 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA.
*/
#ifndef MPLAYER_DEC_AUDIO_H
@@ -30,7 +31,6 @@ struct dec_audio {
struct mp_log *log;
struct MPOpts *opts;
struct mpv_global *global;
bool spdif_passthrough, spdif_failed;
const struct ad_functions *ad_driver;
struct sh_stream *header;
struct af_stream *afilter;
@@ -58,7 +58,7 @@ enum {
};
struct mp_decoder_list *audio_decoder_list(void);
int audio_init_best_codec(struct dec_audio *d_audio);
int audio_init_best_codec(struct dec_audio *d_audio, char *audio_decoders);
int audio_decode(struct dec_audio *d_audio, struct mp_audio_buffer *outbuf,
int minsamples);
int initial_audio_decode(struct dec_audio *d_audio);
+215 -218
View File
@@ -1,18 +1,19 @@
/*
* This file is part of mpv.
* This file is part of MPlayer.
*
* mpv is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
* MPlayer is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
* it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
* the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
* (at your option) any later version.
*
* mpv is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
* MPlayer is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
* but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
* MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
* GNU General Public License for more details.
*
* You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along
* with mpv. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
* with MPlayer; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc.,
* 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA.
*/
#include "config.h"
@@ -31,37 +32,70 @@
#include "af.h"
// Static list of filters
extern const struct af_info af_info_dummy;
extern const struct af_info af_info_delay;
extern const struct af_info af_info_channels;
extern const struct af_info af_info_format;
extern const struct af_info af_info_force;
extern const struct af_info af_info_volume;
extern const struct af_info af_info_equalizer;
extern const struct af_info af_info_pan;
extern const struct af_info af_info_surround;
extern const struct af_info af_info_sub;
extern const struct af_info af_info_export;
extern const struct af_info af_info_drc;
extern const struct af_info af_info_extrastereo;
extern const struct af_info af_info_lavcac3enc;
extern const struct af_info af_info_lavrresample;
extern const struct af_info af_info_sweep;
extern const struct af_info af_info_hrtf;
extern const struct af_info af_info_ladspa;
extern const struct af_info af_info_center;
extern const struct af_info af_info_sinesuppress;
extern const struct af_info af_info_karaoke;
extern const struct af_info af_info_scaletempo;
extern const struct af_info af_info_forcespeed;
extern const struct af_info af_info_bs2b;
extern const struct af_info af_info_lavfi;
extern const struct af_info af_info_rubberband;
extern const struct af_info af_info_convert24;
extern const struct af_info af_info_convertsignendian;
static const struct af_info *const filter_list[] = {
&af_info_dummy,
&af_info_delay,
&af_info_channels,
&af_info_format,
&af_info_volume,
&af_info_equalizer,
&af_info_pan,
&af_info_surround,
&af_info_sub,
#if HAVE_SYS_MMAN_H
&af_info_export,
#endif
&af_info_drc,
&af_info_extrastereo,
&af_info_lavcac3enc,
&af_info_lavrresample,
#if HAVE_RUBBERBAND
&af_info_rubberband,
&af_info_sweep,
&af_info_hrtf,
#if HAVE_LADSPA
&af_info_ladspa,
#endif
&af_info_center,
&af_info_sinesuppress,
&af_info_karaoke,
&af_info_forcespeed,
&af_info_scaletempo,
#if HAVE_LIBBS2B
&af_info_bs2b,
#endif
#if HAVE_LIBAVFILTER
&af_info_lavfi,
#endif
// Must come last, because they're fallback format conversion filter
&af_info_convert24,
&af_info_convertsignendian,
NULL
};
@@ -90,19 +124,6 @@ const struct m_obj_list af_obj_list = {
},
};
static void af_forget_frames(struct af_instance *af)
{
for (int n = 0; n < af->num_out_queued; n++)
talloc_free(af->out_queued[n]);
af->num_out_queued = 0;
}
static void af_chain_forget_frames(struct af_stream *s)
{
for (struct af_instance *cur = s->first; cur; cur = cur->next)
af_forget_frames(cur);
}
static void af_copy_unset_fields(struct mp_audio *dst, struct mp_audio *src)
{
if (dst->format == AF_FORMAT_UNKNOWN)
@@ -143,9 +164,8 @@ static int output_control(struct af_instance* af, int cmd, void* arg)
return AF_UNKNOWN;
}
static int dummy_filter(struct af_instance *af, struct mp_audio *frame)
static int dummy_filter(struct af_instance* af, struct mp_audio* data, int f)
{
af_add_output_frame(af, frame);
return 0;
}
@@ -159,15 +179,28 @@ static struct af_instance *af_create(struct af_stream *s, char *name,
MP_ERR(s, "Couldn't find audio filter '%s'.\n", name);
return NULL;
}
const struct af_info *info = desc.p;
/* Make sure that the filter is not already in the list if it is
non-reentrant */
if (info->flags & AF_FLAGS_NOT_REENTRANT) {
for (struct af_instance *cur = s->first; cur; cur = cur->next) {
if (cur->info == info) {
MP_ERR(s, "There can only be one "
"instance of the filter '%s' in each stream\n", name);
return NULL;
}
}
}
MP_VERBOSE(s, "Adding filter %s \n", name);
struct af_instance *af = talloc_zero(NULL, struct af_instance);
*af = (struct af_instance) {
.info = desc.p,
.info = info,
.mul = 1,
.data = talloc_zero(af, struct mp_audio),
.log = mp_log_new(af, s->log, name),
.replaygain_data = s->replaygain_data,
.out_pool = mp_audio_pool_create(af),
};
struct m_config *config = m_config_from_obj_desc(af, s->log, &desc);
if (m_config_apply_defaults(config, name, s->opts->af_defs) < 0)
@@ -252,7 +285,6 @@ static void af_remove(struct af_stream *s, struct af_instance *af)
if (af->uninit)
af->uninit(af);
af_forget_frames(af);
talloc_free(af);
}
@@ -288,9 +320,89 @@ static void af_print_filter_chain(struct af_stream *s, struct af_instance *at,
MP_MSG(s, msg_level, " [ao] %s\n", mp_audio_config_to_str(&s->output));
}
static int af_count_filters(struct af_stream *s)
{
int count = 0;
for (struct af_instance *af = s->first; af; af = af->next)
count++;
return count;
}
// Finds the first conversion filter on the way from srcfmt to dstfmt.
// Conversions form a DAG: each node is a format/filter pair, and possible
// conversions are edges. We search the DAG for the shortest path.
// Some cases visit the same filter multiple times, but with different formats
// (like u24le->s8), so one node per format or filter separate is not enough.
// Returns the filter and dest. format for the first conversion step.
// (So we know what conversion filter with what format to insert next.)
static char *af_find_conversion_filter(int srcfmt, int *dstfmt)
{
#define MAX_NODES (64 * 32)
int num_fmt = 0, num_filt = 0;
for (int n = 0; filter_list[n]; n++)
num_filt = n + 1;
for (int n = 0; af_fmtstr_table[n].format; n++)
num_fmt = n + 1;
int num_nodes = num_fmt * num_filt;
assert(num_nodes < MAX_NODES);
bool visited[MAX_NODES] = {0};
unsigned char distance[MAX_NODES];
short previous[MAX_NODES] = {0};
for (int n = 0; n < num_nodes; n++) {
distance[n] = 255;
if (af_fmtstr_table[n % num_fmt].format == srcfmt)
distance[n] = 0;
}
while (1) {
int next = -1;
for (int n = 0; n < num_nodes; n++) {
if (!visited[n] && (next < 0 || (distance[n] < distance[next])))
next = n;
}
if (next < 0 || distance[next] == 255)
return NULL;
visited[next] = true;
int fmt = next % num_fmt;
if (af_fmtstr_table[fmt].format == *dstfmt) {
// Best match found
for (int cur = next; cur >= 0; cur = previous[cur] - 1) {
if (distance[cur] == 1) {
*dstfmt = af_fmtstr_table[cur % num_fmt].format;
return (char *)filter_list[cur / num_fmt]->name;
}
}
return NULL;
}
for (int n = 0; filter_list[n]; n++) {
const struct af_info *af = filter_list[n];
if (!af->test_conversion)
continue;
for (int i = 0; af_fmtstr_table[i].format; i++) {
if (i != fmt && af->test_conversion(af_fmtstr_table[fmt].format,
af_fmtstr_table[i].format))
{
int other = n * num_fmt + i;
int ndist = distance[next] + 1;
if (ndist < distance[other]) {
distance[other] = ndist;
previous[other] = next + 1;
}
}
}
}
}
assert(0);
#undef MAX_NODES
}
static bool af_is_conversion_filter(struct af_instance *af)
{
return af && strcmp(af->info->name, "lavrresample") == 0;
return af && af->info->test_conversion != NULL;
}
// in is what af can take as input - insert a conversion filter if the actual
@@ -310,24 +422,21 @@ static int af_fix_format_conversion(struct af_stream *s,
if (actual.format == in.format)
return AF_FALSE;
int dstfmt = in.format;
char *filter = "lavrresample";
if (!af_lavrresample_test_conversion(actual.format, dstfmt))
char *filter = af_find_conversion_filter(actual.format, &dstfmt);
if (!filter)
return AF_ERROR;
if (strcmp(filter, prev->info->name) == 0) {
if (prev->control(prev, AF_CONTROL_SET_FORMAT, &dstfmt) == AF_OK) {
*p_af = prev;
return AF_OK;
}
return AF_ERROR;
}
struct af_instance *new = af_prepend(s, af, filter, NULL);
if (new == NULL)
return AF_ERROR;
new->auto_inserted = true;
if (AF_OK != (rv = new->control(new, AF_CONTROL_SET_FORMAT, &dstfmt))) {
af_remove(s, new);
if (AF_OK != (rv = new->control(new, AF_CONTROL_SET_FORMAT, &dstfmt)))
return rv;
}
*p_af = new;
return AF_OK;
}
@@ -381,15 +490,6 @@ static int af_fix_rate(struct af_stream *s, struct af_instance **p_af,
return AF_OK;
}
static void reset_formats(struct af_stream *s)
{
for (struct af_instance *af = s->first; af; af = af->next) {
af->control(af, AF_CONTROL_SET_RESAMPLE_RATE, &(int){0});
af->control(af, AF_CONTROL_SET_CHANNELS, &(struct mp_chmap){0});
af->control(af, AF_CONTROL_SET_FORMAT, &(int){0});
}
}
// Return AF_OK on success or AF_ERROR on failure.
// Warning:
// A failed af_reinit() leaves the audio chain behind in a useless, broken
@@ -399,14 +499,11 @@ static void reset_formats(struct af_stream *s)
static int af_reinit(struct af_stream *s)
{
remove_auto_inserted_filters(s);
af_chain_forget_frames(s);
reset_formats(s);
s->first->fmt_in = s->first->fmt_out = s->input;
// Start with the second filter, as the first filter is the special input
// filter which needs no initialization.
struct af_instance *af = s->first->next;
// Up to 4 retries per filter (channel, rate, format conversions)
int max_retry = 4;
// Up to 7 retries per filter (channel, rate, 5x format conversions)
int max_retry = af_count_filters(s) * 7;
int retry = 0;
while (af) {
if (retry >= max_retry)
@@ -420,7 +517,6 @@ static int af_reinit(struct af_stream *s)
if (!mp_audio_config_valid(&in))
goto error;
af->fmt_in = in;
int rv = af->control(af, AF_CONTROL_REINIT, &in);
if (rv == AF_OK && !mp_audio_config_equals(&in, af->prev->data))
rv = AF_FALSE; // conversion filter needed
@@ -428,7 +524,6 @@ static int af_reinit(struct af_stream *s)
case AF_OK:
if (!mp_audio_config_valid(af->data))
goto error;
af->fmt_out = *af->data;
af = af->next;
break;
case AF_FALSE: { // Configuration filter is needed
@@ -447,24 +542,6 @@ static int af_reinit(struct af_stream *s)
retry++;
continue;
}
// If the format conversion is (probably) caused by spdif, then
// (as a feature) drop the filter, instead of failing hard.
int fmt_in1 = af->prev->data->format;
int fmt_in2 = in.format;
if (af_fmt_is_valid(fmt_in1) && af_fmt_is_valid(fmt_in2)) {
bool spd1 = af_fmt_is_spdif(fmt_in1);
bool spd2 = af_fmt_is_spdif(fmt_in2);
if (spd1 != spd2 && af->next) {
MP_WARN(af, "Filter %s apparently cannot be used due to "
"spdif passthrough - removing it.\n",
af->info->name);
struct af_instance *aft = af->prev;
af_remove(s, af);
af = aft->next;
retry++;
continue;
}
}
goto negotiate_error;
}
case AF_DETACH: { // Filter is redundant and wants to be unloaded
@@ -479,8 +556,6 @@ static int af_reinit(struct af_stream *s)
af->info->name, rv);
goto error;
}
if (af && !af->auto_inserted)
retry = 0;
}
/* Set previously unset fields in s->output to those of the filter chain
@@ -509,40 +584,36 @@ void af_uninit(struct af_stream *s)
{
while (s->first->next && s->first->next != s->last)
af_remove(s, s->first->next);
af_chain_forget_frames(s);
s->initialized = 0;
}
struct af_stream *af_new(struct mpv_global *global)
{
struct af_stream *s = talloc_zero(NULL, struct af_stream);
s->log = mp_log_new(s, global->log, "!af");
static const struct af_info in = { .name = "in" };
s->first = talloc(s, struct af_instance);
*s->first = (struct af_instance) {
.info = &in,
.log = s->log,
.control = input_control,
.filter_frame = dummy_filter,
.filter = dummy_filter,
.priv = s,
.data = &s->input,
.mul = 1.0,
};
static const struct af_info out = { .name = "out" };
s->last = talloc(s, struct af_instance);
*s->last = (struct af_instance) {
.info = &out,
.log = s->log,
.control = output_control,
.filter_frame = dummy_filter,
.filter = dummy_filter,
.priv = s,
.data = &s->filter_output,
.mul = 1.0,
};
s->first->next = s->last;
s->last->prev = s->first;
s->opts = global->opts;
s->log = mp_log_new(s, global->log, "!af");
return s;
}
@@ -595,14 +666,8 @@ int af_init(struct af_stream *s)
to the stream s. The filter will be inserted somewhere nice in the
list of filters. The return value is a pointer to the new filter,
If the filter couldn't be added the return value is NULL. */
struct af_instance *af_add(struct af_stream *s, char *name, char *label,
char **args)
struct af_instance *af_add(struct af_stream *s, char *name, char **args)
{
assert(label);
if (af_find_by_label(s, label))
return NULL;
struct af_instance *new;
// Insert the filter somewhere nice
if (af_is_conversion_filter(s->first->next))
@@ -611,14 +676,17 @@ struct af_instance *af_add(struct af_stream *s, char *name, char *label,
new = af_prepend(s, s->first->next, name, args);
if (!new)
return NULL;
new->label = talloc_strdup(new, label);
// Reinitialize the filter list
// Reinitalize the filter list
if (af_reinit(s) != AF_OK) {
af_remove_by_label(s, label);
af_remove(s, new);
if (af_reinit(s) != AF_OK) {
af_uninit(s);
af_init(s);
}
return NULL;
}
return af_find_by_label(s, label);
return new;
}
struct af_instance *af_find_by_label(struct af_stream *s, char *label)
@@ -647,6 +715,65 @@ int af_remove_by_label(struct af_stream *s, char *label)
return 1;
}
/* Feed "data" to the chain, and write results to output. "data" needs to be
* a refcounted frame, although refcounting is not used yet.
* data==NULL means EOF.
*/
int af_filter(struct af_stream *s, struct mp_audio *data,
struct mp_audio_buffer *output)
{
struct af_instance *af = s->first;
assert(s->initialized > 0);
int flags = 0;
int r = 0;
struct mp_audio tmp;
char dummy[MP_NUM_CHANNELS];
if (data) {
assert(mp_audio_config_equals(af->data, data));
r = mp_audio_make_writeable(data);
} else {
data = &tmp;
*data = *(af->data);
mp_audio_set_null_data(data);
flags = AF_FILTER_FLAG_EOF;
for (int n = 0; n < MP_NUM_CHANNELS; n++)
data->planes[n] = &dummy[n];
}
if (r < 0)
goto done;
struct mp_audio frame = *data;
for (int n = 0; n < MP_NUM_CHANNELS; n++)
frame.allocated[n] = NULL;
// Iterate through all filters
while (af) {
r = af->filter(af, &frame, flags);
if (r < 0)
goto done;
assert(mp_audio_config_equals(af->data, &frame));
af = af->next;
}
mp_audio_buffer_append(output, &frame);
done:
if (data != &tmp)
talloc_free(data);
return r;
}
// Calculate average ratio of filter output samples to input samples.
// e.g: num_output_samples = mul * num_input_samples
double af_calc_filter_multiplier(struct af_stream *s)
{
struct af_instance *af = s->first;
double mul = 1;
do {
mul *= af->mul;
af = af->next;
} while (af);
return mul;
}
/* Calculate the total delay [seconds of output] caused by the filters */
double af_calc_delay(struct af_stream *s)
{
@@ -654,8 +781,6 @@ double af_calc_delay(struct af_stream *s)
double delay = 0.0;
while (af) {
delay += af->delay;
for (int n = 0; n < af->num_out_queued; n++)
delay += af->out_queued[n]->samples / (double)af->data->rate;
af = af->next;
}
return delay;
@@ -682,131 +807,3 @@ void af_control_all(struct af_stream *s, int cmd, void *arg)
for (struct af_instance *af = s->first; af; af = af->next)
af->control(af, cmd, arg);
}
int af_control_by_label(struct af_stream *s, int cmd, void *arg, bstr label)
{
char *label_str = bstrdup0(NULL, label);
struct af_instance *cur = af_find_by_label(s, label_str);
talloc_free(label_str);
if (cur) {
return cur->control ? cur->control(cur, cmd, arg) : CONTROL_NA;
} else {
return CONTROL_UNKNOWN;
}
}
// Used by filters to add a filtered frame to the output queue.
// Ownership of frame is transferred from caller to the filter chain.
void af_add_output_frame(struct af_instance *af, struct mp_audio *frame)
{
if (frame) {
assert(mp_audio_config_equals(&af->fmt_out, frame));
MP_TARRAY_APPEND(af, af->out_queued, af->num_out_queued, frame);
}
}
static bool af_has_output_frame(struct af_instance *af)
{
if (!af->num_out_queued && af->filter_out) {
if (af->filter_out(af) < 0)
MP_ERR(af, "Error filtering frame.\n");
}
return af->num_out_queued > 0;
}
static struct mp_audio *af_dequeue_output_frame(struct af_instance *af)
{
struct mp_audio *res = NULL;
if (af_has_output_frame(af)) {
res = af->out_queued[0];
MP_TARRAY_REMOVE_AT(af->out_queued, af->num_out_queued, 0);
}
return res;
}
static void read_remaining(struct af_instance *af)
{
int num_frames;
do {
num_frames = af->num_out_queued;
if (!af->filter_out || af->filter_out(af) < 0)
break;
} while (num_frames != af->num_out_queued);
}
static int af_do_filter(struct af_instance *af, struct mp_audio *frame)
{
if (frame)
assert(mp_audio_config_equals(&af->fmt_in, frame));
int r = af->filter_frame(af, frame);
if (r < 0)
MP_ERR(af, "Error filtering frame.\n");
return r;
}
// Input a frame into the filter chain. Ownership of frame is transferred.
// Return >= 0 on success, < 0 on failure (even if output frames were produced)
int af_filter_frame(struct af_stream *s, struct mp_audio *frame)
{
assert(frame);
if (s->initialized < 1) {
talloc_free(frame);
return -1;
}
return af_do_filter(s->first, frame);
}
// Output the next queued frame (if any) from the full filter chain.
// The frame can be retrieved with af_read_output_frame().
// eof: if set, assume there's no more input i.e. af_filter_frame() will
// not be called (until reset) - flush all internally delayed frames
// returns: -1: error, 0: no output, 1: output available
int af_output_frame(struct af_stream *s, bool eof)
{
if (s->last->num_out_queued)
return 1;
if (s->initialized < 1)
return -1;
while (1) {
struct af_instance *last = NULL;
for (struct af_instance * cur = s->first; cur; cur = cur->next) {
// Flush remaining frames on EOF, but do that only if the previous
// filters have been flushed (i.e. they have no more output).
if (eof && !last) {
read_remaining(cur);
int r = af_do_filter(cur, NULL);
if (r < 0)
return r;
}
if (af_has_output_frame(cur))
last = cur;
}
if (!last)
return 0;
if (!last->next)
return 1;
int r = af_do_filter(last->next, af_dequeue_output_frame(last));
if (r < 0)
return r;
}
}
struct mp_audio *af_read_output_frame(struct af_stream *s)
{
if (!s->last->num_out_queued)
af_output_frame(s, false);
return af_dequeue_output_frame(s->last);
}
// Make sure the caller can change data referenced by the frame.
// Return negative error code on failure (i.e. you can't write).
int af_make_writeable(struct af_instance *af, struct mp_audio *frame)
{
return mp_audio_pool_make_writeable(af->out_pool, frame);
}
void af_seek_reset(struct af_stream *s)
{
af_control_all(s, AF_CONTROL_RESET, NULL);
af_chain_forget_frames(s);
}
+32 -38
View File
@@ -1,18 +1,19 @@
/*
* This file is part of mpv.
* This file is part of MPlayer.
*
* mpv is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
* MPlayer is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
* it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
* the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
* (at your option) any later version.
*
* mpv is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
* MPlayer is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
* but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
* MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
* GNU General Public License for more details.
*
* You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along
* with mpv. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
* with MPlayer; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc.,
* 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA.
*/
#ifndef MPLAYER_AF_H
@@ -27,7 +28,6 @@
#include "audio/chmap.h"
#include "audio/audio.h"
#include "common/msg.h"
#include "common/common.h"
struct af_instance;
struct mpv_global;
@@ -35,6 +35,10 @@ struct mpv_global;
// Number of channels
#define AF_NCH MP_NUM_CHANNELS
// Flags used for defining the behavior of an audio filter
#define AF_FLAGS_REENTRANT 0x00000000
#define AF_FLAGS_NOT_REENTRANT 0x00000001
// Flags for af->filter()
#define AF_FILTER_FLAG_EOF 1
@@ -43,7 +47,9 @@ struct mpv_global;
struct af_info {
const char *info;
const char *name;
const int flags;
int (*open)(struct af_instance *vf);
bool (*test_conversion)(int src_format, int dst_format);
int priv_size;
const void *priv_defaults;
const struct m_option *options;
@@ -56,29 +62,21 @@ struct af_instance {
struct replaygain_data *replaygain_data;
int (*control)(struct af_instance *af, int cmd, void *arg);
void (*uninit)(struct af_instance *af);
/* Feed a frame. The frame is NULL if EOF was reached, and the filter
* should drain all remaining buffered data.
* Use af_add_output_frame() to output data. The optional filter_out
* callback can be set to produce output frames gradually.
/* flags is a bit mask of AF_FILTER_FLAG_* values
* returns 0 on success, negative value on error
*/
int (*filter_frame)(struct af_instance *af, struct mp_audio *frame);
int (*filter_out)(struct af_instance *af);
int (*filter)(struct af_instance *af, struct mp_audio *data, int flags);
void *priv;
struct mp_audio *data; // configuration and buffer for outgoing data stream
struct af_instance *next;
struct af_instance *prev;
double delay; /* Delay caused by the filter, in seconds of audio consumed
* without corresponding output */
double mul; /* length multiplier: how much does this instance change
* the number of samples passed though. (Ratio of input
* and output, e.g. mul=4 => 1 sample becomes 4 samples) .*/
bool auto_inserted; // inserted by af.c, such as conversion filters
char *label;
struct mp_audio fmt_in, fmt_out;
struct mp_audio **out_queued;
int num_out_queued;
struct mp_audio_pool *out_pool;
};
// Current audio stream
@@ -100,12 +98,13 @@ struct af_stream {
};
// Return values
#define AF_DETACH (CONTROL_OK + 1)
#define AF_OK CONTROL_OK
#define AF_TRUE CONTROL_TRUE
#define AF_FALSE CONTROL_FALSE
#define AF_UNKNOWN CONTROL_UNKNOWN
#define AF_ERROR CONTROL_ERROR
#define AF_DETACH 2
#define AF_OK 1
#define AF_TRUE 1
#define AF_FALSE 0
#define AF_UNKNOWN -1
#define AF_ERROR -2
#define AF_FATAL -3
// Parameters for af_control_*
enum af_control {
@@ -122,7 +121,6 @@ enum af_control {
AF_CONTROL_GET_PAN_BALANCE,
AF_CONTROL_SET_PLAYBACK_SPEED,
AF_CONTROL_SET_PLAYBACK_SPEED_RESAMPLE,
AF_CONTROL_GET_METADATA,
};
// Argument for AF_CONTROL_SET_PAN_LEVEL
@@ -135,28 +133,24 @@ struct af_stream *af_new(struct mpv_global *global);
void af_destroy(struct af_stream *s);
int af_init(struct af_stream *s);
void af_uninit(struct af_stream *s);
struct af_instance *af_add(struct af_stream *s, char *name, char *label,
char **args);
struct af_instance *af_add(struct af_stream *s, char *name, char **args);
int af_remove_by_label(struct af_stream *s, char *label);
struct af_instance *af_find_by_label(struct af_stream *s, char *label);
struct mp_audio_buffer;
int af_filter(struct af_stream *s, struct mp_audio *data,
struct mp_audio_buffer *output);
struct af_instance *af_control_any_rev(struct af_stream *s, int cmd, void *arg);
void af_control_all(struct af_stream *s, int cmd, void *arg);
int af_control_by_label(struct af_stream *s, int cmd, void *arg, bstr label);
void af_seek_reset(struct af_stream *s);
void af_add_output_frame(struct af_instance *af, struct mp_audio *frame);
int af_filter_frame(struct af_stream *s, struct mp_audio *frame);
int af_output_frame(struct af_stream *s, bool eof);
struct mp_audio *af_read_output_frame(struct af_stream *s);
int af_make_writeable(struct af_instance *af, struct mp_audio *frame);
double af_calc_filter_multiplier(struct af_stream *s);
double af_calc_delay(struct af_stream *s);
int af_test_output(struct af_instance *af, struct mp_audio *out);
int af_from_dB(int n, float *in, float *out, float k, float mi, float ma);
int af_to_dB(int n, float *in, float *out, float k);
int af_from_ms(int n, float *in, int *out, int rate, float mi, float ma);
int af_to_ms(int n, int *in, float *out, int rate);
float af_softclip(float a);
bool af_lavrresample_test_conversion(int src_format, int dst_format);
#endif /* MPLAYER_AF_H */
+177
View File
@@ -0,0 +1,177 @@
/*
* The Bauer stereophonic-to-binaural DSP using bs2b library:
* http://bs2b.sourceforge.net/
*
* Copyright (c) 2009 Andrew Savchenko
*
* This file is part of MPlayer.
*
* MPlayer is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
* it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
* the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
* (at your option) any later version.
*
* MPlayer is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
* but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
* MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
* GNU General Public License for more details.
*
* You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along
* with MPlayer; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc.,
* 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA.
*/
#include <bs2b.h>
#include <inttypes.h>
#include <stdlib.h>
#include <string.h>
#include "af.h"
#include "options/m_option.h"
/// Internal specific data of the filter
struct af_bs2b {
int fcut; ///< cut frequency in Hz
int feed; ///< feed level for low frequencies in 0.1*dB
int profile ; ///< profile (available crossfeed presets)
t_bs2bdp filter; ///< instance of a library filter
};
#define FILTER(name, type) \
static int filter_##name(struct af_instance *af, struct mp_audio *data, int f) \
{ \
/* filter is called for all pairs of samples available in the buffer */ \
bs2b_cross_feed_##name(((struct af_bs2b*)(af->priv))->filter, \
(type*)(data->planes[0]), data->samples); \
\
return 0; \
}
FILTER(f, float)
FILTER(s32, int32_t)
FILTER(u32, uint32_t)
FILTER(s24, bs2b_int24_t)
FILTER(u24, bs2b_uint24_t)
FILTER(s16, int16_t)
FILTER(u16, uint16_t)
FILTER(s8, int8_t)
FILTER(u8, uint8_t)
/// Initialization and runtime control
static int control(struct af_instance *af, int cmd, void *arg)
{
struct af_bs2b *s = af->priv;
switch (cmd) {
case AF_CONTROL_REINIT: {
int format;
// Sanity check
if (!arg) return AF_ERROR;
format = ((struct mp_audio*)arg)->format;
af->data->rate = ((struct mp_audio*)arg)->rate;
mp_audio_set_num_channels(af->data, 2); // bs2b is useful only for 2ch audio
mp_audio_set_format(af->data, format);
/* check for formats supported by libbs2b
and assign corresponding handlers */
switch (format) {
case AF_FORMAT_FLOAT:
af->filter = filter_f;
break;
case AF_FORMAT_S32:
af->filter = filter_s32;
break;
case AF_FORMAT_U32:
af->filter = filter_u32;
break;
case AF_FORMAT_S24:
af->filter = filter_s24;
break;
case AF_FORMAT_U24:
af->filter = filter_u24;
break;
case AF_FORMAT_S16:
af->filter = filter_s16;
break;
case AF_FORMAT_U16:
af->filter = filter_u16;
break;
case AF_FORMAT_S8:
af->filter = filter_s8;
break;
case AF_FORMAT_U8:
af->filter = filter_u8;
break;
default:
af->filter = filter_f;
mp_audio_set_format(af->data, AF_FORMAT_FLOAT);
break;
}
// bs2b have srate limits, try to resample if needed
if (af->data->rate > BS2B_MAXSRATE || af->data->rate < BS2B_MINSRATE) {
af->data->rate = BS2B_DEFAULT_SRATE;
MP_WARN(af, "Requested sample rate %d Hz is out of bounds [%d..%d] Hz.\n"
"Trying to resample to %d Hz.\n",
af->data->rate, BS2B_MINSRATE, BS2B_MAXSRATE, BS2B_DEFAULT_SRATE);
}
bs2b_set_srate(s->filter, (long)af->data->rate);
MP_VERBOSE(af, "using format %s\n",
af_fmt_to_str(af->data->format));
return af_test_output(af,(struct mp_audio*)arg);
}
}
return AF_UNKNOWN;
}
/// Deallocate memory and close library
static void uninit(struct af_instance *af)
{
struct af_bs2b *s = af->priv;
if (s->filter)
bs2b_close(s->filter);
}
/// Allocate memory, set function pointers and init library
static int af_open(struct af_instance *af)
{
struct af_bs2b *s = af->priv;
af->control = control;
af->uninit = uninit;
// NULL means failed initialization
if (!(s->filter = bs2b_open())) {
return AF_ERROR;
}
if (s->profile)
bs2b_set_level(s->filter, s->profile);
// set fcut and feed only if specified, otherwise defaults will be used
if (s->fcut)
bs2b_set_level_fcut(s->filter, s->fcut);
if (s->feed)
bs2b_set_level_feed(s->filter, s->feed);
return AF_OK;
}
#define OPT_BASE_STRUCT struct af_bs2b
/// Description of this filter
const struct af_info af_info_bs2b = {
.info = "Bauer stereophonic-to-binaural audio filter",
.name = "bs2b",
.open = af_open,
.priv_size = sizeof(struct af_bs2b),
.options = (const struct m_option[]) {
OPT_INTRANGE("fcut", fcut, 0, BS2B_MINFCUT, BS2B_MAXFCUT),
OPT_INTRANGE("feed", feed, 0, BS2B_MINFEED, BS2B_MAXFEED),
OPT_CHOICE("profile", profile, 0,
({"default", BS2B_DEFAULT_CLEVEL},
{"cmoy", BS2B_CMOY_CLEVEL},
{"jmeier", BS2B_JMEIER_CLEVEL})),
{0}
},
};
+99
View File
@@ -0,0 +1,99 @@
/*
* This filter adds a center channel to the audio stream by
* averaging the left and right channel.
* There are two runtime controls one for setting which channel
* to insert the center-audio into called AF_CONTROL_SUB_CH.
*
* FIXME: implement a high-pass filter for better results.
*
* copyright (c) 2005 Alex Beregszaszi
*
* This file is part of MPlayer.
*
* MPlayer is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
* it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
* the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
* (at your option) any later version.
*
* MPlayer is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
* but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
* MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
* GNU General Public License for more details.
*
* You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along
* with MPlayer; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc.,
* 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA.
*/
#include <stdio.h>
#include <stdlib.h>
#include <string.h>
#include "common/common.h"
#include "af.h"
// Data for specific instances of this filter
typedef struct af_center_s
{
int ch; // Channel number which to insert the filtered data
}af_center_t;
// Initialization and runtime control
static int control(struct af_instance* af, int cmd, void* arg)
{
af_center_t* s = af->priv;
switch(cmd){
case AF_CONTROL_REINIT:{
// Sanity check
if(!arg) return AF_ERROR;
af->data->rate = ((struct mp_audio*)arg)->rate;
mp_audio_set_channels_old(af->data, MPMAX(s->ch+1,((struct mp_audio*)arg)->nch));
mp_audio_set_format(af->data, AF_FORMAT_FLOAT);
return af_test_output(af,(struct mp_audio*)arg);
}
}
return AF_UNKNOWN;
}
// Filter data through filter
static int filter(struct af_instance* af, struct mp_audio* data, int flags)
{
struct mp_audio* c = data; // Current working data
af_center_t* s = af->priv; // Setup for this instance
float* a = c->planes[0]; // Audio data
int nch = c->nch; // Number of channels
int len = c->samples*c->nch; // Number of samples in current audio block
int ch = s->ch; // Channel in which to insert the center audio
register int i;
// Run filter
for(i=0;i<len;i+=nch){
// Average left and right
a[i+ch] = (a[i]/2) + (a[i+1]/2);
}
return 0;
}
// Allocate memory and set function pointers
static int af_open(struct af_instance* af){
af->control=control;
af->filter=filter;
return AF_OK;
}
#define OPT_BASE_STRUCT af_center_t
const struct af_info af_info_center = {
.info = "Audio filter for adding a center channel",
.name = "center",
.flags = AF_FLAGS_NOT_REENTRANT,
.open = af_open,
.priv_size = sizeof(af_center_t),
.options = (const struct m_option[]) {
OPT_INTRANGE("channel", ch, 0, 0, AF_NCH - 1, OPTDEF_INT(1)),
{0}
},
};
+15 -17
View File
@@ -5,20 +5,21 @@
*
* Original author: Anders
*
* This file is part of mpv.
* This file is part of MPlayer.
*
* mpv is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
* MPlayer is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
* it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
* the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
* (at your option) any later version.
*
* mpv is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
* MPlayer is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
* but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
* MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
* GNU General Public License for more details.
*
* You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along
* with mpv. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
* with MPlayer; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc.,
* 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA.
*/
#include <stdio.h>
@@ -180,20 +181,15 @@ static int control(struct af_instance* af, int cmd, void* arg)
return AF_UNKNOWN;
}
static int filter_frame(struct af_instance *af, struct mp_audio *c)
// Filter data through filter
static int filter(struct af_instance* af, struct mp_audio* data, int flags)
{
struct mp_audio* c = data; // Current working data
struct mp_audio* l = af->data; // Local data
af_channels_t* s = af->priv;
int i;
if (!c)
return 0;
struct mp_audio *l = mp_audio_pool_get(af->out_pool, &af->fmt_out, c->samples);
if (!l) {
talloc_free(c);
return -1;
}
mp_audio_copy_attributes(l, c);
mp_audio_realloc_min(af->data, data->samples);
// Reset unused channels
memset(l->planes[0],0,mp_audio_psize(c) / c->nch * l->nch);
@@ -203,15 +199,17 @@ static int filter_frame(struct af_instance *af, struct mp_audio *c)
copy(af, c->planes[0],l->planes[0],c->nch,s->route[i][FR],
l->nch,s->route[i][TO],mp_audio_psize(c),c->bps);
talloc_free(c);
af_add_output_frame(af, l);
// Set output data
c->planes[0] = l->planes[0];
mp_audio_set_channels(c, &l->channels);
return 0;
}
// Allocate memory and set function pointers
static int af_open(struct af_instance* af){
af->control=control;
af->filter_frame = filter_frame;
af->filter=filter;
af_channels_t *s = af->priv;
// If router scan commandline for routing pairs
+117
View File
@@ -0,0 +1,117 @@
/*
* This file is part of mpv.
*
* mpv is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
* it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
* the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
* (at your option) any later version.
*
* mpv is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
* but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
* MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
* GNU General Public License for more details.
*
* You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along
* with mpv. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
*/
#include <stdlib.h>
#include <assert.h>
#include "audio/format.h"
#include "af.h"
#include "osdep/endian.h"
static bool test_conversion(int src_format, int dst_format)
{
return (src_format == AF_FORMAT_U24 && dst_format == AF_FORMAT_U32) ||
(src_format == AF_FORMAT_S24 && dst_format == AF_FORMAT_S32) ||
(src_format == AF_FORMAT_U32 && dst_format == AF_FORMAT_U24) ||
(src_format == AF_FORMAT_S32 && dst_format == AF_FORMAT_S24);
}
static int control(struct af_instance *af, int cmd, void *arg)
{
switch (cmd) {
case AF_CONTROL_REINIT: {
struct mp_audio *in = arg;
struct mp_audio orig_in = *in;
struct mp_audio *out = af->data;
if (!test_conversion(in->format, out->format))
return AF_DETACH;
if ((in->format & AF_FORMAT_BITS_MASK) == AF_FORMAT_24BIT) {
mp_audio_set_format(out, af_fmt_change_bits(in->format, 32));
} else if ((in->format & AF_FORMAT_BITS_MASK) == AF_FORMAT_32BIT) {
mp_audio_set_format(out, af_fmt_change_bits(in->format, 24));
} else {
abort();
}
out->rate = in->rate;
mp_audio_set_channels(out, &in->channels);
assert(test_conversion(in->format, out->format));
return mp_audio_config_equals(in, &orig_in) ? AF_OK : AF_FALSE;
}
case AF_CONTROL_SET_FORMAT: {
mp_audio_set_format(af->data, *(int*)arg);
return AF_OK;
}
}
return AF_UNKNOWN;
}
// The LSB is always ignored.
#if BYTE_ORDER == BIG_ENDIAN
#define SHIFT(x) ((3-(x))*8)
#else
#define SHIFT(x) (((x)+1)*8)
#endif
static int filter(struct af_instance *af, struct mp_audio *data, int flags)
{
mp_audio_realloc_min(af->data, data->samples);
struct mp_audio *out = af->data;
size_t len = mp_audio_psize(data) / data->bps;
if (data->bps == 4) {
for (int s = 0; s < len; s++) {
uint32_t val = *((uint32_t *)data->planes[0] + s);
uint8_t *ptr = (uint8_t *)out->planes[0] + s * 3;
ptr[0] = val >> SHIFT(0);
ptr[1] = val >> SHIFT(1);
ptr[2] = val >> SHIFT(2);
}
mp_audio_set_format(data, af_fmt_change_bits(data->format, 24));
} else {
for (int s = 0; s < len; s++) {
uint8_t *ptr = (uint8_t *)data->planes[0] + s * 3;
uint32_t val = ptr[0] << SHIFT(0)
| ptr[1] << SHIFT(1)
| ptr[2] << SHIFT(2);
*((uint32_t *)out->planes[0] + s) = val;
}
mp_audio_set_format(data, af_fmt_change_bits(data->format, 32));
}
data->planes[0] = out->planes[0];
return 0;
}
static int af_open(struct af_instance *af)
{
af->control = control;
af->filter = filter;
return AF_OK;
}
const struct af_info af_info_convert24 = {
.info = "Convert between 24 and 32 bit sample format",
.name = "convert24",
.open = af_open,
.test_conversion = test_conversion,
};
+99
View File
@@ -0,0 +1,99 @@
/*
* This file is part of mpv.
*
* mpv is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
* it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
* the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
* (at your option) any later version.
*
* mpv is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
* but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
* MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
* GNU General Public License for more details.
*
* You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along
* with mpv. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
*/
#include <stdlib.h>
#include <assert.h>
#include "af.h"
#include "audio/format.h"
#include "osdep/endian.h"
static bool test_conversion(int src_format, int dst_format)
{
if ((src_format & AF_FORMAT_PLANAR) ||
(dst_format & AF_FORMAT_PLANAR))
return false;
if (((src_format & ~AF_FORMAT_SIGN_MASK) ==
(dst_format & ~AF_FORMAT_SIGN_MASK)) &&
((src_format & AF_FORMAT_TYPE_MASK) == AF_FORMAT_I))
return true;
return false;
}
static int control(struct af_instance *af, int cmd, void *arg)
{
switch (cmd) {
case AF_CONTROL_REINIT: {
struct mp_audio *in = arg;
struct mp_audio orig_in = *in;
struct mp_audio *out = af->data;
if (!test_conversion(in->format, out->format))
return AF_DETACH;
out->rate = in->rate;
mp_audio_set_channels(out, &in->channels);
return mp_audio_config_equals(in, &orig_in) ? AF_OK : AF_FALSE;
}
case AF_CONTROL_SET_FORMAT: {
mp_audio_set_format(af->data, *(int*)arg);
return AF_OK;
}
}
return AF_UNKNOWN;
}
static void si2us(void *data, int len, int bps)
{
ptrdiff_t i = -(len * bps);
uint8_t *p = &((uint8_t *)data)[len * bps];
if (BYTE_ORDER == LITTLE_ENDIAN && bps > 1)
p += bps - 1;
if (len <= 0)
return;
do {
p[i] ^= 0x80;
} while (i += bps);
}
static int filter(struct af_instance *af, struct mp_audio *data, int flags)
{
int infmt = data->format;
int outfmt = af->data->format;
size_t len = data->samples * data->nch;
if ((infmt & AF_FORMAT_SIGN_MASK) != (outfmt & AF_FORMAT_SIGN_MASK))
si2us(data->planes[0], len, data->bps);
mp_audio_set_format(data, outfmt);
return 0;
}
static int af_open(struct af_instance *af)
{
af->control = control;
af->filter = filter;
return AF_OK;
}
const struct af_info af_info_convertsignendian = {
.info = "Convert between sample format sign",
.name = "convertsign",
.open = af_open,
.test_conversion = test_conversion,
};
+9 -13
View File
@@ -5,20 +5,21 @@
*
* Original author: Anders
*
* This file is part of mpv.
* This file is part of MPlayer.
*
* mpv is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
* MPlayer is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
* it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
* the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
* (at your option) any later version.
*
* mpv is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
* MPlayer is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
* but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
* MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
* GNU General Public License for more details.
*
* You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along
* with mpv. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
* with MPlayer; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc.,
* 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA.
*/
#include <stdio.h>
@@ -95,19 +96,15 @@ static void uninit(struct af_instance* af)
free(((af_delay_t*)(af->priv))->q[i]);
}
static int filter_frame(struct af_instance *af, struct mp_audio *c)
// Filter data through filter
static int filter(struct af_instance* af, struct mp_audio* data, int flags)
{
if (!c)
return 0;
struct mp_audio* c = data; // Current working data
af_delay_t* s = af->priv; // Setup for this instance
int nch = c->nch; // Number of channels
int len = mp_audio_psize(c)/c->bps; // Number of sample in data chunk
int ri = 0;
int ch,i;
if (af_make_writeable(af, c) < 0) {
talloc_free(c);
return -1;
}
for(ch=0;ch<nch;ch++){
switch(c->bps){
case 1:{
@@ -155,7 +152,6 @@ static int filter_frame(struct af_instance *af, struct mp_audio *c)
}
}
s->ri = ri;
af_add_output_frame(af, c);
return 0;
}
@@ -163,7 +159,7 @@ static int filter_frame(struct af_instance *af, struct mp_audio *c)
static int af_open(struct af_instance* af){
af->control=control;
af->uninit=uninit;
af->filter_frame = filter_frame;
af->filter=filter;
af_delay_t *s = af->priv;
int n = 1;
int i = 0;
+12 -19
View File
@@ -1,20 +1,21 @@
/*
* Copyright (C) 2004 Alex Beregszaszi & Pierre Lombard
*
* This file is part of mpv.
* This file is part of MPlayer.
*
* mpv is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
* MPlayer is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
* it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
* the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
* (at your option) any later version.
*
* mpv is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
* MPlayer is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
* but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
* MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
* GNU General Public License for more details.
*
* You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along
* with mpv. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
* with MPlayer; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc.,
* 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA.
*/
#include <stdio.h>
@@ -131,7 +132,7 @@ static void method1_int16(af_drc_t *s, struct mp_audio *c)
data[i] = tmp;
}
// Evaluation of newavg (not 100% accurate because of values clamping)
// Evaulation of newavg (not 100% accurate because of values clamping)
newavg = s->mul * curavg;
// Stores computed values for future smoothing
@@ -168,7 +169,7 @@ static void method1_float(af_drc_t *s, struct mp_audio *c)
for (i = 0; i < len; i++)
data[i] *= s->mul;
// Evaluation of newavg (not 100% accurate because of values clamping)
// Evaulation of newavg (not 100% accurate because of values clamping)
newavg = s->mul * curavg;
// Stores computed values for future smoothing
@@ -216,7 +217,7 @@ static void method2_int16(af_drc_t *s, struct mp_audio *c)
data[i] = tmp;
}
// Evaluation of newavg (not 100% accurate because of values clamping)
// Evaulation of newavg (not 100% accurate because of values clamping)
newavg = s->mul * curavg;
// Stores computed values for future smoothing
@@ -262,7 +263,7 @@ static void method2_float(af_drc_t *s, struct mp_audio *c)
for (i = 0; i < len; i++)
data[i] *= s->mul;
// Evaluation of newavg (not 100% accurate because of values clamping)
// Evaulation of newavg (not 100% accurate because of values clamping)
newavg = s->mul * curavg;
// Stores computed values for future smoothing
@@ -271,18 +272,10 @@ static void method2_float(af_drc_t *s, struct mp_audio *c)
s->idx = (s->idx + 1) % NSAMPLES;
}
static int filter(struct af_instance *af, struct mp_audio *data)
static int filter(struct af_instance* af, struct mp_audio* data, int flags)
{
af_drc_t *s = af->priv;
if (!data)
return 0;
if (af_make_writeable(af, data) < 0) {
talloc_free(data);
return -1;
}
if(af->data->format == (AF_FORMAT_S16))
{
if (s->method == 2)
@@ -297,7 +290,6 @@ static int filter(struct af_instance *af, struct mp_audio *data)
else
method1_float(s, data);
}
af_add_output_frame(af, data);
return 0;
}
@@ -305,7 +297,7 @@ static int filter(struct af_instance *af, struct mp_audio *data)
static int af_open(struct af_instance* af){
int i = 0;
af->control=control;
af->filter_frame = filter;
af->filter=filter;
af_drc_t *priv = af->priv;
priv->mul = MUL_INIT;
@@ -324,6 +316,7 @@ static int af_open(struct af_instance* af){
const struct af_info af_info_drc = {
.info = "Dynamic range compression filter",
.name = "drc",
.flags = AF_FLAGS_NOT_REENTRANT,
.open = af_open,
.priv_size = sizeof(af_drc_t),
.options = (const struct m_option[]) {
Loaded 100 of 567 files, more files were not shown because too many files have changed in this diff. Show more